New Testaments Concordance: Difference between revisions
(Created page with " {{Template:ntcc}} == Footnotes == <references />") |
No edit summary |
||
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
{{Template:ntcc}} | |||
{{Network}} | |||
{{Template:Cclinks}} | |||
== Footnotes == | == Footnotes == | ||
<references /> | <references /> | ||
[[Category:Bible people]] |
Latest revision as of 12:42, 29 December 2023
New Testament Greek words:
18 ἀγαθός agathos [ag-ath-os’] a primary word; adj; TDNT-1:10,3; [{See TDNT 8 }] AV-good 77, good thing 14, that which is good + 3588 8, the thing which is good + 3588 1, well 1, benefit 1; 102
- 1) of good constitution or nature [{#Lu 8:8,15 Mt 7:18 Jas 3:17 }]
- 2) useful, salutary, a gift which is truly a gift [{#Jas 1:17 Mt 7:11 Ro 7:12,13 Lu 10:42 Php 1:6 Ro 8:28 }]
- 3) good, pleasant, agreeable, joyful, happy [{#1Pe 3:10,13 Ps 34:13 2Th 2:16 Tit 2:13 }]
- 3a) a good conscience [{#Ac 23:1 1Ti 1:5,19 1Pe 3:16,21 }]
- 4) excellent, distinguished [{#Joh 1:46 }]
- 5) upright, honourable [{#Mt 12:34 19:16 Lu 6:45 Ac 11:24 1Pe 3:11 Mt 5:45 22:10 Lu 23:50 8:15 }]
- 5a) fulfulling the duty or service demanded [{#Mt 25:21,23 }]
- 5b) upright, free from guile, particularily the desire to corrupt the people [{#Joh 7:12 }]
- 5c) pre-eminently of God, as consumately and essentially good [{#Mt 19:17 Mr 10:18 Lu 18:19 }]
- 5d) denotes the soul considered as the repository of pure thoughts which are brought forth in speech [{#Mt 12:35 Lu 6:45 }]
- 5e) the fidelity of servant due to his master [{#Tit 2:10 }]
- 5f) in a narrow sense, benevolent, kind, generous [{#Mt 20:15 1Pe 2:18 1Th 3:6 Ro 5:7 }]
- The neuter used substantively denotes:
- 1) a good thing, convenience, advantage
- 1a) in the plural, external goods, riches [{#Lu 1:53 12:18 16:25 }]
- 1b) the benefits of the Messianic kingdom [{#Ro 10:15 Heb 9:11 10:1 }]
- 2) what is upright, honourable, and acceptable to God [{#Ro 12:2 2:10 Eph 4:28 Ro 9:11 2Co 5:10 1Th 5:15 3Jo 11 Ro 12:9 Mt 19:17 }]
- 2a) salutary, suited to the course of human affairs [{#Ro 13:4 }]
- 2a1) in rendering service [{#Ga 6:10 Ro 12:21 }]
- 2a2) the favour you confer [{#Phm 14 }]
- 2a) salutary, suited to the course of human affairs [{#Ro 13:4 }]
- Syn.: καλός 2570, δίκαιος 1342. 2570 properly refers to goodness as manifested in form: 18 to inner excellence. [{Lu 8:15 }] In #Ro 5:7, where it is contrasted with 1342, 18 implies a kindness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the δίκαιος, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude.
19 ~ἀγαθωσύνη~ agathosune \@ag-ath-o-soo’-nay\@ from 18; TDNT-1:18,3; {See TDNT 8} n f AV-goodness 4; 4
- 1) uprightness of heart and life, goodness, kindness {#2Th 1:11 Ga 5:22 Ro 15:14 Eph 5:9}
22 ~ἄγαμος~ agamos \@ag’-am-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1062; ; adj AV-unmarried 4; 4
- 1) unmarried, unwedded, single {#1Co 7:8,32} and even used of women {#1Co 7:11,34}
- 1 Corinthians 7:8 I say therefore to the unmarried <22> and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I.
- 1 Corinthians 7:11 But and if she depart, let her remain unmarried <22>, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away his wife.
- 1 Corinthians 7:32 But I would have you without carefulness. He that is unmarried <22> careth for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord:
- 1 Corinthians 7:34 There is difference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman <22> careth for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married careth for the things of the world, how she may please her husband.
25 ~ἀγαπάω~ agapao \@ag-ap-ah’-o\@ perhaps from agan (much) [or cf 05689 ^בגע^]; v AV-love 135, beloved 7; 142
- 1) \@to love,\@ to feel and exhibit esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.
- 1a) Of human affection
- 1a1) to men {#Mt 5:43,44}
- 1a2) to Christ {#Joh 8:42}
- 1a3) to God {#Mt 22:37}
- 1a4) to things {#Lu 11:43 Joh 12:43 Eph 5:25 2Ti 4:8,10 Heb 1:9 1Pe 2:17 3:10 2Pe 2:15 1Jo 2:15 Re 12:11}
- 1b) Of divine love
- 1b1) God’s love:
- 1b1a) to men {#Ro 8:37}
- 1b1b) to Christ {#Joh 3:35}
- 1b2) Christ’s love:
- 1b2a) to men {#Mr 10:21}
- 1b2b) to God {#Joh 14:31 17:26 Eph 2:4}
- 1b1) God’s love:
- 1a) Of human affection
- Syn: ~φιλέω~ 5368, From its supposed etymology ~ἀγαπάω~ is commonly understood properly to denote love based on esteem ( diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ~φιλέω~ ( amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, ~ἀγαπάω~ is fitly used in NT of Christians love to God and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instictively and unreasoning, can be commended as a duty. For Synonyms see entry 5914
26 ~ἀγάπη~ agape \@ag-ah’-pay\@ from 25; n f AV-love 86, charity 27, dear 1, charitably+ 2596 1, feast of charity 1; 116
- 1) {Singular} brotherly love, affection, good will, love, benevolence {#Joh 15:13 Ro 13:10 1Jo 4:18}
- 1a) Of the love of men to men; esp. Christians towards Christians which is enjoined and prompted by their religion, whether the love be viewed as in the soul or expressed {#Mt 14:12 1Co 13:1-4,8 14:1 2Co 2:4 Ga 5:6 Phm 5,7 1Ti 1:5 Heb 6:10 10:24 1Jo 4:7 Re 2:4,19} &c
- 1b) Of the love of men towards God {#Lu 11:42 Joh 5:42 1Jo 2:15 3:17 4:12 5:3}
- 1c) Of the love of God towards man {#Ro 5:8 8:39 2Co 13:14}
- 1d) Of the love of God towards Christ {#Joh 15:10 17:26}
- 1e) Of the love of Christ towards men {#Joh 15:8-13 2Co 5:14 Ro 8:35 Eph 3:19}
- 2) {plural} love feasts expressing and fostering mutual love which used to be held by Christians before the celebration of the Lord’s supper, and at which the poorer Christians mingled with the wealthier and partook in common with the rest of the food provided at the expense of the wealthy. {#Jude 12 2Pe 2:13 Ac 2:42,46 1Co 11:17-34}
- Syn.: ~φιλία~ 5373 ~ἀγάπη~, signifying properly (v. s. ~αγαραω~ 25) love which chooses its object, is taken from the LXX, where its connotation is more general, into the NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus distinct from ~φιλία~, \@friendship\@ (#Jas 4:4 only), ~στοργη~, \@natural affection\@ (in the NT only in its compounds, v. s. ~ἄστοργος~ 794) and ~ερως~ \@sexual love,\@ which is not used in the NT, in its place being taken by ~επιηυμια~ 1939.
32 ~ἄγγελος~ aggelos \@ang’-el-os\@ from aggello [probably derived from 71 ago to lead, cf 34] (to bring tidings); n m AV-angel 179, messenger 7; 186
- 1) a messenger, envoy, one who is sent {#Mt 11:10 Lu 7:27 9:52 Mr 1:2 Jas 2:25}
- 2) an angel
- 2a) sent from God (see Colossians 2:18)
- 2a1) to execute his purposes {#Mt 4:6,11 28:2 Mr 1:13 Lu 16:22 22:43 Ac 7:35 12:23 Ga 3:19 Heb 1:14}
- 2a1) to make his purposes known to men {#Lu 1:11,26 2:9-14 Ac 10:3 27:23 Mt 1:20 2:13 28:5 Joh 20:12-13}
- 2b) they are subject not only to God the Father but also to Christ {#Heb 1:4-7 1Pe 3:22 Eph 1:21 Ga 4:14} who is described to have returned to judgment surrounded by a multitude of them as servants and attendants {#Mt 13:41,49 16:27 24:31 25:31 2Th 1:7 Jude 14}
- 2c) single angels have charge of separate elements: as fire {#Re 14:18} waters {#Re 16:5 7:1-3}
- 2d) some angels are mentioned as guardian angels of individuals {#Mt 18:10 Ac 12:15}
- 2e) some angels are over churches {#Re 1:20 2:1,8,12,18 3:1,7,14}
- 2f) some angels have proven faithless to the trust committed to them by God, and have given themselves over to sin {#Jude 6 2Pe 2:4} and now obey the devil {#Mt 25:41 Re 12:7 1Co 6:3 2Co 12:7}
- 2a) sent from God (see Colossians 2:18)
35 ἀγενεαλόγητος agenealogetos [ag-en-eh-al-og’-ay-tos] from 1 (as negative particle) and 1075; adj; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-without descent 1; 1
- 1) one whose descent there is no record of, without genealogy [{#Heb 7:3 }]
36 ~ἀγενής~ agenes \@ag-en-ace’\@ from 1 (as negative particle) and 1085 kindred or offspring; ; adj AV-base things 1;
- 1) ignoble, coward, mean, base, of no family, that is: low born {#1Co 1:28}
37 ἁγιάζω hagiazo [hag-ee-ad’-zo] from 40 hagios Separated to God; v; TDNT-1:111,14; [{See TDNT 14 }] AV-sanctify 26, hallow 2, be holy 1; 29
- To make holy, consecrate, sanctify
- 1) to dedicate, separate, set apart for God
- 1a) Of things [{#Mt 23:17,9 2Ti 2:21 }]
- 1b) Of persons: Christ [{#Joh 10:36 17:19 }]
- 2) To purify, make conformable in character to such dedication
- 2a) Forensically, to free from guilt [{#1Co 6:11 Eph 5:26 Heb 2:11 10:10,14,29 13:12 }]
- 2b) Internally, by actual sanctification of life [{#Joh 17:17,19 Ac 20:32 26:18 Ro 15:16 1Co 1:2 7:14 1Th 5:23 Re 22:11 }]
- 2c) Of a non-believer influenced by marriage with a Christian [{#1Co 7:14 }]
- 3) In the intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification
- 3a) Of things [{#2Ti 2:21 }]
- 3b) Of persons [{#Heb 9:13 }]
- 4) To treat as holy [{#Mt 6:9 Lu 11:2 1Pe 3:15 }]
38 ~ἁγιασμός~ hagiasmos \@hag-ee-as-mos’\@ from 37 and 40 "separated" like the "Levites" or "sacrifice"; n m AV-holiness 5, sanctification 5; 10
- 1) consecration
- 2) sanctification: so strictly in {#Ro 6:19,22 1Co 1:30 1Th 4:3,7 2Th 2:13 Heb 12:14 1Pe 1:2} Elsewhere it perhaps inclines to the resultant state. {#1Th 4:4 1Ti 2:15}
Sanctification is about separation for a separate purpose.
40 ~ἅγιος~ hagios \@hag’-ee-os\@ from hagos (an awful thing) [cf 53, 2282]; adj AV-holy 161, saints 61, Holy One 4, misc 3; 229 \@Holy,\@ characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration
- 1) Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty and glory. {#Lu 1:49 Joh 17:11 Re 4:8}
- 1a) Of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: {#Mt 24:15 Heb 9:1}
- 1b) Of persons employed by him, as angels: {#1Th 3:13 marg.} prophets, {#Lu 1:70} apostles, {#Eph 3:5}
- 2) Applied to persons as separated to God’s service:
- 2a) Of Christ: {#Mr 1:24 Ac 4:30}
- 2b) Of Christians: {#Ac 9:13 Ro 1:7 Heb 6:10 Re 5:8}
- 3) In the moral sense of sharing God’s purity: {#Mr 6:20 Joh 17:11 Ac 3:14 Re 3:7}
- 4) Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: {#1Co 7:14 Eph 1:4}
- For Synonyms see entry 5878
- Saint in the Old Testament is from the word 06918 ^שׁודק^ qadowsh which means "set apart" or "sacred" which is identifying things "separated". It was from 06942 meaning "consecrate", "be separate".
50 ~ἀγνοέω~ agnoeo \@ag-no-eh’-o\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and understand 3539; TDNT-1:115,18; {See TDNT 15} v AV-be ignorant 7, ignorant 4, know not 4, understand not 3, ignorantly 2, unknown 2; 22
- 1) act. to be ignorant, not to know {#Ac 13:27 17:23 Ro 10:3 2Pe 2:12} pass. not know or disregarded {#1Co 14:38}
- 2) not to understand, unknown {#Mr 9:32 Lu 9:45}
- 3) to err or sin through mistake, to be wrong, spoken mildly of those who are not high handed or wilful transgressors {#Heb 5:2}
58 ~ἀγορά~ agora \@ag-or-ah’\@ from ageiro (to gather, probably akin to 1453); ; n f AV-market 6, marketplace 4, street 1; 11
- 1) any collection of men, congregation, or assembly, especially of the people
- 2) the place of assembly
- 2a) for public debating,
- 2b) for elections
- 2c) for trials {#Ac 16:19}
- 2d) for buying and selling {#Mr 7:4}
- 2e) for all kinds of business
- 3) market place, street {#Mt 11:16 20:3}
59 ἀγοράζω agorazo [ag-or-ad’-zo] from 58 agora "any collection of men, congregation, or assembly"; v; TDNT-1:124,19; [{See TDNT 17 }] AV-buy 28, redeem 3; 31
- 1) to be in the market place, to attend it [{(agorazei) Matthew 13:44, Revelation 18:11 (ēgorasen)Matthew 13:46; (agorazontas)Matthew 21:12, Mark 11:15 }]
- 2) to do business there, buy or sell [{(agorasōsin)#Mt 14:15; John 4:8; Mark 6:36 }]
- 3) of idle people: to haunt the market place, lounge there
- agorázō stresses transfer – i.e. where something becomes another's belonging (possession) as in John 6, Mark 6:3, Luke 9:13 which appears as agorasōmen.
- In Luke 19:45 we see 4453 pōlountas
62 ~ἀγράμματος~ agrammatos \@ag-ram-mat-os\@ from 1 (as negative particle) and 1121; ; adj AV-unlearned 1; 1
- 1) illiterate, unlearned, without learning, unlettered {#Ac 4:13}
- See 521 apaideutos which does mean unlearned or ignorant found in 2 Timothy 2:23, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios.
71 ~ἄγω~ ago \@ag’-o\@ a primary word; ; v AV-bring 45, lead 12, go 7, bring forth 2, misc 5, vr bring 1; 72
- 1) to lead, take with one
- 1a) to lead by laying hold of, and this way to bring to the point of destination: of an animal
- 1b) to lead by accompanying to (into) a place
- 1c) to lead with one’s self, attach to one’s self as an attendant
- 1d) to conduct, bring
- 1e) to lead away, to a court of justice, magistrate, etc.
- 2) to lead,
- 2a) to lead, guide, direct
- 2b) to lead through, conduct to: to something
- 2c) to move, impel: of forces and influences on the mind
- 3) to pass a day, keep or celebrate a feast, etc.
- 4) to go, depart
75 ~ἀγωνίζομαι~ agonizomai \@ag-o-nid’-zom-ahee\@ from agon an assembly; v AV-strive 3, fight 3, labour fervently 1; 7
- 1) to enter a contest: contend in the gymnastic games
- 2) to contend with adversaries, fight
- 3) metaph. to contend, struggle, with difficulties and dangers
- 4) to endeavour with strenuous zeal, strive: to obtain something
86 ᾍδης hades [hah’-dace] from 1 (as negative particle) and 1492; n pr loc; TDNT- 1:146,22; [{See TDNT 22 }] AV-hell 10, grave 1; 11
- 1) name Hades or Pluto, the god of the lower regions
- 2) Orcus, the nether world, the realm of the dead
- 3) later use of this word: the grave, death, hell
- In Biblical Greek it is associated with Orcus, the infernal regions, a dark and dismal place in the very depths of the earth, the common receptacle of disembodied spirits. Usually Hades is just the abode of the wicked, #Lu 16:23; Re 20:13,14; a very uncomfortable place. TDNT.
93 ~ἀδικία~ adikia \@ad-ee-kee’-ah\@ from 94; TDNT-1:153,22; {See TDNT 23} n f AV-unrighteousness 16, iniquity 6, unjust 2, wrong 1; 25
- 1) injustice, of a judge
- 2) unrighteousness of heart and life
- 3) a deed violating law and justice, act of unrighteousness
94 ~ἄδικος~ adikos \@ad’-ee-kos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1349; TDNT-1:149,22; {See TDNT 23} adj AV-unjust 8, unrighteous 4; 12
- 1) descriptive of one who violates or has violated justice
- 1a) unjust
- 1b) unrighteous, sinful
- 1c) of one who deals fraudulently with others, deceitful
96 ~ἀδόκιμος~ adokimos \@ad-ok’-ee-mos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1384; adj AV-reprobate 6, castaway 1, rejected 1; 8
- 1) not standing the test, not approved (See warnings)
- 1a) properly used of metals and coins
- 2) that which does not prove itself such as it ought
- 2a) unfit for, unproved, spurious, reprobate
104 ἀεί aei [ah-eye’] from an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued duration); adv; AV-alway 4, always 3, ever 1; 8
- 1) perpetually, incessantly
- 2) invariably, at any and every time: when according to the circumstances something is or ought to be done again
106 ἄζυμος azumos [ad’-zoo-mos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2219 zume, metaphor "of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others." from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit; adj; TDNT-2:902,302; [{See TDNT 288 }] AV-unleavened bread 8, unleavened 1; 9
- 1) unfermented, free from leaven or yeast
- 1a) of the unleavened loaves used in the paschal feast of the Jews
- 1b) metaph. free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"
109 ~ἀήρ~ aer \@ah-ayr’\@ from aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); TDNT-1:165,25; {See TDNT 25} n m AV-air 7; 7
- 1) the air, particularly the lower and denser air as distinguished from the higher and rarer air
- 2) the atmospheric region
111 ~ἀθέμιτος~ athemitos \@ath-em’-ee-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of themis (personification of divine order, fairness, law, natural law, and custom.)(statute, from the base of 5087 to set, appoint ordain); TDNT-1:166,25; {See TDNT 26} adj AV-unlawful thing 1, abominable 1, 2
- 1) contrary to law and justice, prohibited by law, illicit, criminal
113 ~ἄθεσμος~ athesmos \@ath’-es-mos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087 (in the sense of enacting); TDNT-1:167,25; {See TDNT 27} adj AV-wicked 2; 2
- 1) one who breaks through the restraint of law and gratifies his lusts. Equated with the error of Balaam and the Nicolaitan.
- 2 Peter 2:7 And delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked <113>:
- 2 Peter 3:17 Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked <113>, fall from your own stedfastness.
114 ~ἀθετέω~ atheteo \@ath-et-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087; TDNT-8:158,1176; v AV-despise 8, reject 4, bring to nothing 1, frustrate 1, disannul 1, cast off 1; 16
- 1) to do away with, to set aside, disregard
- 2) to thwart the efficacy of anything, nullify, make void, frustrate
- 3) to reject, to refuse, to slight
129 αἷμα haima [hah’-ee-mah] of uncertain derivation; n n; TDNT-1:172,26; [{See TDNT 31 }] AV-blood 99; 99
- 1) blood
- 1a) of man or animals
- 1b) refers to the seat of life
- 1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice
- 2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder
134 αἰνέω aineo [ahee-neh’-o] from 136 ainos; v; TDNT-1:177,27; [{See TDNT 32 }] AV-praise 9; 9
- 1) to praise, extol, to sing praises in honour to God
- 2) to allow, recommend
- ) to promise or vow
136 αἶνος ainos [ah’-ee-nos] apparently a primary word, properly, a story, but used in the sense of 1868; n m; TDNT-1:177,27; [{See TDNT 32 }] AV-praise 2; 2
- 1) a saying, proverb
- 2) praise, laudatory discourse
138 ~αἱρέομαι~ haireomai \@hahee-reh’-om-ahee\@ probably akin to 142; TDNT-1:180,27; {See TDNT 34} v AV-choose 3; 3
- 1) to take for oneself, to prefer, choose
- 2) to choose by vote, elect to office
- See Extortioner
139 ~αἵρεσις~ hairesis \@hah’-ee-res-is\@ from 138; n f AV-sect 5, heresy 4; 9
- 1) act of taking, capture: e.g. storming a city
- 2) choosing, choice
- 3) that which is chosen
- 4) a body of men following their own tenets (sect or party)
- 4a) of the Sadducees
- 4b) of the Pharisees
- 4c) of the Christians
- 5) dissensions arising from diversity of opinions and aims For Synonyms see entry 5916
141 ~αἱρετικός~ hairetikos \@hahee-ret-ee-kos’\@ from the same as 140; adj AV-that is a heretic 1; 1
- 1) fitted or able to take or choose a thing
- 2) schismatic, factious, a follower of a false doctrine
- 3) heretic
142 ~αἴρω~ airo \@ah’-ee-ro\@ a primary root; TDNT-1:185,28; {See TDNT 35} v AV-take up 32, take away 25, take 25, away with 5, lift up 4, bear 3, misc 8; 102
- 1) to raise up, elevate, lift up
- 1a) to raise from the ground, take up: stones
- 1b) to raise upwards, elevate, lift up: the hand
- 1c) to draw up: a fish
- 2) to take upon one’s self and carry what has been raised up, to bear
- 3) to bear away what has been raised, carry off
- 3a) to move from its place
- 3b) to take off or away what is attached to anything
- 3c) to remove
- 3d) to carry off, carry away with one
- 3e) to appropriate what is taken
- 3f) to take away from another what is his or what is committed to him, to take by force
- 3g) to take and apply to any use
- 3h) to take from among the living, either by a natural death, or by violence
- 3i) cause to cease
146 αἰσχροκερδής aischrokerdes [ahee-skhrok-er-dace’] from 150 aischros from the same as 153 v. aischunomai from aischos (disfigurement, i.e. disgrace); v; TDNT-1:189,29; [{ See TDNT 37 }] AV-be ashamed 5; 5
- 1) to disfigure; adj; TDNT-1:189,29; [{See TDNT 37 }]
- AV-filthy and kerdos (gain); adj; AV-greedy of filthy lucre 2, given to filthy lucre 1; 3
- 1) eager for base gain, greedy for money
148 αἰσχρολογία aischrologia [ahee-skhrol-og-ee’-ah] from 150 dishonorable and 3056speech; n f; AV-filthy communication 1; 1
- 1) foul speaking, low and obscene speech
- For Synonyms see entry 5881
151 ~αἰσχρότης~ aischrotes \@ahee-skhrot’-ace\@ from 150 dishonour; TDNT-1:189,29; {See TDNT 37} n f AV-filthiness 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4
- 1) obscenity, filthiness
154 αιτεω aiteo ahee-teh’-o; of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case): —
- 1. ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require.
- Compare 156 aitia to cause by reason and 4441 punthanomai which is to ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely); and thus differing from 154.
156 αιτια aitia ahee-tee’-a; from the same as 154 aiteo ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require
- 1 a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved): — accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, [where[-fore].
166 αἰώνιος aionios [ahee-o’-nee-os] from 165 aion ever, world; adj; TDNT-1:208,31; [{See TDNT 40 }] AV-eternal 42, everlasting 25, the world began + 5550 2, since the world began + 5550 1, for ever 1; 71
- 1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and always will be
- 2) without beginning
- 3) without end, never to cease, everlasting
- For Synonyms see entry 5801
167 ἀκαθαρσία akatharsia [ak-ath-ar-see’-ah] from 169; n f; TDNT-3:427,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-uncleanness 10; 10
- 1) uncleanness
- 1a) physical
- 1b) in a moral sense: the impurity of lustful, luxurious, profligate living
- 1b1) of impure motives
169 ἀκάθαρτος akathartos [ak-ath’-ar-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 2508 katharos pure or ethical (meaning cleansed); adj; TDNT-3:427,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-unclean 28, foul 2; 30
- 1) not cleansed, unclean
- 1a) in a ceremonial sense: that which must be abstained from according to the levitical law
- 1b) in a moral sense: unclean in thought and life
175 ἄκαρπος akarpos [ak’-ar-pos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2590; adj; TDNT-3:616,416; [{See TDNT 360 }] AV-unfruitful 6, without fruit 1; 7
- 1) metaph. without fruit, barren, not yielding what it ought to yield
190 ~ἀκολουθέω~ akoloutheo \@ak-ol-oo-theh’-o\@ from 1 Alpha (as a particle of union) and keleuthos (a road) from a primary kello (to urge on); v AV-follow 91, reach 1; 92
- 1) to follow one who precedes, join him as his attendant, accompany him. See follow me
- 2) to join one as a disciple, become or be his disciple
- 2a) side with his party
191 ἀκούω akouo [ak-oo’-o] a root; v; TDNT-1:216,34; [{See TDNT 43 }] AV-hear 418, hearken 6, give audience 3, hearer 2, misc 8; 437
- 1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf
- 2) to hear
- 2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said
- 2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said
- 3) to hear something
- 3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one’s presence
- 3b) to get by hearing learn
- 3c) a thing comes to one’s ears, to find out, learn
- 3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher
- 3e) to comprehend, to understand
208 ἀκυρόω akuroo [ak-oo-ro’-o] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2964 kuroo confirm from 2962 κύριος kurios Lord; v; TDNT-3:1099,494; [{See TDNT 419 }] AV-make of none effect 2, disannul 1; 3
- 1) to render void, deprive of force and authority
211 ἀλάβαστρον alabastron [al-ab’-as-tron] from alabastros (of uncertain derivation), the name of a stone; n n; AV-alabaster box 3, box 1; 4
- 1) a box made of alabaster in which unguents are preserved
- The ancients considered alabaster to be the best material in which to preserve their ointments. Breaking the box, probably means breaking the seal of the box.
213 ~ἀλαζών~ alazon \@al-ad-zone’\@ from ale (vagrancy); TDNT-1:226,36; {See TDNT 45} n m AV-boaster 2; 2
- 1) an empty pretender, a boaster
- For Synonyms see entry 5885
225 ἀλήθεια aletheia [al-ay’-thi-a] from 227 alethes true, loving the truth,; n f; TDNT-1:232,37; [{See TDNT 49 }] AV-truth 107, truly + 1909 1, true 1, verity 1; 110
- 1) objectively
- 1a) what is true in any matter under consideration
- 1a1) truly, in truth, according to truth
- 1a2) of a truth, in reality, in fact, certainly
- 1b) what is true in things appertaining to God and the duties of man, moral and religious truth
- 1b1) in the greatest latitude
- 1b2) the true notions of God which are open to human reason without his supernatural intervention
- 1c) the truth as taught in the Christian religion, respecting God and the execution of his purposes through Christ, and respecting the duties of man, opposing alike to the superstitions of the Gentiles and the inventions of the Jews, and the corrupt opinions and precepts of false teachers even among Christians
- 2) subjectively
- 2a) truth as a personal excellence
- 2a1) that candour of mind which is free from affection, pretence, simulation, falsehood, deceit
- 1a) what is true in any matter under consideration
227 ἀληθής alethes [al-ay-thace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2990; adj; TDNT-1:247,37; [{See TDNT 49 }] AV-true 23, truly 1, truth 1; 25
- 1) true
- 2) loving the truth, speaking the truth, truthful
228 ἀληθινός alethinos [al-ay-thee-nos’] from 227 adj. alethes from a negative particle and 2990 lanthano v. to be hidden; AV-true 27; 27
- 1) that which has not only the name and resemblance, but the real nature corresponding to the name, in every respect corresponding to the idea signified by the name, real, true genuine
- 1a) opposite to what is fictitious, counterfeit, imaginary, simulated or pretended
- 1b) it contrasts realities with their semblances
- 1c) opposite to what is imperfect defective, frail, uncertain
- 2) true, veracious, sincere
- The truth not hidden
235 ἀλλά alla [al-lah’] neuter plural of 243 ἄλλος allos other adj.; conj; AV-but 573, yea 15, yet 11, nevertheless 10, howbeit 9, nay 4, therefore 3, save 2, not tr 2, misc 8; 637
- 1) but
- 1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding
- 1b) an objection
- 1c) an exception
- 1d) a restriction
- 1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover
- 1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter
236 ἀλλάσσω allasso [al-las’-so] from 243 others; v; TDNT-1:251,40; [{See TDNT 50 }] AV-change 6; 6
- 1) to change, to exchange one thing for another, to transform
243 ~ἄλλος~ allos \@al’-los\@ a primary word; adj AV-other(s) 81, another 62, some 11, one 4, misc 2; 160
- 1) another, other. For Synonyms see entry 5806
245 ~ἀλλότριος~ allotrios \@al-lot’-ree-os\@ from 243; TDNT-1:265,43; {See TDNT 53} adj AV-stranger 4, another man’s 4, strange 2, other men’s 2, other 1, alien 1; 14
- 1) belonging to another
- 2) foreign, strange, not of one’s own family, alien, an enemy
249 ~ἄλογος~ alogos \@al’-og-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3056; TDNT-4:141,505; {See TDNT 431} adj AV-brute 2, unreasonable 1; 3
- 1) destitute of reason
- 2) contrary to reason, absurd
261 ~ἀμαθής~ amathes \@am-ath-ace’\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3129; ; adj AV-unlearned 1 (2 Peter 3:16 ) ; 1 1) unlearned, ignorant
264 ~ἁμαρτάνω~ hamartano \@ham-ar-tan’-o\@ perhaps from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3313 maraino a flame fade away; v AV-sin 38, trespass 3, offend 1, for your faults 1; 43
- 1) to be without a share in
- 2) to miss the mark
- 3) to err, be mistaken
- 4) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and
honour, to do or go wrong
- 5) to wander from the law of God, violate God’s law, sin
266 ἁμαρτία hamartia [ham-ar-tee’-ah] from 264 without a share; n f; TDNT-1:267,44; [{See TDNT 54 }] AV-sin 172, sinful 1, offense 1; 174
- 1) equivalent to 264
- 1a) to be without a share in
- 1b) to miss the mark
- 1c) to err, be mistaken
- 1d) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and honour, to do or go wrong
- 1e) to wander from the law of God, violate God’s law, sin
- 2) that which is done wrong, sin, an offence, a violation of the divine law in thought or in act
- 3) collectively, the complex or aggregate of sins committed either by a single person or by many
- For Synonyms see entry 5879
268 ~ἁμαρτωλός~ hamartolos \@ham-ar-to-los’\@ from 264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartano, without a share; adj AV-sinner 43, sinful 4; 47
- 1) devoted to sin, a sinner
- 1a) not free from sin
- 1b) pre-eminently sinful, especially wicked
- 1b1) all wicked men
- 1b2) specifically of men stained with certain definite vices or crimes
- 1b2a) tax collectors, heathen
272 ἀμελέω ameleo am-el-eh'-o TDNT entry: Part(s) of speech: Verb,Thayer Definition: None, to bye careless of, to neglect Origin: from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199.
- Strong's Definition: From 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199 melo to care about; to be careless of: - make light of, neglect, be negligent, not regard.
283 ἀμίαντος amiantos [am-ee’-an-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3392 to stain, to defile; adj; TDNT-4:647,593; [{See TDNT 493 }] AV-undefiled 4; 4
- 1) not defiled, unsoiled
- 1a) free from that by which the nature of a thing is deformed and debased, or its force and vigour impaired
- For Synonyms see entry 5896
298 ἀμώμητος amometos [am-o’-may-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3469 momaomai blame; adj; TDNT-4:831,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-without rebuke 1, blameless 1; 2
- 1) that cannot be censured, blameless
299 ἄμωμος amomos [am’-o-mos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3470; adj; TDNT-4:830,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-without rebuke 2, without blame 1, unblameable 1, without spot 1, faultless 1, without fault 1; 7
- 1) without blemish
- 1a) as a sacrifice without spot or blemish
- 2) morally: without blemish, faultless, unblameable
- For Synonyms see entry 5887
303 ~ἀνά~ ana \@an-ah’\@ a primary prep and adv; ; prep AV-by 3, apiece 2, every man 2, each 1, several 1, two and two + 1417 1, among 1, through 1, between 1, by 1, in 1; 15
- 1) into the midst, in the midst, amidst, among, between
313 ἀναγεννάω anagennao [an-ag-en-nah’-o] from 303 and 1080; v; TDNT-1:673,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat again 1, be born again 1; 2
- 1) to produce again, be born again, born anew
- 2) metaph. to have one’s mind changed so that he lives a new life and one conformed to the will of God
321 ἀνάγω anago [an-ag’-o] from 303 ana, prep. and 71 ago, to lead; v; AV-bring 3, loose 3, sail 3, launch 3, depart 3, misc 9; 24
- 1) to lead up, to lead or bring into a higher place
- 2) of navigators: launch out, set sail, put to sea
322 ἀναδείκνυμι anadeiknumi [an-ad-ike’-noo-mee] from 303 and 1166 to show as in evidence; v; TDNT-2:30,141; [{See TDNT 172 }] AV-appoint 1, show 1; 2
- 1) to proclaim any one as elected to office
- 2) to announce as appointed a king, general, etc.
- 3) to lift up anything on high and exhibit it for all to behold
331 ~ἀνάθεμα~ anathema \@an-ath’-em-ah\@ from 394; n n AV-accursed 4, anathema 1, bind under a great curse + 332 1; 6
- 1) a thing set up or laid by in order to be kept
- 1a) specifically, an offering resulting from a vow, which after being consecrated to a god was hung upon the walls or columns of the temple, or put in some other conspicuous place
- 2) a thing devoted to God without hope of being redeemed, and if an animal, to be slain; therefore a person or thing doomed to destruction
- 2a) a curse
- 2b) a man accursed, devoted to the direst of woes
345 ~ἀνακεῖμαι~ anakeimai \@an-ak-i’-mahee\@ from 303 and 2749; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-sit at meat 5, guests 2, sit 2, sit down 1, be set down 1, lie 1, lean 1, at the table 1; 14
- 1) to lie at a table, eat together, dine
347 ~ἀνακλίνω~ anaklino \@an-ak-lee’-no\@ from 303 and 2827; ; v AV-sit down 3, make sit down 2, sit down to meat 1, make sit down to meat 1, lay 1; 8
- 1) to lean against, lean upon
- 1a) to lay down
- 1b) to make or bid to recline
377 ~ἀναπίπτω~ anapipto \@an-ap-ip’-to\@ from 303 and 4098 pipto metaphorically to go under judgment,; ; v AV-sit down 7, sit down to meat 2, be set down 1, lean 1; 11
- 1) to lie back, lie down
- 2) to recline at a table, to sit back
390 ~ἀναστρέφω~ anastrepho \@an-as-tref’-o\@ as a noun is 391 from 303 and 4762; TDNT-7:715,1093; {See TDNT 752} v AV-return 2, have conversation 2, live 2, abide 1, overthrow 1, behave (one’s) self 1, be used 1, pass 1; 11
- 1) to turn upside down, overturn
- 2) to turn back
- 3) to turn hither and thither, to turn one’s self about, sojourn dwell in a place
- 4) metaph. to conduct one’s self, behave one’s self, live
391 ~ἀναστροφή~ anastrophe \@an-as-trof-ay’\@ from 390; TDNT-7:715,1093; {See TDNT 752} n f AV-conversation 13; 13
- 1) manner of life, conduct, behaviour, deportment
415 ~ἀνελεήμων~ aneleemon \@an-eleh-ay’-mone\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1655; TDNT-2:487,222; {See TDNT 232} adj AV-unmerciful 1; 1
- 1) without mercy, merciless
425 ~ἄνεσις~ anesis \@an’-es-is\@ from 447; TDNT-1:367,60; {See TDNT 73} n f AV-rest 3, liberty 1, be eased 1; 5
- 1) a loosening, relaxing
- 1a) spoken of a more tolerable condition in captivity, to be held in less vigorous confinement
- 1b) relief, rest, from persecutions
- For Synonyms see entry 5810 & 5922
430 ~ἀνέχομαι~ anechomai \@an-ekh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 303 and 2192; v AV-suffer 7, bear with 4, forbear 2, endure 2; 15
- 1) to hold up
- 2) to hold one’s self erect and firm
- 3) to sustain, to bear, to endure
433 ἀνήκω aneko [an-ay’-ko] from 303 among and 2240 to seek an intimacy or to become a follower; v; TDNT-1:360,59; [{See TDNT 70 }] AV-be convenient 2, be fit 1; 3
- 1) to have come up to, arrived at, to reach to
- 2) to pertain to what is due, duty, as was fitting
435 ἀνήρ aner [an’-ayr] a primary word cf. 444 anthropos = man; n m; TDNT-1:360,59; [{See TDNT 71 }] AV-man 156, husband 50, sir 6, fellow 1, not tr 2; 215
- 1) with reference to sex
- 1a) of a male
- 1b) of a husband
- 1c) of a betrothed or future husband
- 2) with reference to age, and to distinguish an adult from a boy
- 3) any male
- 4) used generically of a group of both men and women
436 ~ἀνθίστημι~ anthistemi \@anth-is’-tay-mee\@ from 473 (against) and 2476 (stand); ; v AV-resist 9, withstand 5; 14
- 1) to set one’s self against, to withstand, resist, oppose
- 2) to set against
444 ἄνθρωπος anthropos [anth’-ro-pos] from 435 and ops (the countenance, from 3700); man-faced, i.e. a human being; n m; TDNT-1:364,59; [{See TDNT 72 }] [{See TDNT "the Son of Man" 807 }] AV-man 552, not tr 4, misc 3; 559
- 1) a human being, whether male or female
- 1a) generically, to include all human individuals
- 1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order
- 1b1) of animals and plants
- 1b2) of from God and Christ
- 1b3) of the angels
- 1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led into a mistake or prompted to sin
- 1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity
- 1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul
- 1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God
- 1g) with reference to sex, a male
- 2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one
- 3) in the plural, people
- 4) joined with other words, merchantman
447 ~ἀνίημι~ aniemi \@an-ee’-ay-mee\@ from 303 and hiemi (to send); TDNT-1:367,60; {See TDNT 73} v AV-loose 2, forbear 1, leave 1; 4
- 1) to send back, relax, loosen
- 2) to give up, omit, calm
- 3) to leave, not to uphold, to let sink
453 ~ἀνόητος~ anoetos \@an-o’-ay-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3539 understand; adj AV-foolish 4, fool 1, unwise 1; 6 1) not understood, unintelligible 2) not understanding, unwise, foolish
458 ~ἀνομία~ anomia \@an-om-ee’-ah\@ from 459; n f AV-iniquity 12, unrighteousness 1, transgress the law + 4160 1, transgression of the law 1; 15
- 1) the condition of without law
- 1a) because ignorant of it
- 1b) because of violating it
- 2) contempt and violation of law, iniquity, wickedness
459 ~ἄνομος~ anomos \@an’-om-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3551; adj AV-without law 4, transgressor 2, wicked 2, lawless 1, unlawful 1; 10
- 1) destitute of (the Mosaic) law
- 1a) of the Gentiles
- 2) departing from the law, a violator of the law, lawless, wicked
460 ἀνόμως anomos [an-om’-oce] from 459; adv; AV-without law 2; 2
- 1) without the law, without the knowledge of the law
- 2) to sin in ignorance of the Mosaic law
- 3) live ignorant of law and discipline
462 ~ἀνόσιος~ anosios \@an-os’-ee-os\@ from a (as a negative particle) and hosios undefiled by sin,religiously observing every moral obligation, pure holy, pious adj AV-unholy 2; 2
- 1) unholy, impious, wicked
473 ἀντί anti [an-tee’] a primary particle; prep; TDNT-1:372,61; [{See TDNT 75 AV-for 15, because + 3639 4, for … cause 1, therefore + 3639 1, in the room of 1; 22
- 1) over against, opposite to, before
- 2) for, instead of, in place of (something)
- 2a) instead of
- 2b) for
- 2c) for that, because
- 2d) wherefore, for this cause
505 ἀνυπόκριτος anupokritos [an-oo-pok’-ree-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 5271 to simulate, feign, pretend; adj; TDNT-8:570,1235; [{See TDNT 819 }] AV-unfeigned 4, without dissimulation 1, without hypocrisy 1; 6
- 1) unfeigned, undisguised, sincere
509 ἄνωθεν anothen [an’-o-then] from 507; adv; TDNT-1:378,63; [{See TDNT 78 }] AV-from above 5, top 3, again 2, from the first 1, from the beginning 1, not tr 1; 13 See born again
- 1) from above, from a higher place
- 1a) of things which come from heaven or God
- 2) from the first, from the beginning, from the very first
- 3) anew, over again
511 ~ἀνώτερος~ anoteros \@an-o’-ter-os\@ comparative degree of 507; TDNT-1:376,63; {See TDNT 78} adj n AV-higher 1, above 1; 2
- 1) higher
- 1a) of motion: to a higher place, up higher
- 1b) of rest: in a higher place, above
- Luke 14:10 But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the lowest room; that when he that bade thee cometh, he may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher <511>: then shalt thou have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat with thee.
- Hebrews 10:8 Above <511> when he said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering
521 ~ἀπαίδευτος~ apaideutos \@ap-ah’-ee-dyoo-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3811; TDNT-5:596,753; {See TDNT 579} adj AV-unlearned 1; 1
- 1) without instruction, and disciple, uneducated, ignorant, rude
536 ~ἀπαρχή~ aparche \@ap-ar-khay’\@ from a compound of 575 and 756; TDNT-1:484,81; {See TDNT 102} n f AV-firstfruits 8; 8
- 1) to offer firstlings or firstfruits
- 2) to take away the firstfruits of the productions of the earth which was offered to God. The first portion of the dough, from which sacred loaves were to be prepared. Hence term used of persons consecrated to God for all time.
- 3) persons superior in excellence to others of the same class
538 ~ἀπατάω~ apatao \@ap-at-ah’-o\@ of uncertain derivation; v AV-deceive 4; 4
- 1) to cheat, beguile, deceive
539 ~ἀπάτη~ apate \@ap-at’-ay\@ from 538; TDNT-1:385,65; {See TDNT 82} n f AV-deceitfulness 3, deceitful 1, deceit 1, deceivableness 1, deceivings 1; 7
- 1) deceit, deceitfulness
543 ἀπείθεια apeitheia [ap-i’-thi-ah] from 545 disobedient ; n f; TDNT-6:11,818; [{See TDNT 611 }] AV-unbelief 4, disobedient 3; 7
- 1) obstinacy, obstinate opposition to the divine will
545 ~ἀπειθής~ apeithes \@ap-i-thace’\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3982; TDNT-6:10,818; {See TDNT 611} adj AV-disobedient 6; 6
- 1) impersuasible, not compliant, disobedient, contumacious
565 ἀπέρχομαι aperchomai [ap-erkh’-om-ahee] from 575 and 2064; v; TDNT-2:675,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-go 53, depart 27, go (one’s) way 16, go away 14, come 4, misc 6; 120
- 1) to go away, depart
- 1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to follow his party, follow him as a leader
- 2) to go away
- 2a) of departing evils and sufferings
- 2b) of good things taken away from one
- 2c) of an evanescent(likely to vanish like vapor) state of things
571 ἄπιστος apistos [ap’-is-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4103 pistos; adj; TDNT-6:174,849; [{See TDNT 634 }] AV-that believe not 6, unbelieving 5, faithless 4, unbeliever 4, infidel 2, thing incredible 1, which believe not 1; 23
- 1) unfaithful, faithless, (not to be trusted, perfidious)
- 2) incredible
- 2a) of things
- 3) unbelieving, incredulous
- 3a) without trust (in God)
572 ἁπλότης haplotes [hap-lot’-ace] from 573; n f; TDNT-1:386,65; [{See TDNT 83 }] AV-simplicity 3, singleness 2, liberality 1, bountifulness 1, liberty 1; 8
- 1) singleness, simplicity, sincerity, mental honesty
- 1a) the virtue of one who is free from pretence and hypocrisy
- 2) not self seeking, openness of heart revealing itself by generosity
575 ~ἀπό~ apo \@apo’\@ a primary particle; ; preposition AV-from 393, of 129, out of 48, for 10, off 10, by 9, at 9, in 6, since + 3739 5, on 5, not tr. 16, misc. 31; 671
- 1) of separation
- 1a) of local separation, after verbs of motion from a place i.e. of departing, of fleeing, …
- 1b) of separation of a part from the whole
- 1b1) where of a whole some part is taken
- 1c) of any kind of separation of one thing from another by which the union or fellowship of the two is destroyed
- 1d) of a state of separation, that is of distance
- 1d1) physical, of distance of place
- 1d2) temporal, of distance of time
- 2) of origin
- 2a) of the place whence anything is, comes, befalls, is taken
- 2b) of origin of a cause
583 ~ἀπογράφω~ apographo \@ap-og-raf’-o\@ from 575 and 1125; v AV-tax 3, write 1; 4
- 1) to write off, copy (from some pattern)
- 2) to enter in a register or records
- 2a) spec. to enter in public records the names of men, their property and income
- 2b) to enroll
588 ἀποδέχομαι apodechomai [ap-od-ekh’-om-ahee] from 575 and 1209; v; TDNT-2:55,146; [{See TDNT 179 }] AV-receive 3, receive gladly 2, accept 1; 6
- 1) to accept from, receive
- 2) to accept what is offered from without
591 ἀποδίδωμι apodidomi [ap-od-eed’-o-mee] from 575 and 1325; v; TDNT-2:167,166; [{See TDNT 191 }] AV-pay 9, give 9, render 9, reward 7, sell 3, yield 2, misc 9; 48
- 1) to deliver, to give away for one’s own profit what is one’s own, to sell
- 2) to pay off, discharge what is due
- 2a) a debt, wages, tribute, taxes, produce due
- ) things promised under oath
- 2c) conjugal duty
- 2d) to render account
- 3) to give back, restore
- 4) to requite, recompense in a good or a bad sense
593 ~ἀποδοκιμάζω~ apodokimazo \@ap-od-ok-ee-mad’-zo\@ from 575 and 1381; TDNT-2:255,181; {See TDNT 198} v AV-reject 7, disallow 2; 9
- 1) to disapprove, reject, repudiate
601 ~ἀποκαλύπτω~ apokalupto \@ap-ok-al-oop’-to\@ from "out of"575 and "veil"2572; v AV-reveal 26; 26
- 1) to uncover, lay open what has been veiled or covered up
- 1a) disclose, make bare
- 2) to make known, make manifest, disclose what before was unknown
602 ~ἀποκάλυψις~ apokalupsis \@ap-ok-al’-oop-sis\@ from 601; n f AV-revelation 12, be revealed 2, to lighten + 1519 1, manifestation 1, coming 1, appearing 1; 18
- 1) laying bear, making naked
- 2) a disclosure of truth, instruction
- 2a) concerning things before unknown
- 2b) used of events by which things or states or persons hitherto withdrawn from view are made visible to all
- 3) manifestation, appearance
611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrinomai [ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee] from 575 and krino; v; TDNT-3:944,469; [{See TDNT 412 }] AV-answer 250; 250
- 1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer
- 2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded (either said or done) to which the remarks refer
615 ἀποκτείνω apokteino [ap-ok-ti’-no] from 575 apo meaning "separation, departure, cessation, completion, reversal, etc." and kteino (to slay); v; AV-kill 55, slay 14, put to death 6; 75
- 1) to kill in any way whatever
- 1a) to destroy, to allow to perish
- 2) metaph. to extinguish, abolish
- 2a) to inflict mortal death
- 2b) to deprive of spiritual life and procure eternal misery in hell
622 ~ἀπόλλυμι~ apollumi \@ap-ol’-loo-mee\@ from 575 apo from in the sense of separation and the base of 3639 ("ólethros" ("ruination") however does not imply "extinction" (annihilation). Rather it emphasizes the consequent loss that goes with the complete "undoing."); v AV-perish 33, destroy 26, lose 22, be lost 5, lost 4, misc 2; 92
- 1) to destroy
- 1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin
- 1b) render useless
- 1c) to kill
- 1d) to declare that one must be put to death
- 1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell
- 1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed
- 2) to destroy
- 2a) to lose
629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolutrosis [ap-ol-oo’-tro-sis] from a compound of 575 and 3083; n f; TDNT-4:351,543; [{ See TDNT 456 }] AV-redemption 9, deliverance 1; 10
- 1) a releasing effected by payment of ransom
- 1a) redemption, deliverance
- 1b) liberation procured by the payment of a ransom
630 ~ἀπολύω~ apoluo \@ap-ol-oo’-o\@ from 575 From and 3089 loose; ; v AV-release 17, put away 14, send away 13, let go 13, set at liberty 2, let depart 2, dismiss 2, misc 6; 69
- 1) to set free
- 2) to let go, dismiss, (to detain no longer)
- 2a) a petitioner to whom liberty to depart is given by a decisive answer
- 2b) to bid depart, send away
- 3) to let go free, release
- 3a) a captive i.e. to loose his bonds and bid him depart, to give him liberty to depart
- 3b) to acquit one accused of a crime and set him at liberty
- 3c) indulgently to grant a prisoner leave to depart
- 3d) to release a debtor, i.e. not to press one’s claim against him, to remit his debt
- 4) used of divorce, to dismiss from the house, to repudiate. The wife of a Greek or Roman may divorce her husband.
- 5) to send one’s self away, to depart
649 ~ἀποστέλλω~ apostello \@ap-os-tel’-lo\@ from 575 and 4724; TDNT-1:398,67; {See TDNT 87} v AV-send 110, send forth 15, send away 4, send out 2, misc 2; 133
- 1) to order (one) to go to a place appointed
- 2) to send away, dismiss
- 2a) to allow one to depart, that he may be in a state of liberty
- 2b) to order one to depart, send off
- 2c) to drive away For Synonyms see entry 5813
652 ~ἀπόστολος~ apostolos ap-os’-tol-os from 649 ἀποστέλλω apostello meaning to send, to order (one) to go to a place appointed
- Apostolos n m AV-apostle 78, messenger 2, he that is sent 1; 81
- 1) a delegate, messenger, one sent forth with orders
- 1a) specifically applied to the twelve apostles of Christ
- 1b) in a broader sense applied to other eminent Christian teachers
- 1b1) of Barnabas
- 1b2) of Timothy and Silvanus
656 ~ἀποσυνάγωγος~ aposunagogos \@ap-os-oon-ag’-o-gos\@ from 575 and 4864; adj AV-be put out of the synagogue + 1096 2, put out of the synagogue + 4160 1; 3
- 1) excluded from sacred assemblies of Israelites, excommunicated
664 ~ἀποτόμως~ apotomos \@ap-ot-om’-oce\@ from a derivative of a comparative of 575 and temno (to cut) meaning from "of separation" of some part; TDNT-8:106,1169; {See TDNT 787} adv AV-sharpness 1, sharply 1; 2
- 1) abruptly, precipitously
- 2) sharply, severely, curtly
678 ἀπροσωπολήπτως aprosopoleptos [ap-ros-o-pol-ape’-tos] from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a presumed compound of 4383 and 2983, [cf 4381]; adv; TDNT- 6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-without respect of persons 1; 1
- 1) without respect of persons, impartial
- See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face",
- Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
- Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.
680 ~ἅπτομαι~ haptomai \@hap’-tom-ahee\@ reflexive of 681; ; v AV-touch 36; 36
- 1) to fasten one’s self to, adhere to, cling to
- 1a) to touch
- 1b) of carnal intercourse with a women or cohabitation
- 1c) of levitical practice of having no fellowship with heathen practices. Things not to be touched appear to be both women and certain kinds of food, so celibacy and abstinence of certain kinds of food and drink are recommended.
- 1d) to touch, assail anyone
684 ~ἀπώλεια~ apoleia \@ap-o’-li-a\@ from a presumed derivative of 622; n f AV-perdition 8, destruction 5, waste 2, damnable 1, to die + 1519 1, perish + 1498 + 1519 1, pernicious 1; 20
- 1) destroying, utter destruction
- 1a) of vessels
- 2) a perishing, ruin, destruction
- 2a) of money
- 2b) the destruction which consists of eternal misery in hell
685 ἀρά ara [ar-ah’] probably from 142; n f; TDNT-1:448,75; [{See TDNT 90 }] AV-cursing 1; 1
- 1) a prayer, a supplication
- 2) an imprecation, curse, malediction
703 ~ἀρέτη~ arete \@ar-et’-ay\@ from the same as 730; TDNT-1:457,77; {See TDNT 93} n f AV-virtue 4, praise 1; 5
- 1) a virtuous course of thought, feeling and action
- 1a) virtue, moral goodness
- 2) any particular moral excellence, as modesty, purity
707 Ἀριμαθαία Arimathaia [ar-ee-math-ah’-ee-ah] of Hebrew origin 07414 הרמתים; n pr loc; AV-Arimathaea 4; 4
- Arimathaea = "heights"
- 1) the name of several cities in Palestine The one mentioned in Matthew 27:57; Mark 15:43; Luke 23:51; John 19:38 appears to have been the same as the birthplace of Samuel in Mount Ephraim.
721 ~ἀρνίον~ arnion \@ar-nee’-on\@ diminutive from 704 a lamb; TDNT-1:340,54; {See TDNT 57} n n AV-Lamb i.e. Christ 28, lamb 2; 30
- 1) a little lamb, a lamb
726 ~ἁρπάζω~ harpazo \@har-pad’-zo\@ from a derivative of 138 haireomai to choose by vote, elect to office; TDNT-1:472,80; {See TDNT 98} v AV-catch up 4, take by force 3, catch away 2, pluck 2, catch 1, pull 1; 13
- 1) to seize, carry off by force
- 2) to seize on, claim for one’s self eagerly
- 3) to snatch out or away
- See Extortioner
727 ~ἅρπαξ~ harpax \@har’-pax\@ from 726 "to seize, carry off by force"; ; adj AV-extortioner 4, ravening 1; 5
- 1) rapacious, ravenous
- 2) an extortioner, a robber
730 ~ἄῤῥην~ arrhen \@ar’-hrane\@ or ~αρσην~ arsen \@ar’-sane\@ probably from 142; ; adj AV-male 4, man 3, man child 1, man child + 5207 1; 9
- 1) a male
740 ἄρτος artos [ar’-tos] from 142 airo "take up, take away"; n m; TDNT-1:477,80; [{See TDNT 101 }] AV-bread 72, loaf 23, shewbread + 4286 + 3588 4; 99
- 1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked
- 1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or platter hence it was not to be cut but broken
- 1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord
- 1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table
- 2) food of any kind
- 5160 trophe, food; 1035 brosis, food; 106 azumos, unleavened bread, metaphor "free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity""; azimos is from 2219 zume, also a metaphor "of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others." Zume is from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit.
743 ἀρχάγγελος archaggelos [ar-khang’-el-os] from 757 archo to be chief, to lead, to rule and 32 messenger, envoy,; n m; TDNT-1:87,12; [{See TDNT 13 }] AV-archangel 2; 2
- 1) archangel, or chief of the angels
- The Jews, after the exile, distinguished several orders of angels; some reckoned four angels (according to the four sides of God’s throne) of the highest rank; but the majority reckoned seven (after the pattern of the seven Amshaspands, the highest spirits of the religion of Zoroaster)
1 Thessalonians 4:16 Jude 1:9
745 Ἀρχέλαος Archelaos [ar-khel’-ah-os] from 757 archo (rule over) and 2994 laodicia; n pr m; AV-Archelaus 1; 1 Archelaus = "prince of the people"
- 1) A son of Herod the Great by Malthace, the Samaritan woman. He and his brother Antipas were brought up with a certain private man in Rome. After the death of his father, he ruled as ethnarch over Judaea, Samaria and Idumaea, (with the exception of the cities of Gaza, Gadara and Hipo). The Jews and the Samaritans having accused him at Rome of tyranny, he was banished by the emperor Augustus to Vienna of the Allobroges and died there.
746 ~ἀρχή~ arche \@ar-khay’\@ from 756; TDNT-1:479,81; {See TDNT 102} n f AV-beginning 40, principality 8, corner 2, first 2, misc 6; 58
- 1) beginning, origin
- 2) the person or thing that commences, the first person or thing in a series, the leader
- 3) that by which anything begins to be, the origin, the active cause
- 4) the extremity of a thing
- 4a) of the corners of a sail
- 5) the first place, principality, rule, magistracy
- 5a) of angels and demons
752 ~ἀρχισυνάγωγος~ archisunagogos \@ar-khee-soon-ag’-o-gos\@ from 746 principality, and 4864; n m AV-ruler of the synagogue 7, chief ruler of the synagogue 2; 9
- 1) ruler of the synagogue. It was his duty to select the readers or teachers in the synagogue, to examine the discourses of the public speakers, and to see that all things were done with decency and in accordance with ancestral usage.
- Is the synagogue one registered with Herod and the Pharisees or one of John the Baptists and the apostles who also organized in tens?
755 ~ἀρχιτρίκλινος~ architriklinos \@ar-khee-tree’-klee-nos\@ from 746 and a compound of 5140 and 2827 (a dinner-bed, because composed of three couches); ; n m AV-governor of the feast 2, ruler of the feast 1; 3
- 1) the superintendent of the dining room, a table master. It differs from toast-master, who was one of the guests selected by lot to prescribe to the rest the mode of drinking. The table master was to place in order the tables and the couches, arrange the courses, taste the food and wine beforehand, and so forth.
756 ~ἄρχομαι~ archomai \@ar’-khom-ahee\@ middle voice of 757 (through the implication of precedence); see also 746; v AV-begin 83, rehearse from the beginning 1; 84
- 1) to be the first to do (anything), to begin
- 2) to be chief, leader, ruler
- 3) to begin, make a beginning
757 ~ἄρχω~ archo \@ar’-kho\@ a primary word; TDNT-1:478,81; {See TDNT 102} v AV-rule over 1, reign over 1; 2
- 1) to be chief, to lead, to rule
758 ~ἄρχων~ archon \@ar’-khone\@ present participle of 757; TDNT-1:488,81; {See TDNT 102} n m AV-ruler 22, prince 11, chief 2, magistrate 1, chief ruler 1; 37
- 1) a ruler, commander, chief, leader
766 ~ἀσέλγεια~ aselgeia \@as-elg’-i-a\@ from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed selges (of uncertain derivation, but apparently meaning continent); TDNT-1:490,83; {See TDNT 103} n f AV-lasciviousness 6, wantonness 2, filthy 1; 9
- 1) unbridled lust, excess, licentiousness, lasciviousness, wantonness, outrageousness, shamelessness, insolence. For Synonyms see entry 5891
770 ~ἀσθενέω~ astheneo \@as-then-eh’-o\@ from 772; v AV-be weak 12, be sick 10, sick 7, weak 3, impotent man 1, be diseased 1, be made weak 1; 36
- 1) to be weak, feeble, to be without strength, powerless
- 2) to be weak in means, needy, poor
- 3) to be feeble, sick
772 ἀσθενής asthenes [as-then-ace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4599 strong; adj; TDNT- 1:490,83; [{See TDNT 104 }] AV-weak 12, sick 6, weakness 2, weaker 1, weak things 1, impotent 1, more feeble 1, without strength 1; 25
- 1) weak, infirm, feeble
784 ~ἄσπιλος~ aspilos \@as’-pee-los\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4695; TDNT-1:502,85; {See TDNT 107} adj AV-without spot 3, unspotted 1; 4
- 1) spotless
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) free from censure, irreproachable
- 2b) free from vice, unsullied
786 ~ἄσπονδος~ aspondos \@as’-pon-dos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4689; ; adj AV-implacable 1, trucebreakers 1; 2
- 1) without a treaty or covenant
- 1a) of things not mutually agreed upon e.g. abstinences from hostilities
- 2) that cannot be persuaded to enter into a covenant, implacable
787 ~ἀσσάριον~ assarion \@as-sar’-ee-on\@ of Latin origin; ; n n AV-farthing 2; 2
- 1) an assarium or assarius, the name of a coin equal to the tenth part of a drachma
- Matthew 10:29 Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing <787>? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father.
- Luke 12:6 Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings <787>, and not one of them is forgotten before God?
791 ἀστεῖος asteios [as-ti’-os] from astu (a city); adj; AV-fair 1, proper 1; 2
- 1) of the city
- 2) of polished manners
- 3) elegant (of body), comely, fair
- For Synonyms see entry 5893
794 ~ἄστοργος~ astorgos \@as’-tor-gos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of stergo (to cherish affectionately); ; adj AV-without natural affection 2; 2
- 1) without natural affection, unsociable (#Ro 1:31 marg.), inhuman (#2Ti 3:3 RSV), unloving (#2Ti 3:3 NKJV)
795 ἀστοχέω astocheo [as-tokh-eh’-o] from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and stoichos (an aim); v; AV-err 2, swerve 1; 3
- 1) to deviate from, miss (the mark)
796 ἀστραπή astrape [as-trap-ay’] from 797 astrapto v. to lighten 1a) of dazzling objects; n f; TDNT-1:505,86; [{See TDNT 110 }] AV-lightning 8, light shining 1; 9
- 1) lightning
- 1a) of the gleam of a lamp
801 ~ἀσύνετος~ asunetos \@as-oon’-ay-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4908; adj AV-without understanding 3, foolish 2; 5 1) unintelligent, without understanding, stupid
802 ~ἀσύνθετος~ asunthetos \@as-oon’-thet-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4934; ; adj AV-covenant breaker 1; 1
- 1) uncompounded, simple
- 2) covenant breaking, faithless
- For Synonyms see entry 5892
831 ~αὐθεντέω~ authenteo \@ow-then-teh’-o\@ from a compound of 846 and an obsolete hentes (a worker); ; v AV-usurp authority over 1; 1
- 1) one who with his own hands kills another or himself
- 2) one who acts on his own authority, autocratic
- 3) an absolute master
- 4) to govern, exercise dominion over one
834 αὐλητής auletes [ow-lay-tace’] from 832; n m; AV-minstrel 1, piper 1; 2 1) a flute player
846 ~αὐτός~ autos \@ow-tos’\@ from the particle au [perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); ; pronV-him 1952, his 1084, their 318, he 253, her 242, they 121, same 80, himself 58, misc 1679; 5787
- 1) himself, herself, themselves, itself
- 2) he, she, it
- 3) the same
859 ~ἄφεσις~ aphesis \@af’-es-is\@ from 863; TDNT-1:509,88; {See TDNT 115} n f AV-remission 9, forgiveness 6, deliverance 1, liberty 1; 17
- 1) release from bondage or imprisonment
- 2) forgiveness or pardon, of sins (letting them go as if they had never been committed), remission of the penalty
- See 858
863 ἀφίημι aphiemi [af-ee’-ay-mee] from 575 and hiemi (to send, an intens. form of eimi, to go); v; TDNT- 1:509,88; [{See TDNT 115 }] AV-leave 52, forgive 47, suffer 14, let 8, forsake 6, let alone 6, misc 13; 146
- 1) to send away
- 1a) to bid going away or depart
- 1a1) of a husband divorcing his wife
- 1b) to send forth, yield up, to expire
- 1c) to let go, let alone, let be
- 1c1) to disregard
- 1c2) to leave, not to discuss now, (a topic) 1c21) of teachers, writers and speakers
- 1c3) to omit, neglect
- 1d) to let go, give up a debt, forgive, to remit
- 1e) to give up, keep no longer
- 1a) to bid going away or depart
- 2) to permit, allow, not to hinder, to give up a thing to a person
- 3) to leave, go way from one
- 3a) in order to go to another place
- 3b) to depart from any one
- 3c) to depart from one and leave him to himself so that all mutual claims are abandoned
- 3d) to desert wrongfully
- 3e) to go away leaving something behind
- 3f) to leave one by not taking him as a companion
- 3g) to leave on dying, leave behind one
- 3h) to leave so that what is left may remain, leave remaining
- 3i) abandon, leave destitute
878 ~ἄφρων~ aphron \@af’-rone\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 5424 understanding; adj AV-fool 8, foolish 2, unwise 1; 11
- 1) without reason
- 2) senseless, foolish, stupid
- 3) without reflection or intelligence, acting rashly
889 ἀχρειόω achreioo [akh-ri-o’-o] from 888; v; AV-become unprofitable 1; 1
- 1) make useless, render unserviceable
- 1a) of character
896 Βάαλ Baal [bah’-al] of Hebrew origin 01168 בַּעַל; n pr m; AV-Baal 1; 1
- Baal = "lord"
- 1) the supreme male divinity of the Phoenician and Canaanitish nations, as Ashtoreth was their supreme female divinity
906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo] a primary word; v; TDNT-1:526,91; [{See TDNT 122 }] AV-cast 86, put 13, thrust 5, cast out 4, lay 3, lie 2, misc 12; 125
- 1) to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls
- 1a) to scatter, to throw, cast into
- 1b) to give over to one’s care uncertain about the result
- 1c) of fluids
- 1c1) to pour, pour into of rivers
- 1c2) to pour out
- 2) to put into, insert
920 Βαριωνᾶς Barionas [bar-ee-oo-nas’] of Aramaic origin 01247 and 03124 בַּר־יוֹנָה; n pr m; [{ See TDNT 125 }] AV-Barjona 1; 1
- Barjona = "son of Jonah"
- 1) the surname of the apostle Peter
928 ~βασανίζω~ basanizo \@bas-an-id’-zo\@ from 931 basanos a touchstone; v AV-torment 8, pain 1, toss 1, vex 1, toil 1; 12
- 1) to test (metals) by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal
- 2) to question by applying torture
- 3) to torture
- 4) to vex with grievous pains (of body or mind), to torment
- 5) to be harassed, distressed
- 5a) of those who at sea are struggling with a head wind
935 ~βασιλεύς~ basileus \@bas-il-yooce’\@ probably from 939 foot (through the notion of a foundation of power); n m AV-king 82, King (of Jews) 21, King (God or Christ) 11, King (of Israel) 4; 118 1) leader of the people, prince, commander, lord of the land, king
937 ~βασιλικός~ basilikos \@bas-il-ee-kos’\@ from 935; adj AV-nobleman 2, royal 2, king’s country + 3588 1; 5
- 1) of or belong to a king, kingly, royal, regal
- 1a) of a man, the officer or minister of a prince, a courtier
- 2) subject to a king
- 2a) of a country
- 3) befitting or worthy of a king, royal
- 4) metaph. principal, chief
939 ~βάσις~ basis \@bas’-ece\@ from baino (to walk); ; n f AV-foot (sole of) 1; 1
- 1) a stepping, walking
- 2) that with which one steps, the foot
941 βαστάζω bastazo [bas-tad’-zo] perhaps remotely derived from the base of 939 (through the idea of removal); v; TDNT-1:596,102; [{See TDNT 129 }] AV-bear 23, carry 3, take up 1; 27
- 1) to take up with the hands
- 2) to take up in order to carry or bear, to put upon one’s self (something) to be carried
- 2a) to bear what is burdensome
- 3) to bear, to carry
- 3a) to carry on one’s person
- 3b) to sustain, i.e. uphold, support
- 4) to bear away, carry off
945 βαττολογέω battologeo [bat-tol-og-eh’-o] from Battos (a proverbial stammerer) and 3056; v; TDNT-1:597,103; [{See TDNT 130 }] AV-use vain repetitions 1; 1
- 1) to stammer
- 2) to repeat the same things over and over, to use many idle words, to babble, prate. Some suppose the word derived from Battus, a king of Cyrene, who is said to have stuttered; others from Battus, an author of tedious and wordy poems. logos
949 ~βέβαιος~ bebaios \@beb’-ah-yos\@ from the base of 939 to walk (through the idea of basality); adj AV-stedfast 4, sure 2, firm 1, of force 1, more sure 1; 9 1) stable, fast, firm 2) metaph. sure, trusty
950 ~βεβαιόω~ bebaioo \@beb-ah-yo’-o\@ from 949; v AV-confirm 5, establish 2, stablish 1, 8 1) to make firm, establish, confirm, make sure
954 Βεελζεβούλ Beelzeboul [beh-el-zeb-ool’] or βεελζεβουβ of Aramaic origin, by parody on 01176 בַּעַל־זְבוּב; n pr m; TDNT- 1:605,104; [{See TDNT 134 }] AV-Beelzebub 7; 7 Beelzebub = "lord of the house"
- 1) a name of Satan, the prince of evil spirits
- Beelzebul or Belzebuth, suggesting as the Lord of the Flies or flyers or even of dung. Derived from a Philistine god, formerly worshipped in Ekron 2 Kings 1.
- Matthew 12:24,27 Mark 3:22 and Luke 11:15, 18–19, as well as in Matthew 10:25.
955 Βελίαλ Belial [bel-ee’-al] or βελιαρ Beliar [bel-ee’-ar] of Hebrew origin 01100 בְּלִיַּעַל; n pr m; TDNT-1:607,104; [{See TDNT 135 }] AV-Belial 1; 1
- Belial = "worthless or wicked"
- 1) a name of Satan
968 ~βῆμα~ bema \@bay’-ma\@ from the base of 939; ; n n AV-judgment seat 10, throne 1, to set (one’s) foot on + 4128 1; 12
- 1) a step, pace, the space which a foot covers, a foot-breath
- 2) a raised place mounted by steps
- 2a) a platform, tribune
- 2a1) of the official seat of a judge
- 2a2) of the judgment seat of Christ
- 2a3) Herod built a structure resembling a throne at Caesarea, from which he viewed the games and made speeches to the people
- 2a) a platform, tribune
970 ~βία~ bia \@bee’-ah\@ probably akin to 979 (through the idea of vital activity); ; n f AV-violence 4; 4
- 1) strength, whether of body or mind
- 2) strength in violent action, force
- For Synonyms see entry 5820
971 ~βιάζω~ biazo \@bee-ad’-zo\@ from 970; TDNT-1:609,105; {See TDNT 137} v AV-suffer violence 1, press 1; 2
- 1) to use force, to apply force
- 2) to force, inflict violence on
973 ~βιαστής~ biastes \@bee-as-tace’\@ from 971 biazo to use force; TDNT-1:613,105; {See TDNT 137} n m AV-violent 1; 1
- 1) strong, forceful
- 2) using force, violent
976 βίβλος biblos [bib’-los] primitive root; n n; TDNT-1:615,106; [{See TDNT 138 }] AV-book 13; 13
- 1) a written book, a roll, a scroll
984 ~βλάπτω~ blapto \@blap’-to\@ a primary word; ; v AV-hurt 2; 2 1) to hurt, harm, injure
987 ~βλασφημέω~ blasphemeo \@blas-fay-meh’-o\@ from 989; v AV-blaspheme 17, speak evil of 10, rail on 2, blasphemer 1, speak blasphemy 1, blasphemously 1, misc 3; 35
- 1) to speak reproachfully, rail at, revile, calumniate, blaspheme
- 2) to be evil spoken of, reviled, railed at
988 ~βλασφημία~ blasphemia \@blas-fay-me’-ah\@ from 989; n f AV-blasphemy 16, railing 2, evil speaking 1; 19
- 1) slander, detraction, speech injurious, to another’s good name
- 2) impious and reproachful speech injurious to divine majesty
989 ~βλάσφημος~ blasphemos \@blas’-fay-mos\@ from a derivative of 984 and 5345; adj AV-blasphemous 2, blasphemer 2, railing 1; 5
- 1) speaking evil, slanderous, reproachful, railing, abusive
994 βοάω boao [bo-ah’-o] apparently a prol. form of a primary word; v; TDNT-1:625,108; [{ See TDNT 140 }] AV-cry 11; 11
- 1) to raise a cry, of joy pain etc.
- 2) to cry, speak with a high, strong voice
- 3) to cry to one for help, to implore his aid
- For Synonyms see entry 5823
995 βοή boe [bo-ay’] from 994 to raise a cry; n f; AV-cry 1; 1
- 1) a cry
James 5:4 Behold, the hire of the labourers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries <995> of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabaoth.
1006 ~βόσκω~ bosko \@bos’-ko\@ a prol. form of a primary verb, cf 977 & 1016; ; v AV-feed 8, keep 1; 9
- 1) to feed
- 1a) portraying the duty of a Christian teacher to promote in every way the spiritual welfare of the members of the church according to modern Church teachers but in the early Church it included actual welfare since Christians would not eat the free bread of Rome shared through the temples of the Imperial Cult of Rome.
- For Synonyms see entry 5824
1017 ~βραβεῖον~ brabeion \@brab-i’-on\@ from brabeus (an umpire of uncertain derivation); n n AV-prize 2; 2
- 1) the award to the victor in the games, a prize
- 2) metaph. of the heavenly reward for Christian character
1023 ~βραχίων~ brachion \@brakh-ee’-own\@ properly, comparative of 1024, but apparently in the sense of brasso (to wield); TDNT-1:639,110; {See TDNT 144} n m AV-arm 3; 3
- 1) the arm
- 1a) the arm of God is a Hebrew idiom for the might and the power of God
- See also Hebrew 01023
1024 ~βραχύς~ brachus \@brakh-ooce’\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-a little 4, a little space 1, a little while 1, few words 1; 7
- 1) short, small, little
- 1a) of place, a short distance, a little
- 1b) of time, a short time, for a little while
1025 βρέφος brephos [bref’-os] of uncertain affin.; n n; TDNT-5:636,759; [{See TDNT 581 }] AV-babe 5, child 1, infant 1, young child 1; 8
- 1) an unborn child, embryo, a foetus
- 2) a new-born child, an infant, a babe
1030 βρυγμός brugmos [broog-mos’] from 1031 to grind to bite; n m; TDNT-1:641,110; [{See TDNT 146 }] AV-gnashing 7; 7
- 1) a gnashing of teeth
- 1a) used to denote extreme anguish and utter despair of men consigned to eternal punishment in hell
- 2) snarling, growling: in the sense of biting
1033 ~βρῶμα~ broma \@bro’-mah\@ from the base of 977; TDNT-1:642,111; {See TDNT 147} n n AV-meat 16, victual 1; 17
- 1) that which is eaten, food
- It is also a shipworm (Teredo navalis) that bores into wooden piers, ships, etc. and in (dentistry) it can mean a cavity.
1034 ~βρώσιμος~ brosimos \@bro’-sim-os\@ from 1035; ; adj AV-meat 1; 1
- 1) eatable
1035 ~βρῶσις~ brosis \@bro’-sis\@ from the base of 977 to eat bibrosko; TDNT-1:642,111; {See TDNT 147} n f AV-meat 6, rust 2, morsel of meat 1, eating 1, food 1; 11
- 1) act of eating
- 1a) in a wider sense, corrosion
- 2) that which is eaten, food, ailment
- 2a) of the soul’s food, either which refreshes the soul, or nourishes and supports it
1047 ~γάζα~ gaza \@gad’-zah\@ of foreign origin; ; n f AV-treasure 1; 1
- 1) the royal treasury, treasure, riches
1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5
- 1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury
- It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.
1062 ~γάμος~ gamos \@gam’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-1:648,111; {See TDNT 149} n m AV-marriage 9, wedding 7; 16
- 1) a wedding or marriage festival, a wedding banquet, a wedding feast
- 2) marriage, matrimony
1067 ~γέεννα~ geenna \@gheh’-en-nah\@ of Hebrew origin 01516 valley םנה־איק and 02011 Hinnom= "lamentation" a valley north of the ‘hill of evil counsel’; n f AV-hell 9, hell fire + 3588 + 4442 3; 12
- 1) Hell is the place of the future punishment call "Gehenna" or "Gehenna of fire". This was originally the valley of Hinnom, south of Jerusalem, where the filth and dead animals of the city were cast out and burned; a fit symbol of the wicked and their future destruction.
1074 γενεά genea [ghen-eh-ah’] from (a presumed derivative of) 1085; n f; TDNT-1:662,114; [{ See TDNT 152 }] AV-generation 37, time 2, age 2, nation 1; 42
- 1) fathered, birth, nativity
- 2) that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family
- 2a) the several ranks of natural descent, the successive members of a genealogy
- 2b) metaph. a group of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character
- 2b1) esp. in a bad sense, a perverse nation
- 3) the whole multitude of men living at the same time
- 4) an age (i.e. the time ordinarily occupied by each successive generation), a space of 30-33 years
1075 γενεαλογέω genealogeo [ghen-eh-al-og-eh’-o] from 1074 generation and 3056 logos; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-count (one’s) descent 1; 1
- 1) to recount a family’s origin and lineage, trace ancestry
- 2) to draw one’s origin, derive one’s pedigree
1078 γένεσις genesis [ghen’-es-is] from the same as 1074; n f; TDNT-1:682,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-generation 1, natural 1, nature 1; 3
- 1) source, origin
- 1a) a book of one’s lineage, i.e. in which his ancestry or progeny are enumerated
- 2) used of birth, nativity
- 3) of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life
- 3a) the wheel of life (#Jas 3:6), other explain it, the wheel of human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i.e. its course of life
1080 γεννάω gennao [ghen-nah’-o] from a variation of 1085; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 see born again
- 1) of men who fathered children
- 1a) to be born
- 1b) to be begotten
- 1b1) of women giving birth to children
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite
- 2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life, to convert someone
- 2c) of God making Christ his son
- 2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ’s work
1085 γένος genos [ghen’-os] from 1096; n n; TDNT-1:684,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-kind 5, kindred 3, offspring 3, nation 2, stock 2, born 2, diversity 1, misc. 3; 21
- 1) kindred
- 1a) offspring
- 1b) family
- 1c) stock, tribe, nation
- 1c1) i.e. nationality or descent from a particular people
- 1d) the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort
1093 ~γῆ~ ge \@ghay\@ contracted from a root word; TDNT-1:677,116; {See TDNT 155} n f AV-earth 188, land 42, ground 18, country 2, world 1, earthly + 1537 + 3588 1; 252
- 1) arable land
- 2) the ground, the earth as a standing place
- 3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water
- 4) the earth as a whole
- 4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens
- 4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals
- 5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region
1096 γίνομαι ginomai [ghin’-om-ahee] a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; v; TDNT- 1:681,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-be 255, come to pass 82, be made 69, be done 63, come 52, become 47, God forbid + 3361 15, arise 13, have 5, be fulfilled 3, be married to 3, be preferred 3, not tr 14, misc 4, vr done 2; 678
- 1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being
- 2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen
- 2a) of events
- 3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage
- 3a) of men appearing in public
- 4) to be made, finished
- 4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought
- 5) to become, be made
1097 ~γινώσκω~ ginosko \@ghin-oce’-ko\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} see 1108 v AV-know 196, perceive 9, understand 8, misc 10; 223
- 1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel
- 1a) to become known
- 2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of
- 2a) to understand
- 2b) to know
- 3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman
- 4) to become acquainted with, to know
- For Synonyms see entry 5825
1108 ~γνῶσις~ gnosis \@gno’-sis\@ from 1097; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} n f AV-knowledge 28, science 1; 29
- 1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding
- 1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion
- 1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced
- 1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians
- 1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living
- For Synonyms see entry 5826 & 5894
1112 ~γογγυσμός~ goggusmos \@gong-goos-mos’\@ from 1111; n m AV-murmuring 3, grudging 1; 4
- 1) a murmur, murmuring, muttering
- 1a) a secret debate
- 1b) a secret displeasure not openly avowed
1117 γόμος gomos [gom’-os] from 1073; n m; AV-merchandise 2, burden 1; 3
- 1) a lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship
- 2) any merchandise
1121 γράμμα gramma [gram’-mah] from 1125 grapho to write; n n; TDNT-1:761,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15
- 1) a letter
- 2) any writing, a document or record
- 2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgement of a debt
- 2b) a letter, an epistle
- 2c) the sacred writings (of the OT)
- 3) letters, i.e. learning
- 3a) of sacred learning
1122 γραμματεύς grammateus [gram-mat-yooce’] from 1121 gramma which is any writing; n m; TDNT-1:740,127; [{See TDNT 163 }] AV-scribe 66, townclerk 1; 67
- 1) a clerk, scribe, esp.a public servant, secretary, recorder, whose office and influence differed in different states
- 2) in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred writings, an interpreter, teacher. Scribes examined the more difficult and subtle questions of the law; added to the Mosaic law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion. Since the advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination in the causes and the solution of the difficult questions, they were enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and are mentioned in connection with the priests and elders of the people. See a Bible Dictionary for more information on the scribes.
- 3) a religious teacher: so instructed that from his learning and ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven
1124 γραφή graphe [graf-ay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-1:749,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-scripture 51; 51
- 1) a writing, thing written
- 2) the Scripture, used to denote either the book itself, or its contents
- 3) a certain portion or section of the Holy Scripture
1125 γράφω grapho [graf’-o] a root word; v; TDNT-1:742,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209
- 1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters
- 1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material
- 2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing
- 2a) to express in written characters
- 2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write down, record
- 2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the OT)
- 2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions
- 3) to fill with writing
- 4) to draw up in writing, compose
1127 γρηγορεύω gregoreuo [gray-gor-yoo’-o] from 1453 egeiro raise up; v; TDNT-2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 21, wake 1, be vigilant 1; 23
- 1) to watch
- 2) metaph. give strict attention to, be cautious, active
- 2a) to take heed lest through remission and indolence some destructive calamity suddenly overtake one
- From egeiro; to keep awake, i.e. Watch (literally or figuratively) -- be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
1135 γυνή gune [goo-nay’] probably from the base of 1096 ginomai = be or become; n f; TDNT-1:776,134; [{See TDNT 166 }] AV-women 129, wife 92; 221
- 1) a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow
- 2) a wife
- 2a) of a betrothed woman
1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonizomai [dahee-mon-id’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 1142 daimon, a noun trans. devils meaning "a god, a goddess", or 1140 daimonion also devil or god, 1141 adj. daimoniodes devilish; v; TDNT-2:19,137; [{See TDNT 169 }] AV-possessed with devils 4, possessed with the devil 3, of the devils 2, vexed with a devil 1, possessed with a devil 1, have a devil 1; 13
- 1) to be under the power of a demon.
- In the NT, these are persons, afflicted with especially severe diseases, either bodily or mentally, (such as paralysis, blindness, deafness, loss of speech, epilepsy, melancholy, insanity, etc.) whose bodies in the opinion of the Jews demons had entered, and so held possession of them as not only to afflict them with ills, but also to dethrone the reason and take its place themselves; accordingly the possessed were wont to express the mind and consciousness of the demons dwelling in them; and their cure was thought to require the expulsion of the demon.
- a demoniac is one possessed with a spirit.
1140 δαιμόνιον daimonion [dahee-mon’-ee-on] neuter of a derivative of 1142; n n; TDNT-2:1,137; [{See TDNT 169 }] AV-devil 59, god 1; 60
- 1) the divine power, deity, divinity
- 2) a spirit, a being inferior to God, superior to men
- 3) evil spirits or the messengers and ministers of the devil
1141 δαιμονιώδης daimoniodes [dahee-mon-ee-o’-dace] from 1140 daimonion also devil or god and 1142 daimon, a noun trans. devils meaning "a god, a goddess"; adj; TDNT-2:20,137; [{See TDNT 169 }] AV-devilish 1; 1
- 1) resembling or proceeding from an evil spirit, demon-like
- James 3:15 "This wisdom descendeth not from above, but [is] earthly, sensual, devilish <1141>."
1142 δαίμων daimon [dah’-ee-mown] from daio (to distribute fortunes); n m/f; TDNT-2:1,137; [{See TDNT 169 }] AV-devils 4, devil 1; 5
- 1) a god, a goddess
- 1a) an inferior deity, whether good or bad
- 2) in the NT, an evil spirit
1150 δαμάζω damazo [dam-ad’-zo] a variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; v; AV-tame 4; 4
- 1) to tame
- 2) curb, restrain
1161 δέ de [deh] a primary particle (adversative or continuative); conj; AV-but 1237, and 934, now 166, then 132, also 18, yet 16, yea 13, so 13, moreover 13, nevertheless 11, for 4, even 3, misc 10, not tr 300; 2870
- 1) but, moreover, and, etc.
1162 ~δέησις~ deesis \@deh’-ay-sis\@ from 1189; n f AV-prayer 12, supplication 6, request 1; 19
- 1) need, indigence, want, privation, penury
- 2) a seeking, asking, entreating, entreaty to God or to man
1163 ~δεῖ~ dei \@die\@ third person singular active present of 1210; v AV-must 58, ought 31, must needs 5, should 4, misc 7, vr ought 1; 106
- 1) it is necessary, there is need of, it behooves, is right and proper
- 1a) necessity lying in the nature of the case
- 1b) necessity brought on by circumstances or by the conduct of others toward us.
- 1c) necessity in reference to what is required to attain some end
- 1d) a necessity of law and command, of duty, equity
- 1e) necessity established by the counsel and decree of God, especially by that purpose of his which relates to the salvation of men by the intervention of Christ and which is disclosed in the Old Testament prophecies
- 1e1) concerning what Christ was destined finally to undergo, his sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension
1166 δεικνύω deiknuo [dike-noo’-o] a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; v; TDNT- 2:25,141; [{See TDNT 172 }] AV-show 31; 31
- 1) to show, expose to the eyes
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to give evidence or proof of a thing
- 2b) to show by words or teach
1168 δειλιάω deiliao [di-lee-ah’-o] from 1167 deilia fear, from 1169 deilos fearful; v; AV-be afraid 1; 1
- 1) to be timid, fearful
1189 ~δέομαι~ deomai \@deh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of 1210; TDNT-2:40,144; {See TDNT 176} v AV-pray 12, beseech 9, make request 1; 22
- 1) to want, lack
- 2) to desire, long for
- 3) to ask, beg
- 3a) the thing asked for
- 3b) to pray, make supplications
- For Synonyms see entry 5802
1195 δεσμεύω desmeuo [des-myoo’-o] from a (presumed) derivative of 1196 desmeo to bind from 1199 desmon a band; v; AV-bind 2; 2
- 1) to put in chains
- 2) to bind up, bind together
1196 δεσμέω desmeo [des-meh’-o] from 1199 desmon a band; v; AV-bind 1; 1
- 1) to bind, tie
1198 δέσμιος desmios [des’-mee-os] from 1199; adj; TDNT-2:43,145; [{See TDNT 177 }] AV-prisoner 14, be in bonds 1, in bonds 1; 16
- 1) bound , in bonds, a captive, a prisoner
1199 δεσμόν desmon [des-mon’] or δεσμός desmos [des-mos’] neuter and masculine respectively from 1210; n m; TDNT-2:43,145; [{See TDNT 177 }] AV-bond 15, band 3, string 1, chain 1; 20
- 1) a band or bond
1203 ~δεσπότης~ despotes \@des-pot’-ace\@ perhaps from 1210 and posis (a husband); TDNT-2:44,145; {See TDNT 178} n m AV-Lord 5, master 5; 10
- 1) a master, Lord
- For Synonyms see entry 5830
1210 ~δέω~ deo \@deh’-o\@ a root; v AV-bind 37, tie 4, knit 1, be in bonds 1, wind 1; 44
- 1) to bind tie, fasten
- 1a) to bind, fasten with chains, to throw into chains
- 1b) metaph.
- 1b1) Satan is said to bind a woman bent together by means of a demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman and preventing her from standing upright
- 1b2) to bind, put under obligation, of the law, duty etc.
- 1b2a) to be bound to one, a wife, a husband
- 1b3) to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit
1218 δῆμος demos [day’-mos] from 1210 bind; n m; TDNT-2:63,149; [{See TDNT 183 }] AV-people 4; 4
- 1) the people, the mass of people assembled in a public place
- For Synonyms see entry 5832 & 5927
1220 ~δηνάριον~ denarion \@day-nar’-ee-on\@ of Latin origin; ; n n AV-penny 9, pence 5, pennyworth 2; 16
- denarius means "containing ten" because it was worth ten asses
- 1) A Roman silver coin in NT time. It took its name from it being equal to ten "asses," a number after 217 B.C. increased to sixteen (about 3.898 grams or .1375 oz.). It was the principal silver coin of the Roman empire. From the parable of the labourers in the vineyard, it would seem that a denarius was then the ordinary pay for a day’s wages. (#Mt 20:2-13)
1223 ~διά~ dia \@dee-ah’\@ a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; prep AV-by 241, through 88, with 16, for 58, for … sake 47, therefore + 5124 44, for this cause + 5124 14, because 52, misc 86; 646
- 1) through
- 1a) of place
- 1a1) with
- 1a2) in
- 1b) of time
- 1b1) throughout
- 1b2) during
- 1c) of means
- 1c1) by
- 1c2) by the means of
- 1a) of place
- 2) through
- 2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done
- 2a1) by reason of
- 2a2) on account of
- 2a3) because of for this reason
- 2a4) therefore
- 2a5) on this account
- 2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done
1225 διαβάλλω diaballo [dee-ab-al’-lo] from 1223 and 906; v; TDNT-2:71,150; [{See TDNT 185 }] AV-accuse 1; 1
- 1) to throw over or across, to send over
" 2) to traduce, calumniate, slander, accuse, defame
1228 διάβολος diabolos [dee-ab’-ol-os] from 1225; adj; TDNT-2:72,150; [{See TDNT 185 }] AV-devil 35, false accuser 2, slanderer 1; 38
- 1) prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely
- 1a) a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer,
- 2) metaph. applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be said to act the part of the devil or to side with him
- Satan the prince of the demons, the author of evil, persecuting good men, estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin, afflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession of their bodies at his bidding.
1239 διαδίδωμι diadidomi [dee-ad-id’-o-mee] from 1223 dia reason by which something is or is not done and 1325 didomi to give something to someone; v; AV-distribute 2, make distribution 1, divide 1, give 1; 5
- 1) to distribute, divide among several
- 2) to give over, deliver
1247 διακονέω diakoneo [dee-ak-on-eh’-o] from 1249 servant; v; TDNT-2:81,152; [{See TDNT 186 }] AV-minister unto 15, serve 10, minister 7, misc 5; 37
- 1) to be a servant, attendant, domestic, to serve, wait upon
- 1a) to minister to one, render ministering offices to
- 1a1) to be served, ministered unto
- 1b) to wait at a table and offer food and drink to the guests,
- 1b1) of women preparing food
- 1a) to minister to one, render ministering offices to
- c) to minister i.e. supply food and necessities of life
- 1c1) to relieve one’s necessities (e.g. by collecting alms), to provide take care of, distribute, the things necessary to sustain life
- 1c2) to take care of the poor and the sick, who administer the office of a deacon
- 1c3) in Christian churches to serve as deacons
- 1d) to minister
- 1d1) to attend to anything, that may serve another’s interests
- 1d2) to minister a thing to one, to serve one or by supplying any thing
1248 ~διακονία~ diakonia \@dee-ak-on-ee’-ah\@ from 1249; n f AV-ministry 16, ministration 6, ministering 3, misc 9; 34
- 1) service, ministering, esp. of those who execute the commands of others
L 2) of those who by the command of God proclaim and promote religion among men
- 2a) of the office of Moses
- 2b) of the office of the apostles and its administration
- 2c) of the office of prophets, evangelists, elders etc.
- 3) the ministration of those who render to others the offices of Christian affection esp. those who help meet need by either collecting or distributing of charities
- 4) the office of the deacon in the church
- 5) the service of those who prepare and present food
1249 ~διάκονος~ diakonos \@dee-ak’-on-os\@ probably from an obsolete diako (to run on errands, cf 1377); n m/f AV-minister 20, servant 8, deacon 3; 31
- 1) one who executes the commands of another, esp. of a master, a servant, attendant, minister
- 1a) the servant of a king
- 1b) a deacon, one who, by virtue of the office assigned to him by the church, cares for the poor and has charge of and distributes the money collected for their use
- 1c) a waiter, one who serves food and drink
1261 ~διαλογισμός~ dialogismos \@dee-al-og-is-mos’\@ from 1260; n m AV-thought 9, reasoning 1, imagination 1, doubtful 1, disputing 1, doubting 1; 14
- 1) the thinking of a man deliberating with himself 1a) a thought, inward reasoning 1b) purpose, design
- 2) a deliberating, questioning about what is true 2a) hesitation, doubting 2b) disputing, arguing
1271 ~διάνοια~ dianoia \@dee-an’-oy-ah\@ from 1223 and 3563; n f AV-mind 9, understanding 3, imagination 1; 13
- 1) the mind as a faculty of understanding, feeling, desiring
- 2) understanding
- 3) mind, i.e. spirit, way of thinking and feeling
- 4) thoughts, either good or bad
1286 ~διασείω~ diaseio \@dee-as-i’-o\@ from 1223 and 4579 shake or quake or move; ; v AV-do violence to 1; 1
- 1) to shake thoroughly
- 2) to make to tremble
- 3) to terrify
- 4) to agitate
- 5) to extort from one by intimidation money or other property
1296 ~διαταγή~ diatage \@dee-at-ag-ay’\@ from 1299; n f AV-disposition 1, ordinance 1; 2
- 1) a disposition, arrangement, ordinance
1299 ~διατάσσω~ diatasso \@dee-at-as’-so\@ from 1223 dia "through" or "by" or "because of" and 5021 appoint; v AV-command 7, appoint 4, ordain 3, set in order 1, give order 1; 16
- 1) to arrange, appoint, ordain, prescribe, give order
1303 ~διατίθεμαι~ diatithemai \@dee-at-ith’-em-ahee\@ middle voice from 1223 through and 5087 to set, put, place; TDNT-2:104,157; {See TDNT 189} v AV-make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7
- 1) to arrange, dispose of, one’s own affairs
- 1a) of something that belongs to one
- 1b) to dispose of by will, make a testament
- 2) to make a covenant, enter into a covenant, with one
1311 ~διαφθείρω~ diaphtheiro \@dee-af-thi’-ro\@ from 1225 and 5351; v AV-destroy 3, corrupt 2, perish 1; 6
- 1) to change for the worse, to corrupt
- 1a) of minds, morals
- 2) to destroy, ruin
- 2a) to consume
- 2a1) of bodily vigour and strength
- 2a2) of the worm or moth that eats provisions, clothing, etc.
- 2a) to consume
- 2b) to destroy, to kill
1313 ~διάφορος~ diaphoros \@dee-af’-or-os\@ from 1308; AV-more excellent 2, differing 1, divers 1; 4
- 1) different, varying in kind
- 2) excellent, surpassing
1318 διδακτός didaktos did-ak-tos'; From 1321 didaskō to teach: TDNT entry: 04:45,2: Adjective: Thayer Definition:
- 1. that can be taught
- 2. taught, instructed by one
- 3. teachings, precepts
1319 διδασκαλία didaskalia [did-as-kal-ee’-ah] from 1320 didaskalos to teach meaning teaching, instruction; n f; TDNT-2:160,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-doctrine 19, teaching 1, learning 1; 21
- 1) teaching, instruction
- 2) teaching
- 2a) that which is taught, doctrine
- 2b) teachings, precepts
1320 ~διδάσκαλος~ didaskalos \@did-as’-kal-os\@ from the verb to teach 1321; n m AV-Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58
- 1) a teacher
- 2) in the NT one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the duties of man
- 1a) one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so
- 1b) the teachers of the Jewish religion
- 1c) of those who by their great power as teachers draw crowds around them i.e. John the Baptist, Jesus
- 1d) by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as one who showed men the way of salvation
- 1e) of the apostles, and of Paul
- 1f) of those who in the religious assemblies of the Christians, undertook the work of teaching, with the special assistance of the Holy Spirit
- 1g) of false teachers among Christians
1321 ~διδάσκω~ didasko \@did-as’-ko\@ a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb dao (to learn); as a noun commonly tranlated "master" TDNT-2:135,161; {See TDNT 190} v AV-teach 93, taught + 2258 4; 97
- 1) to teach
- 1a) to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them, deliver didactic discourses
- 1b) to be a teacher
- 1c) to discharge the office of a teacher, conduct one’s self as a teacher
- 2) to teach one
- 2a) to impart instruction
- 2b) instill doctrine into one
- 2c) the thing taught or enjoined
- 2d) to explain or expound a thing
- 2f) to teach one something
1322 διδαχή didache [did-akh-ay’] from 1321; n f; TDNT-2:163,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-doctrine 29, has been taught 1; 30
- 1) teaching
- 1a) that which is taught
- 1b) doctrine, teaching, concerning something
- 2) the act of teaching, instruction
- 2a) in religious assemblies of the Christians, to speak in the way of teaching, in distinction from other modes of speaking in public
1323 ~δίδραχμον~ didrachmon \@did’-rakh-mon\@ from 1364 and 1406; ; n n AV-tribute 1, tribute money 1; 2
- 1) a didrachmon or double drachma, a silver coin equal to two Attic drachmas or one Alexandrian, or one half a shekel. For Synonyms see entry 5941
1325 ~δίδωμι~ didomi \@did’-o-mee\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternate in most of the tenses); TDNT-2:166,166; {See TDNT 191} v AV-give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413
- 1) to give
- 2) to give something to someone
- 2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage
- 2a1) to bestow a gift
- 2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have
- 2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things
- 2d) to give over, deliver
- 2d1) to reach out, extend, present
- 2d2) of a writing
- 2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit
- 2d3a) something to be administered
- 2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be religiously observed
- 2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward
- 2f) to furnish, endue
- 2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage
- 3) to give
- 3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self
- 3a1) to give, hand out lots
- 3b) to appoint to an office
- 3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them
- 3d) to give one to someone as his own
- 3d1) as an object of his saving care
- 3d2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master
- 3d3) to give one to someone to care for his interests
- 3d4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return
- 3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self
- 4) to grant or permit one
- 4a) to commission
- For Synonyms see entry 5836 See also 3860 "to give into the hands (of another)", 3862 ordinances "the surrender of cities"
1330 ~διέρχομαι~ dierchomai \@dee-er’-khom-ahee\@ from 1223 and 2064; TDNT-2:676,257; {See TDNT 259} v AV-pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43
- 1) to go through, pass through
- 1a) to go, walk, journey, pass through a place
- 1b) to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass,travel through a region
- 2) to go different places
- 2a) of people, to go abroad
- 2b) of a report, to spread, go abroad
1342 ~δίκαιος~ dikaios \@dik’-ah-yos\@ from 1349; adj AV-righteous 41, just 33, right 5, meet 2; 81
- 1) righteous, observing divine laws
- 1a) in a wide sense, upright, righteous, virtuous, keeping the commands of God
- 1a1) of those who seem to themselves to be righteous, who pride themselves to be righteous, who pride themselves in their virtues, whether real or imagined
- 1a2) innocent, faultless, guiltless
- 1a3) used of him whose way of thinking, feeling, and acting is wholly conformed to the will of God, and who therefore needs no rectification in the heart or life
- 1a3a) only Christ truly
- 1a4) approved of or acceptable of God
- 1b) in a narrower sense, rendering to each his due and that in a judicial sense, passing just judgment on others, whether expressed in words or shown by the manner of dealing with them
- 1a) in a wide sense, upright, righteous, virtuous, keeping the commands of God
1343 ~δικαιοσύνη~ dikaiosune \@dik-ah-yos-oo’-nay\@ from 1342; TDNT-2:192,168; {See TDNT 192} n f AV-righteousness 92; 92
- 1) in a broad sense: state of him who is as he ought to be, righteousness, the condition acceptable to God
- 1a) the doctrine concerning the way in which man may attain a state approved of God
- 1b) integrity, virtue, purity of life, rightness, correctness of thinking, feeling, and acting
- 2) in a narrower sense, justice or the virtue which gives each his due
1344 δικαιόω dikaioo [dik-ah-yo’-o] from 1342; v; TDNT-2:211,168; [{See TDNT 192 }] AV-justify 37, be freed 1, be righteous 1, justifier 1; 40
- 1) to render righteous or such he ought to be
- 2) to show, exhibit, evince, one to be righteous, such as he is and wishes himself to be considered
- 3) to declare, pronounce, one to be just, righteous, or such as he ought to be
1345 ~δικαίωμα~ dikaioma \@dik-ah’-yo-mah\@ from 1344; n n AV-righteousness 4, ordinance 3, judgment 2, justification 1; 10
- 1) that which has been deemed right so as to have force of law
- 1a) what has been established, and ordained by law, an ordinance
- 1b) a judicial decision, sentence
- 1b1) of God
- 1b1a) either the favourable judgment by which he acquits man and declares them acceptable to Him
- 1b1b) unfavourable: sentence of condemnation
- 1b1) of God
- 2) a righteous act or deed
1346 ~δικαίως~ dikaios \@dik-ah’-yoce\@ from 1342; ; adv AV-justly 2, righteously 2, to righteousness 1; 5
- 1) just, agreeably to right
- 2) properly, as is right
- 3) uprightly, agreeable to the law of rectitude
1370 ~διχοστασία~ dichostasia \@dee-khos-tas-ee’-ah\@ from a derivative of 1364 and 4714; n f AV-division 2, sedition 1; 3 1) dissension, division
1377 ~διώκω~ dioko \@dee-o’-ko\@ a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb dio (to flee; cf the base of 1169 and 1249); TDNT-2:229,177; {See TDNT 195} v AV-persecute 28, follow after 6, follow 4, suffer persecution 3, misc 3; 44
- 1) to make to run or flee, put to flight, drive away
- 2) to run swiftly in order to catch a person or thing, to run after
- 2a) to press on: figuratively of one who in a race runs swiftly to reach the goal
- 2b) to pursue (in a hostile manner)
- 3) in any way whatever to harass, trouble, molest one
- 3a) to persecute
- 3b) to be mistreated, suffer persecution on account of something
- 4) without the idea of hostility, to run after, follow after: someone
- 5) metaph., to pursue
- 5a) to seek after eagerly, earnestly endeavour to acquire
1378 ~δόγμα~ dogma \@dog’-mah\@ from the base of 1380; TDNT-2:230,178; {See TDNT 196} n n AV-decree 3, ordinance 2; 5
- 1) doctrine, decree, ordinance
- 1a) of public decrees
- 1b) of the Roman Senate
- 1c) of rulers
- 2) the rules and requirements of the law of Moses; carrying a suggestion of severity and of threatened judgment
- 3) of certain decrees of the apostles relative to right living
- Luke 2:1 And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree <1378> from Caesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed.
- Acts 16:4 And as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees <1378> for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.
- Acts 17:7 Whom Jason hath received: and these all do contrary to the decrees <1378> of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus.
- Ephesians 2:15 Having abolished in his flesh the enmity, even the law of commandments contained in ordinances <1378>; for to make in himself of twain one new man, so making peace;
- Colossians 2:14 Blotting out the handwriting of ordinances <1378> that was against us, which was contrary to us, and took it out of the way, nailing it to his cross;
1379 δογματίζω dogmatizo [dog-mat-id’-zo] from 1378; v; TDNT-2:230,178; [{See TDNT 196 }] AV-be subject to ordinances 1; 1
- 1) to decree, command, enjoin, lay down an ordinance
1380 ~δοκέω~ dokeo \@dok-eh’-o\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb, ~δοκω~ doko \@dok’-o\@ (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; cf the base of 1166) of the same meaning; TDNT-2:232,178; {See TDNT 197} v AV-think 33, seem 13, suppose 7, seem good 3, please 2, misc 5; 63
- 1) to be of opinion, think, suppose
- 2) to seem, to be accounted, reputed
- 3) it seems to me
- 3a) I think, judge: thus in question
- 3b) it seems good to, pleased me, I determined
1381 ~δοκιμάζω~ dokimazo \@dok-im-ad’-zo\@ from 1384; v AV-prove 10, try 4, approve 3, discern 2, allow 2, like 1, examine 1; 23
- 1) to test, examine, prove, scrutinise (to see whether a thing is genuine or not), as metals
- 2) to recognise as genuine after examination, to approve, deem worthy
1382 ~δοκιμή~ dokime \@dok-ee-may’\@ from the same as dokimos-approved ; n f AV-proof 3, experience 2, trial 1, experiment 1; 7
- 1) proving, trial
- 2) approved, tried character
- 3) a proof, a specimen of tried worth
1384 ~δόκιμος~ dokimos \@dok’-ee-mos\@ from 1381; adj AV-approved 6, tried 1; 7
- 1) accepted, particularly of coins and money.
- 2) accepted, pleasing, acceptable
- In the ancient most real money "was made from metal, heated until liquid, poured into moulds and allowed to cool. When the coins were cooled, it was necessary to smooth off the uneven edges. The coins were comparatively soft and of course many people shaved them closely. In one century, more than eighty laws were passed in Athens, to stop the practice of shaving down the coins then in circulation. But some money changers were men of integrity, who would accept no counterfeit money. They were men of honour who put only genuine full weighted money into circulation. Such men were called "dokimos" or "approved"." (Donald Barnhouse)
1387 δολιόω dolioo [dol-ee-o’-o] from 1386; v; AV-use deceit 1; 1
- 1) to deceive, use deceit
1388 ~δόλος~ dolos \@dol’-os\@ from an obsolete primary verb, dello (probably meant to decoy; cf 1185); ; n m AV-guile 7, subtilty 2, deceit 2, craft 1; 12
- 1) craft, deceit, guile
1389 δολόω doloo [dol-o’-o] from 1388 dol craft, deceit, guile; v; AV-handle … deceitfully 1; 1
- 1) to ensnare
- 2) to corrupt
- For Synonyms see entry 5929
1390 δόμα doma [dom’-ah] from the base of 1325; n n; AV-gift 4; 4
- 1) a gift
- For Synonyms see entry 5839
1391 ~δόξα~ doxa \@dox’-ah\@ from the base of 1380 (think); TDNT-2:233,178; {See TDNT 197} n f AV-glory 145, glorious 10, honour 6, praise 4, dignity 2, worship 1; 168
- 1) opinion, judgment, view
- 2) opinion, estimate, whether good or bad concerning someone
- 2a) in the NT always a good opinion concerning one, resulting in praise, honour, and glory
- 3) splendour, brightness
- 3a) of the moon, sun, stars
- 3b) magnificence, excellence, preeminence, dignity, grace
- 3c) majesty
- 3c1) a thing belonging to God, the kingly majesty which belongs to him as supreme ruler, majesty in the sense of the absolute perfection of the deity
- 3c2) a thing belonging to Christ
- 3c2a) the kingly majesty of the Messiah
- 3c2b) the absolutely perfect inward or personal excellency of Christ; the majesty
- 3c3) of the angels
- 3c3a) as apparent in their exterior brightness
- 4) a most glorious condition, most exalted state
- 4a) of that condition with God the Father in heaven to which Christ was raised after he had achieved his work on earth
- 4b) the glorious condition of blessedness into which is appointed and promised that true Christians shall enter after their Saviour’s return from heaven
- Doxa is a Greek word meaning common belief or popular opinion. Used by the Greek rhetoricians as a tool for the formation of argument by using common opinions, the doxa was often manipulated by sophists to persuade the people. The word doxa picked up a new meaning between the 3rd and 1st centuries BC when the Septuagint translated the Hebrew word for "glory" (כבוד, kavod) as doxa.
1392 δοξάζω doxazo [dox-ad’-zo] from 1391 {opinion, judgment, view); v; TDNT-2:253,178; [{See TDNT 197 }] AV-glorify 54, honour 3, have glory 2, magnify 1, make glorious 1, full of glory 1; 62
- 1) to think, suppose, be of opinion
- 2) to praise, extol, magnify, celebrate
- 3) to honour, do honour to, hold in honour
- 4) to make glorious, adorn with lustre, clothe with splendour
- 4a) to impart glory to something, render it excellent
- 4b) to make renowned, render illustrious
- 4b1) to cause the dignity and worth of some person or thing to become manifest and acknowledged
1398 δουλεύω douleuo [dool-yoo’-o] from 1401; v; TDNT-2:261,182; [{See TDNT 199 }] AV-serve 18, be in bondage 4, do service 3; 25
- 1) to be a slave, serve, do service
- 1a) of a nation in subjection to other nations
- 2) metaph. to obey, submit to
- 2a) in a good sense, to yield obedience
- 2b) in a bad sense, of those who become slaves to some base power, to yield to, give one’s self up to
1401 ~δοῦλος~ doulos \@doo’-los\@ from 1210 deo to bind; n AV-servant 120, bond 6, bondman 1; 127
- 1) a slave, bondman, man of servile condition
- 1a) a slave
- 1b) metaph., one who gives himself up to another’s will, those whose service is used by Christ in extending and advancing his cause among men
- 1c) devoted to another to the disregard of one’s own interests
- 2) a servant, attendant
1402 ~δουλόω~ douloo \@doo-lo’-o\@ from 1401; n m AV-become servant 2, bring into bondage 2, be under bondage 1, given 1, make servant 1, in bondage 1; 8
- 1) to make a slave of, reduce to bondage
- 2) metaph. give myself wholly to one’s needs and service, make myself a bondman to him For Synonyms see entry 5834
1404 δράκων drakon [drak’-own] probably from an alternate form of derkomai (to look, to see, see clearly, to watch, to live, to flash, gleam); n m; TDNT- 2:281,186; [{See TDNT 200 }] AV-dragon 13; 13
- From Latin draconem with the nominative draco meaning "huge serpent, dragon", from Ancient Greek drákōn with genitive being δράκοντος, drákontos a "serpent". A dragon is a reptile-like legendary creature that appears in the folklore of many cultures worldwide but vary considerably through time and location.
1411 ~δύναμις~ dunamis \@doo’-nam-is\@ from 1410 meaning to be able; TDNT-2:284,186; {See TDNT 201} n f AV-power 77, mighty work 11, strength 7, miracle 7, might 4, virtue 3, mighty 2, misc 9; 120
- 1) strength power, ability
- 1a) inherent power, power residing in a thing by virtue of its nature, or which a person or thing exerts and puts forth
- 1b) power for performing miracles
- 1c) moral power and excellence of soul
- 1d) the power and influence which belong to riches and wealth
- 1e) power and resources arising from numbers
- 1f) power consisting in or resting upon armies, forces, hosts
- For Synonyms see entry 5820
1416 δύνω duno [doo’-no] or δύμι dumi [doo’-mee] or δύω duo [doo’-o] prolonged forms of an obsolete primary δυω duo [doo’-o] (to sink); v; TDNT-2:318,192; [{See TDNT 202 }] AV-set 2; 2
- 1) to go into, enter
- 2) go under, be plunged into, sink in
- 2a) used in the NT of the setting of the sun
1418 δυσ- dus- [doos] a primary inseparable particle of uncertain derivation; particle; [{ See TDNT 202 }] AV-hard or difficult, always used as a word prefix; 0
- 1) prefix conveying the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, similar to our "mis-" or "un-" prefixes
- Since this is always used as a prefix, this Strong’s number is not listed in the NT.
1419 δυσβάστακτος dusbastaktos [doos-bas’-tak-tos] from 1418 dus-difficult and a derivative of 941 bastazo to bear; adj; AV-grievous to be borne 2; 2
- 1) hard to be borne
1430 ~δῶμα~ doma \@do’-mah\@ from demo (to build); ; n n AV-house top 7; 7
- 1) a building, house
- 2) a part of a building, dining room, hall
- 3) house top, roof
- 3a) the house tops of the Orientals were (and still are) level and frequented not only for walking, but also for meditation and prayer
1431 δωρεά dorea do-reh-ah’ from 1435, see also other forms 1432 dorean n, 1433 doreomai v, and 1434 dorema n; n f; TDNT-2:166,166; {See TDNT 191} AV-gift 11; 11
- 1) a gift
- For Synonyms see entry 5839
1432 δωρεάν dorean [do-reh-an’] accusative case of 1431 as adverb; adj; TDNT-2:167,166; [{See TDNT 191 }] AV-freely 6, without a cause 1, in vain 1, for nought 1; 9
- 1) freely, as a gift [{#Mt 10:8 Ro 3:24 2Co 11:7 2Th 3:8 Re 21:6 22:17 }]
- 2) in vain, uselessly [{#Joh 15:25 Ga 2:21 }]
- Syn: δόμα [{See Greek 1390 }]
1435 δῶρον doron [do’-ron] a present; n n; TDNT-2:166,166; [{See TDNT 191 }] AV-gift 18, offering 1; 19
- 1) a gift, present
- 1a) gifts offered in expression of honour
- 1a1) of sacrifices and other gifts offered to God
- 1a2) of money cast into the treasury for the purposes of the temple and for the support of the poor
- 1a) gifts offered in expression of honour
- 2) the offering of a gift or of gifts
- For Synonyms see entry 5839 Doron is a Greek term that is often equivalent to the Hebrew term corban.
1466 ~ἐγκράτεια~ egkrateia \@eng-krat’-i-ah\@ from 1468; TDNT-2:339,196; {See TDNT 208} n f AV-temperance 4; 4
- 1) self-control (the virtue of one who masters his desires and passions, esp. his sensual appetites)
1467 ἐγκρατεύομαι egkrateuomai \@eng-krat-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 1468; v AV-can contain 1, be temperate 1; 2 1) to be self-controlled, continent
- 1a) to exhibit self-government, conduct, one’s self temperately
- 1b) in a figure drawn from athletes, who in preparing themselves for the games abstained from unwholesome food, wine, and sexual indulgence
1473 ~ἐγώ~ ego \@eg-o’\@ a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic); TDNT-2:343,196; {See TDNT 209} pron AV-I 365, my 2, me 2, not tr 1; 370
- 1) I, me, my
1481 ~ἐθνάρχης~ ethnarches \@eth-nar’-khace\@ from 1484 and 746; ; n m AV-governor 1; 1
- 1) an ethnarch, one set over a people as ruler, but without the authority and name of a king
- Herod was called Ethnarch which was a term with the connotation of "father of the nation", a widely used as an epithet applied to some of the most influential political leaders of Hellenism. Paul uses the term in 2 Corinthians 11:32 "In Damascus the governor under Aretas the king kept the city of the Damascenes with a garrison, desirous to apprehend me:"
- Likely originated in the middle east and is used three times (1 Maccabees 14:47 and 15:1-2),
1482 ~ἐθνικός~ ethnikos \@eth-nee-kos’\@ from 1484; n m AV-heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2
- 1) adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a people, national
- 2) suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign
- 3) in the NT savouring of the nature of pagans, alien to the worship of the true God, heathenish
- 3a) of the pagan, the Gentile
1484 ~ἔθνος~ ethnos \@eth’-nos\@ probably from 1486; n n AV-Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164
- 1) a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or living together
- 1a) a company, troop, swarm
- 2) a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus
- 2a) the human family
- 3) a tribe, nation, people group
- 4) in the OT, foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans, Gentiles
5) Paul uses the term for Gentile Christians
1485 ἔθος ethos [eth’-os] from 1486 etho; n n; TDNT-2:372,202; [{See TDNT 212 }] AV-custom 7, manner 4, be wont 1; 12
- 1) custom
- 2) usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite
1486 ~ἔθω~ etho \@eth’-o\@ a root word; ; v AV-be wont 2, -as his custom was + 2596 + 3588 1, as his manner was + 2596 + 3588 1; 4
- 1) to be accustomed, used, wont
- 2) that which is wont
- 3) usage, custom
1492 οιδα oida [oy’-da] or εἴδω eido [i’-do] a root word; v; TDNT-5:116,673; [{See TDNT 538 }] v a root word; TDNT-5:116,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-know 281, cannot tell + 3756 8, know how 7, wist 6, misc 19, see 314, behold 17, look 6, perceive 5, vr see 3, vr know 1; 667
- 1) to see
- 1a) to perceive with the eyes
- 1b) to perceive by any of the senses
- 1c) to perceive, notice, discern, discover
- 1d) to see
- 1d1) i.e. to turn the eyes, the mind, the attention to anything
- 1d2) to pay attention, observe
- 1d3) to see about something 1d31) i.e. to ascertain what must be done about it
- 1d4) to inspect, examine
- 1d5) to look at, behold
- 1e) to experience any state or condition
- 1f) to see i.e. have an interview with, to visit
- 2) to know
- 2a) to know of anything
- 2b) to know, i.e. get knowledge of, understand, perceive
- 2b1) of any fact
- 2b2) the force and meaning of something which has definite meaning
- 2b3) to know how, to be skilled in
- 2c) to have regard for one, cherish, pay attention to (#1Th 5:12)
- Synonyms
- 1097 ginosko-a knowledge grounded on personal experience
- 1492 oida or eido-to see with the mind’s eye, signifies a clear and purely mental perception
- 1987 epistamai-a knowledge obtained by proximity to the thing known, cf. our understanding
- 4920 suniemi-implies a native insight, knowledge gained through the five senses
1494 ~εἰδωλόθυτον~ eidolothuton \@i-do-loth’-oo-ton\@ neuter of a compound of 1497 and a presumed derivative of 2380; TDNT-2:378,202; {See TDNT 214} adj AV-things offered unto idols 4, things offered in sacrifice to idols 3, things sacrificed unto idols 2, meats offered to idols 1; 10
- 1) sacrificed to idols, the flesh left over from the heathen sacrifices
- 1a) it was either eaten at the feasts or sold (by the poor and the miserly) in the market
1495 ~εἰδωλολατρεία~ eidololatreia \@i-do-lol-at-ri’-ah\@ from 1497 and 2999; n f AV-idolatry 4; 4
- 1) the worship of false gods, idolatry
- 1a) of the formal sacrificial feasts held in honour of false gods of the temples providing Public religion.
- 1b) of avarice, as a worship of Mammon
- 2) in the plural, the vices springing from idolatry and peculiar to it
1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidololatres [i-do-lol-at’-race] from 1497 and the base of 3000; n m; TDNT-2:379,202; [{ See TDNT 214 }] AV-idolater 7; 7
- 1) a worshipper of false gods, an idolater
- 1a) used of any one even Christian, participant in any way in the worship of the heathen, esp. one who attends their sacrificial feasts and eats of the remains of offered victims
- 2) a covetous man as a worshipper of Mammon
1497 ~εἴδωλον~ eidolon \@i’-do-lon\@ from 1491; an image (i.e. for worship); n nAV-idol 11; 11
- 1) an image, likeness
- 1a) i.e. whatever represents the form of an object, either real or imaginary
- 1b) used of the shades of the departed, apparitions, spectres, phantoms of the mind, etc.
- 2) the image of a heathen god
- 3) a false god
1500 ~εἰκῆ~ eike \@i-kay’\@ probably from 1502 (through the idea of failure); TDNT-2:380,203; {See TDNT 215} adv AV-in vain 5, without a cause 1, vainly 1; 7
- 1) inconsiderably, without purpose, without just cause
- 2) in vain
- 2a) without success or effort
1504 ~εἰκών~ eikon \@i-kone’\@ from 1503; TDNT-2:381,203; n f AV-image 23; 23
- 1) an image, figure, likeness
- 1a) an image of the things (the heavenly things)
- 1a1) used of the moral likeness of renewed men to God
- 1a2) the image of the Son of God, into which true Christians are transformed, is likeness not only to the heavenly body, but also to the most holy and blessed state of mind, which Christ possesses
- 1b) the image of one
- 1b1) one in whom the likeness of any one is seen
- 1b2) applied to man on account of his power of command
- 1b3) to Christ on account of his divine nature and absolute moral excellence
- 1a) an image of the things (the heavenly things)
1510 ~εἰμί~ eimi \@i-mee’\@ the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; TDNT-2:398,206; {See TDNT 218} v AV-I am + 1473 74, am 55, it is I + 1473 6, be 2, I was + 1473 1, have been 1, not tr 7; 146
- 1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
1515 ~εἰρήνη~ eirene \@i-ray’-nay\@ probably from a primary verb eiro (to join); TDNT-2:400,207; {See TDNT 219} n f AV-peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92
- 1) a state of national tranquility
- 1a) exemption from the rage and havoc of war
- 2) peace between individuals, i.e. harmony, concord
- 3) security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous)
- 4) of the Messiah’s peace
- 4a) the way that leads to peace (salvation)
- 5) of Christianity, the tranquil state of a soul assured of its salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and content with its earthly lot, of whatsoever sort that is
- 6) the blessed state of devout and upright men after death
1516 ~eirhnikov~ eirenikos \@i-ray-nee-kos'\@ from 1515 eirene from a primary verb eiro (to join) and defined "a state of national tranquillity"; TDNT-2:400,207; n f AV-peace 89; TDNT-2:418,207; adj AV-peaceable 2
- 1) relating to peace
- 2) peaceable, pacific, loving peace
- 3) bring peace with it, peaceful, salutary
1518 εἰρηνοποιός eirenopoios [i-ray-nop-oy-os’] from 1515 eirene "a state of national tranquillity" and 4160 To make; adj; TDNT-2:419,207; [{See TDNT 219 }] AV-peacemakers 1; 1
- 1) a peacemaker
- 2) pacific, loving peace
1519 ~εἰς~ eis \@ice\@ a primary preposition; prep AV-into 573, to 281, unto 207, for 140, in 138, on 58, toward 29, against 26, misc 322; 1774
- 1) into, unto, to, towards, for, among
- "For" (as used in #Acts 2:38 "for the forgiveness … ") could have two meanings. If you saw a poster saying "Jesse James wanted for robbery," "for" could mean Jesse is wanted so he can commit a robbery, or is wanted because he has committed a robbery. The later sense is the correct one. So too in this passage of 1 Peter 2 concerning peculiar people, the word "for" signifies an action in the past. Otherwise, it would violate the entire tenor of the NT teaching on salvation by grace and not by works.
- As a primary preposition eis indicates the point reached or entered figuratively with the intent and purpose of obtaing a result, etc. As with verbs it expresses motion both literally or figuratively.
1525 ~εἰσέρχομαι~ eiserchomai \@ice-er’-khom-ahee\@ from 1519 and 2064; TDNT-2:676,257; {See TDNT 259} v AV-enter 107, go 22, come in 19, go in 18, enter in 17, come 14, arise 1; 198
- 1) to go out or come in: to enter
- 1a) of men or animals, as into a house or a city
- 1b) of Satan taking possession of the body of a person
- 1c) of things: as food, that enters into the eater’s mouth
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) of entrance into any condition, state of things, society, employment
- 2a1) to arise, come into existence, begin to be
- 2a2) of men, to come before the public
- 2a3) to come into life
- 2b) of thoughts that come into the mind
- 2a) of entrance into any condition, state of things, society, employment
1537 ~ἐκ~ ek \@ek\@ or ~ἐξ~ ex \@ex\@ a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; ; prep AV-of 366, from 181, out of 162, by 55, on 34, with 25, misc 98; 921
- 1) out of, from, by, away from
1538 ~ἕκαστος~ hekastos \@hek’-as-tos\@ as if a superlative of hekas (afar); ; adj AV-every man 39, every one 20, every 17, misc 7; 83
- 1) each, every
1544 ~ἐκβάλλω~ ekballo \@ek-bal’-lo\@ from 1537 and 906; TDNT-1:527,91; {See TDNT 122} v AV-cast out 45, cast 11, bring forth 3, pull out 3, send forth 3, misc 17; 82
- 1) to cast out, drive out, to send out
- 1a) with notion of violence
- 1a1) to drive out (cast out)
- 1a2) to cast out
- 1a2a) of the world, i.e. be deprived of the power and influence he exercises in the world
- 1a2b) a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink
- 1a3) to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family
- 1a4) to compel one to depart; to bid one depart, in stern though not violent language
- 1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is transferred to the one sending forth
- 1a51) to command or cause one to depart in haste
- 1a6) to draw out with force, tear out
- 1a7) with implication of force overcoming opposite force
- 1a7a) to cause a thing to move straight on its intended goal
- 1a8) to reject with contempt, to cast off or away
- 1b) without the notion of violence
- 1b1) to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another
- 1b2) to bring out of, to draw or bring forth
- 1b3) to except, to leave out, i.e. not receive
- 1b4) to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he cannot resist
- 1a) with notion of violence
1570 ἔκθετος ekthetos [ek’-thet-os] from 1537 and a derivative of 5087; adj; AV-cast out 1; 1
- 1) cast out, exposed
1576 ἐκκλείω ekkleio [ek-kli’-o] from 1537 and 2808; v; AV-exclude 2; 2
- 1) to shut out, to turn out of doors
- 2) to prevent the approach of one
1577 ἐκκλησία ekklesia [ek-klay-see’-ah] from a compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2564 call or 2753 to command; n f; TDNT- 3:501,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-church 115, assembly 3; 118
- 1) a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some public place, an assembly
- 1a) an assembly of the people convened at the public place of the council for the purpose of deliberating
- 1b) the assembly of the Israelites
- 1c) any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance, tumultuously
- 1d) in a Christian sense
- 1d1) an assembly of Christians gathered for worship in a religious meeting
- 1d2) a company of Christians, or of those who, hoping for eternal salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and manage their own affairs, according to regulations prescribed for the body for order’s sake
- 1d3) those who anywhere, in a city, village, constitute such a company and are united into one body
- 1d4) the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth
- 1d5) the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and received into heaven
- For Synonyms see entry 5897
- Ekklesia "an assembly of citizens summoned by the crier, the legislative assembly." [R. Scott, and H.G. Liddell, A Greek-English Lexicon, p. 206.]
- "The assembly of the people, which in Greek cities had the power of final decision in public affairs" [ A German classical philologist, Oskar Seyffert, A Dictionary of Classical Antiquities, pp. 202-203].
1578 ~ἐκκλίνω~ ekklino \@ek-klee’-no\@ from 1537 and 2827; ; v AV-eschew 1, avoid 1, go out of the way 1; 3
- 1) to turn aside, deviate (from the right way and course)
- 2) to turn (one’s self) away, to turn away from, keep aloof from one’s society
- 3) to shun one
1581 ἐκκόπτω ekkopto [ek-kop’-to] from 1537 and 2875; v; TDNT-3:857,453; [{See TDNT 405 }] AV-cut off 4, hewn down 3, cut down 2, cut out 1, be hindered 1; 11
- 1) to cut out, cut off
- 1a) of a tree
- 2) metaph. to cut off occasion
1586 ~ἐκλέγομαι~ eklegomai \@ek-leg’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 1537 and 3004 (in its primary sense); TDNT-4:144,505; {See TDNT 431} v AV-choose 19, choose out 1, make choice 1; 21
- 1) to pick out, choose, to pick or choose out for one’s self
- 1a) choosing one out of many, i.e. Jesus choosing his disciples
- 1b) choosing one for an office
- 1c) of God choosing whom he judged fit to receive his favours and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight
- 1c1) i.e. the Israelites
- 1d) of God the Father choosing Christians, as those whom he set apart from the irreligious multitude as dear unto himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ, citizens in the Messianic kingdom: (#Jas 2:5) so that the ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits only
1588 ~ἐκλεκτός~ eklektos \@ek-lek-tos’\@ from 1586; TDNT-4:181,505; {See TDNT 431} adj AV-elect 16, chosen 7; 23
- 1) picked out, chosen
- 1a) chosen by God,
- 1a1) to obtain salvation through Christ
- 1a1a) Christians are called "chosen or elect" of God
- 1a2) the Messiah is called "elect," as appointed by God to the most exalted office conceivable
- 1a3) choice, select, i.e. the best of its kind or class, excellence preeminent: applied to certain individual Christians
- 1a1) to obtain salvation through Christ
- 1a) chosen by God,
1589 ἐκλογή ekloge ek-log-ay’ from 1586; TDNT-4:176,505; {See TDNT 431 } n f AV-election 6, chosen 1; 7
- 1) the act of picking out, choosing
- 1a) of the act of God’s free will by which before the foundation of the world he decreed his blessings to certain persons
- 1b) the decree made from choice by which he determined to bless certain persons through Christ by grace alone
- 2) a thing or person chosen
- 2a) of persons: God’s elect
1608 ~ἐκπορνεύω~ ekporneuo \@ek-porn-yoo’-o\@ from 1537 and 4203; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} v AV-give (one’s) self over to fornication 1; 1
- 1) to go a whoring, "give one’s self over to fornication"
1620 ἐκτίθημι ektithemi [ek-tith’-ay-mee] from 1537 and 5087; v; AV-expound 3, cast out 1; 4
- 1) to place or set out, put outside, expose
- 2) to set up, exhibit
- 3) metaph. to set forth, declare, expound
1624 ἐκτρέπω ektrepo [ek-trep’-o] from 1537 ek out of, from and the base of 5157 turning; v; AV-turn aside 2, avoid 1, turn 1, turn out of the way 1; 5
- 1) to turn or twist out
- 1a) in a medical sense used of dislocated limbs
- 2) to turn off or aside
- 3) to be turned aside
- 4) to turn aside
- 5) to turn away from, to shun a thing, to avoid meeting or associating with one
1646 ἐλάχιστος elachistos [el-akh’-is-tos] superlative of elachus (short); used as equivalent to 3398; adj; TDNT- 4:648,593; [{See TDNT 494 }] AV-least 9, very small 2, smallest 1, very little 1; 13
- 1) smallest least
- 1a) in size
- 1b) in amount: of management of affairs
- 1c) in importance: what is the least moment
- 1d) in authority: of commandments
- 1e) in the estimation of men: of persons
- 1f) in rank and excellence: of persons
1651 ~ἐλέγχω~ elegcho \@el-eg’-kho\@ of uncertain affinity; v AV-reprove 6, rebuke 5, convince 4, tell (one’s) fault 1, convict 1; 17
- 1) to convict, refute, confute
- 1a) generally with a suggestion of shame of the person convicted
- 1b) by conviction to bring to the light, to expose
- 2) to find fault with, correct
- 2a) by word
- 2a1) to reprehend severely, chide, admonish, reprove
- 2a2) to call to account, show one his fault, demand an explanation
- 2b) by deed
- 2b1) to chasten, to punish
- 2a) by word
For Synonyms see entry 5884
1653 ἐλεέω eleeo [el-eh-eh’-o] from 1656; v; TDNT-2:477,222; [{See TDNT 232 }] AV-have mercy on 14, obtain mercy 8, show mercy 2, have compassion 1, have compassion on 1, have pity on 1, have mercy 1, have mercy upon 1, receive mercy 1; 31
- 1) to have mercy on
- 2) to help one afflicted or seeking aid
- 3) to help the afflicted, to bring help to the wretched
- 4) to experience mercy
- For Synonyms see entry 5842
1654 ἐλεημοσύνη, eleēmosunē: el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay, from 1656, Thayer Definition: mercy, pity especially as exhibited in giving alms, charity the benefaction itself, a donation to the poor, alms
- TDNT entry: 10:05,2, Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
- Strong's Definition: From 1656; compassionateness, that is, (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction: - alms (-deeds).
- The Eleemosynary giving of alms(the German Almosen (and the English alms)) is the benefaction itself, a donation for the poor, donated to the priests for the welfare of the needy.
1655 ~ἐλεήμων~ eleemon \@el-eh-ay’-mone\@ from 1653; TDNT-2:485,222; {See TDNT 232} adj AV-merciful 2; 2
- 1) merciful
1656 éleos ἔλεος: (el'-eh-os), t Definition: mercy, pity, compassion(translating OT 02617 /kataisxýnō, "covenant-loyalty, covenant-love" in the OT-LXX over 170 times) – properly, "mercy" as it is defined by loyalty to God's covenant.
- 1. Mercy of men toward men: Matthew 9:13; Matthew 12:7; Matthew 23:23, James 2:13; James 3:17; to exercise the virtue of mercy, James 2:13; with the common Hebrew phrase פּ עִם חֶסֶד עָשָׂה, Genesis 21:23; Genesis 24:12; Judges 1:24, mercy to one, Luke 10:37.
- 2. of God toward men;
- a. universally: Luke 1:50; in benedictions: Galatians 6:16; 1 Timothy 1:2; 2 Timothy 1:2; Titus 1:4 ; 2 John 1:3; Jude 1:2.
1657 ~ἐλευθερία~ eleutheria \@el-yoo-ther-ee’-ah\@ from 1658; n f AV-liberty 11; 11
- 1) liberty to do or to omit things having no relationship to salvation
- 2) fancied liberty
- 2a) licence, the liberty to do as one pleases
- 3) true liberty is living as we should not as we please
1658 ~ἐλεύθερος~ eleutheros \@el-yoo’-ther-os\@ probably from the alternate of 2064 establish ; TDNT-2:487,224; {See TDNT 233} adj AV-free 18, free woman 3, at liberty 1, free man 1; 23
- 1) freeborn
- 1a) in a civil sense, one who is not a slave
- 1b) of one who ceases to be a slave, freed, manumitted
- 2) free, exempt, unrestrained, not bound by an obligation
- 3) in an ethical sense: free from the yoke of the Mosaic Law
1672 ~ʽ´Ελλην~ Hellen \@hel’-lane\@ from 1671; n m AV-Greek 20, Gentile 7; 27
- 1) a Greek either by nationality, whether a native of the main land or of the Greek islands or colonies
- 2) in a wider sense the name embraces all nations not Jews that made the language, customs, and learning of the Greeks their own; the primary reference is to a difference of religion and worship
1679 ~ἐλπίζω~ elpizo \@el-pid’-zo\@ from 1680; TDNT-2:517,229; {See TDNT 237} v AV-trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32
- 1) to hope
- 1a) in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and full confidence
- 2) hopefully to trust in
1680 ~ἐλπίς~ elpis \@el-pece’\@ from a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); TDNT-2:517,229; {See TDNT 237} n f AV-hope 53, faith 1; 54
- 1) expectation of evil, fear
- 2) expectation of good, hope
- 2a) in the Christian sense
- 2a1) joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation
- 2a) in the Christian sense
- 3) on hope, in hope, having hope
- 3a) the author of hope, or he who is its foundation
- 3b) the thing hoped for
1694 Ἐμμανουήλ Emmanouel [em-man-oo-ale’] of Hebrew origin 06005 עִמָֻנוּאֵל; n pr m; AV-Emmanuel 1; 1 Emmanuel = "God with us"
- 1) the title applied to the Messiah, born of the virgin, #Matthew 1:23, #Isauah 7:14, because Jesus was God united with man, and showed that God was dwelling with man
1699 ἐμός emos [em-os’] from the oblique cases of 1473 ego I (1698, 1700, 1691); pron; AV-my 50, mine 12, mine own 11, of me 4, I 1; 78
- 1) my, mine, etc.
1700 ἐμοῦ emou [em-oo’] from 1473, a prolonged form of 3450; pron genn/abl; AV-me 97, my 11, mine 1; 109
- 1) me, my, mine, etc.
1702 ~ἐμπαίζω~ empaizo \@emp-aheed’-zo\@ from 1722 and 3815; TDNT-5:630,758; {See TDNT 580} v AV-mock 13; 13
- 1) to play with, trifle with
- 1a) to mock
- 1b) to delude, deceive
1703 ~ἐμπαίκτης~ empaiktes \@emp-aheek-tace’\@ from 1702; TDNT-5:635,758; {See TDNT 580} n m AV-mockers 1, scoffers 1; 2
- 1) a mocker, a scoffer
- 2 Peter 3:3 Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers <1703>, walking after their own lusts,
- Jude 1:18 How that they told you there should be mockers <1703> in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts.
1710 ἐμπορεύομαι emporeuomai [em-por-yoo’-om-ahee] from 1722 and 4198; v; AV-buy and sell 1, make merchandise 1, vr buy and sell 1; 3
- 1) to go a trading, to travel for business, to traffic, trade
- 2) of a thing, to import for sale
- 3) to deal in
- 4) to use a person or a thing for gain
1711 ἐμπορία emporia [em-por-ee’-ah] from 1713; n f; AV-merchandise 1; 1
- 1) trade, merchandise
1712 ἐμπόριον emporion [em-por’-ee-on] from 1713; n n; AV-merchandise 1; 1
- 1) a place were trade is carried on, esp. a seaport
- 1a) a mart, an emporium
1713 ἔμπορος emporos [em’-por-os] from 1722 and the base of 4198; n m; AV-merchant 5; 5
- 1) one on a journey, whether by sea or by land, esp. for trade
- 2) a merchant as opposed to a retailer or petty tradesman
1722 ~ἐν~ en \@en\@ a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between 1519 and 1537); prep AV-in 1902, by 163, with 140, among 117, at 113, on 62, through 39, misc 265; 2801
- 1) in, by, with etc.
1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma [en’-dighe-mah] from 1731 n; AV-manifest token 1; 1
- 1) token, evidence, proof
- similar to 1731 the verb endeiknumi to "show, demonstrate, prove, ... to manifest"
- and 1732 the noun endeixis a "demonstration, proof"
- not like semeion 4592 which is "a sign, mark, token" 2 Thessalonians 3:17 Paul's hand writing
- not like sussemon 4953 "a sign given according to agreement" Mark 14:44 Judas kiss
1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeiknumi [en-dike’-noo-mee] from 1722 and 1166; v; AV-show 9, show forth 1, do 1, vr show 1; 12
- 1) to point out
- 1a) to show, demonstrate, prove, whether by arguments or by acts
- 2) to manifest, display, put forth
- see also 1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma
1732 ἔνδειξις endeixis [en’-dike-sis] from 1731; n f; AV-to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4
- 1) demonstration, proof
- 1a) manifestation made by act
- 1b) sign, evidence
- see also 1730
1744 ἐνδύνω enduno [en-doo’-no] from 1772 ennomos meaning bound to the law and 1416 duno translated set but meaning go under; v; AV-creep 1; 1
- 1) to put on, to envelop in, to hide in
- 1a) literally: to put on, clothe with a garment
- 1b) metaph. put on armour
- 2) to creep into, insinuate one’s self into, to enter
1753 ~ἐνέργεια~ energeia \@en-erg’-i-ah\@ from energes (1756); n f AV-working 4, effectual working 2, operation 1, strong 1; 8 1) working, efficiency 1a) in the NT used only of superhuman power, whether of God or of the Devil
1756 ~ἐνεργής~ energes \@en-er-gace’\@ from 1722 and 2041; adj AV-effectual 2, powerful 1; 3 1) active
1767 ~ἐννέα~ ennea \@en-neh’-ah\@ a primary number; ; n indecl AV-nine 1; 1
- 1) nine
1772 ἔννομος ennomos [en’-nom-os] from 1722 en and 3551 nomos law; adj; TDNT-4:1087,646; [{See TDNT 526 }] AV-lawful 1, under law 1; 2
- 1) bound to the law
- 2) bound by the law, lawful
- 3) lawful, regular
1778 ἔνταλμα entalma [en’-tal-mah] from 1781 entellomai command; n n; AV-commandment 3; 3
- 1) a precept
1781 ~ἐντέλλομαι~ entellomai \@en-tel’-lom-ahee\@ from 1722 and the base of 5056; v AV-command 10, give commandment 3, give charge 2, enjoin 1, charge 1; 17
- 1) to order, command to be done, enjoin
- For Synonyms see entry 5844
1785 ~ἐντολή~ entole \@en-tol-ay’\@ from 1781; n f AV-commandment 69, precept 2; 71
- 1) an order, command, charge, precept, injunction
- 1a) that which is prescribed to one by reason of his office
- 2) a commandment
- 2a) a prescribed rule in accordance with which a thing is done
- 2a1) a precept relating to lineage, of the Mosaic precept concerning the priesthood
- 2a2) ethically used of the commandments in the Mosaic law or Jewish tradition
- 2a) a prescribed rule in accordance with which a thing is done
- For Synonyms see entry 5918
1792 ~ἐντρυφάω~ entruphao \@en-troo-fah’-o\@ from 1722 and 5171; ; v AV-sport (one’s) self 1; 1
- 1) to live in luxury, live delicately or luxuriously, to revel in
- 2) to take delight in
- see 2 Peter 2:13 "pleasure to riot"
- see also James 5:5 "Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth".
- and 2 Peter 2:13 "sporting themselves"
- and Luke 7:25 "live delicately, are in kings’ courts."
1797 ~ἐνυπνιάζομαι~ enupniazomai \@en-oop-nee-ad’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 1798 dream; TDNT-8:545,1233; {See TDNT 817} v AV-dream 1, filthy dreamer 1; 2
- 1) to dream (divinely suggested) dreams
- 2) metaph., to be beguiled with sensual images and carried away to an impious course of conduct
1818 ~ἐξαπατάω~ exapatao \@ex-ap-at-ah’-o\@ from 1537 and 538; v AV-deceive 4, beguile 1; 5
- 1) to deceive
1820 ἐξαπορέομαι exaporeomai [ex-ap-or-eh’-om-ahee] middle voice from 1537 ek and 639 aporeo doubt , without resources; v; AV-despair 1, in despair 1; 2
- 1) to be utterly at loss, be utterly destitute of measures or resources, to renounce all hope, be in despair
1832 ~ἔξεστι~ exesti \@ex’-es-tee\@ third person singular present indicative of a compound of 1537 ek of and 1510 eimi I am; TDNT-2:560,238; {See TDNT 244} v AV-be lawful 29, may 2, let 1; 32
- 1) it is lawful
1849 ~ἐξουσία~ exousia \@ex-oo-see’-ah\@ from 1832 (in the sense of ability); n f AV-power 69, authority 29, right 2, liberty 1, jurisdiction 1, strength 1; 103 See Romans 13
- 1) power of choice, liberty of doing as one pleases
- 1a) leave or permission
- 2) physical and mental power
- 2a) the ability or strength with which one is endued, which he either possesses or exercises
- 3) the power of authority (influence) and of right (privilege)
- 4) the power of rule or government (the power of him whose will and commands must be submitted to by others and obeyed)
- 4a) universally
- 4a1) authority over mankind
- 4b) specifically
- 4b1) the power of judicial decisions
- 4b2) of authority to manage domestic affairs
- 4c) metonymically
- 4c1) a thing subject to authority or rule
- 4c1a) jurisdiction
- 4c2) one who possesses authority
- 4c2a) a ruler, a human magistrate
- 4c2b) the leading and more powerful among created beings superior to man, spiritual potentates
- 4c1) a thing subject to authority or rule
- 4d) a sign of the husband’s authority over his wife
- 4d1) the veil with which propriety required a women to cover herself
- 4e) the sign of regal authority, a crown
- 4a) universally
- For Synonyms see entry 5820
1850 ~ἐξουσιάζω~ exousiazo \@ex-oo-see-ad’-zo\@ from 1849; TDNT-2:574,238; {See TDNT 244} v AV-have power of 2, exercise authority upon 1, bring under power 1; 4
- 1) to have power or authority, use power
- 1a) to be master of any one, exercise authority over one
- 1b) to be master of the body
- 1b1) to have full and entire authority over the body
- 1b2) to hold the body subject to one’s will
- 1c) to be brought under the power of anyone
- see Romans 13
- Luke 22:25 ... exercise authority upon <1850> them are called benefactors.
- 1 Corinthians 6:12 All things are lawful unto me, but all things are not expedient: all things are lawful for me, but I will <1850> not be brought under the power <1850> of any.
- 1 Corinthians 7:4
1854 ἔξω exo [ex’-o] from 1537; adv; TDNT-2:575,240; [{See TDNT 245 }] AV-without 23, out 16, out of 15, forth 8, outward 1, strange 1, away 1; 65
- 1) without, out of doors
1859 ἑορτή heorte [heh-or-tay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; AV-feast 26, holy day 1; 27
- 1) a feast day, festival
1867 ἐπαινέω epaineo [ep-ahee-neh’-o] from 1909 and 134; v; AV-praise 4, laud 1, commend 1; 6
- 1) to approve, to praise
1868 ἔπαινος epainos [ep’-ahee-nos] from 1909 and the base of 134; n m; TDNT-2:586,242; [{See TDNT 247 }] AV-praise 11; 11
- 1) approbation, commendation, praise
1909 ~ἐπί~ epi \@ep-ee’\@ a root; ; prep AV-on 196, in 120, upon 159, unto 41, to 41, misc 339; 896
- 1) upon, on, at, by, before
- 2) of position, on, at, by, over, against
- 3) to, over, on, at, across, against
1922 ἐπίγνωσις epignosis [ep-ig’-no-sis] from 1921; n f; TDNT-1:689,119; [{See TDNT 157 }] AV-knowledge 16, acknowledging 3, acknowledgement 1; 20
- 1) precise and correct knowledge
- 1a) used in the NT of the knowledge of things ethical and divine
1923 ~ἐπιγραφή~ epigraphe \@ep-ig-raf-ay’\@ from 1924; ; n f AV-superscription 5; 5
- 1) an inscription, title
- 1a) in the NT of an inscription in black letters upon a whitened tablet
- 1b) of the inscription on a coin
1924 ~ἐπιγράφω~ epigrapho \@ep-ee-graf’-o\@ from 1909 and 1125; ; v AV-write 2, write over 1, write thereon 1, with this inscription + 1722 + 3639 1; 5
- 1) to write upon, inscribe
- 2) metaph. to write upon the mind
1927 ἐπιδημέω epidemeo [ep-ee-day-meh’-o] from a compound of 1909 and 1218; v; AV-be there 1, stranger 1; 2
- 1) to be present among one’s people, in one’s city or one’s native land
- 2) to be a sojourner
- 2a) of a foreign resident, among any people, in any country
- Acts 2:10 Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers <1927> of Rome, Jews and proselytes,
- Acts 17:21 (For all the Athenians and strangers(3581 xenos) which were there <1927> spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.)
1937 ~ἐπιθυμέω~ epithumeo \@ep-ee-thoo-meh’-o\@ from 1909 and 2372; v AV-desire 8, covet 3, lust 3, lust after 1, fain 1; 16
- 1) to turn upon a thing
- 2) to have a desire for, long for, to desire
- 3) to lust after, covet
- 3a) of those who seek things forbidden
1939 ~ἐπιθυμία~ epithumia \@ep-ee-thoo-mee’-ah\@ from 1937 epithumeo to turn upon a thing... to lust after, covet; n f AV-lust 31, concupiscence 3, desire 3, lust after 1; 38
- 1) desire, craving, longing, desire for what is forbidden, lust
1955 ἐπίλυσις epilusis [ep-il’-oo-sis] from 1956 to expound; n f; TDNT-4:337,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-interpretation 1; 1
- 1) a loosening, unloosing
- 2) metaph. interpretation
1956 ἐπιλύω epiluo [ep-ee-loo’-o] from 1909 and 3089 loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy; v; TDNT-4:337,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-expound 1, determine 1; 2
- 1) to unloose, untie
- 2) to clear (a controversy), decide, settle
- 3) to explain (what is obscure and hard to understand)
1969 ~ἐπιπλήσσω~ epiplesso \@ep-ee-place’-so\@ from 1909 and 4141; ; v AV-rebuke 1; 1
- 1) to strike upon, beat upon
- 2) to chastise with words, to chide, upbraid, rebuke
1978 ἐπίσημος episēmos ep-is'-ay-mos: Adjective: from 1909 epi and some form of the base of 4591 sēmainō make known
- Thayer Definition:
- having a mark on it, marked, stamped, coined marked in a good sense of note, illustrious in a bad sense notorious, infamous.
- Strong's remarkable, that is, (figuratively) eminent: - notable, of note.
1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episkeptomai [ep-ee-skep’-tom-ahee] middle voice from 1909 and the base of 4649 to watch; v; TDNT-2:599,244; [{See TDNT 250 }] AV-visit 10, look out 1; 11
- 1) to look upon or after, to inspect, examine with the eyes
- 1a) in order to see how he is, i.e. to visit, go to see one
- 1a1) the poor and afflicted, the sick
- 1b) to look upon in order to help or to benefit
- 1b1) to look after, have care for, provide for: of God
- 1c) to look (about) for, look out (one to choose, employ, etc.)
- 1a) in order to see how he is, i.e. to visit, go to see one
1984 ἐπισκοπή episkope [ep-is-kop-ay’] from The verb episkeptomai 1980 "to look upon in order to help or to benefit"; n f; TDNT-2:606,244; [{See TDNT 250 }] AV-visitation 2, bishoprick 1, office of a bishop 1; 4
- 1) investigation, inspection, visitation
- 1a) that act by which God looks into and searches out the ways, deeds character, of men, in order to adjudge them their lot accordingly, whether joyous or sad
- 1b) oversight
- 1b1) overseership, office, charge, the office of an elder
- 1b2) the overseer or presiding officers of a Christian church
1985 ~ἐπίσκοπος~ episkopos \@ep-is’-kop-os\@ from 1909 and 4649 (in the sense of 1983); n m AV-bishop 6, overseer 1; 7
- 1) an overseer
- 1a) a man charged with the duty of seeing that things to be done by others are done rightly, any curator, guardian or superintendent
- 1b) the superintendent, elder, pastor, or overseer of a Christian church; the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably { Acts 20:17,28; Ephesian 4:11; Titus 1:5,7; 1 Peter 5:1-4 etc.}
1991 ~ἐπιστηρίζω~ episterizo \@ep-ee-stay-rid’-zo\@ from 1909 and 4741; v AV-confirm 3,1991 strengthen 1; 4
- 1) to establish besides, strengthen more
- 2) to render more firm, confirm
1996 ~ἐπισυνάγω~ episunago \@ep-ee-soon-ag’-o\@ from 1909 and 4863; ; v AV-gather together 5, gather 2; 7 1) to gather together besides, to bring together to others already assembled 2) to gather together against 3) to gather together in one place
1997 ~ἐπισυναγωγή~ episunagoge \@ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay’\@ from 1996; n f AV-gathering together 1, assembling together 1; 2 1) a gathering together in one place 2) the (religious) assembly (of Christians)
2003 ~ἐπιταγή~ epitage \@ep-ee-tag-ay’\@ from 2004; TDNT-8:36,1156; {See TDNT 784} n f AV-commandment 6, authority 1; 7
- 1) an injunction, mandate, command
2004 ~ἐπιτάσσω~ epitasso \@ep-ee-tas’-so\@ from 1909 and 5021; ; v AV-command 8, charge 1, enjoin 1; 10
- 1) to enjoin upon, order, command, charge
- The Greek word epitasso translated command appear 10 times but only a few times in the Bible in reference to Jesus. He commanded unclean spirits in Mark 1:27, Luke 4:36, Mark 9:25 and in Luke 8:31. We also see Him command the wind in Luke 8:25.
- While Jesus uses the word in Luke 14:22 in a parable of a master commanding his servants to gather people for the wedding feast the only time Jesus commanded people was his disciples in Mark 6:39 to make all sit down by companies.
- In Mark 6:27 we see the king sent an executioner, and commanded John the Baptist's head to be brought and Acts 23:2 The high priest Ananias commanded men to smite Jesus on the mouth.
- It is very clear the word epitasso is not an invitation, a suggestion, advise, statement
- The word "commandments" is not the same and it is usually the Greek word entole which means more a precept or a statement like the word we see in the Old Testament for Commandments.
- also Philemon 1:8 Wherefore, though I might be much bold in Christ to enjoin <2004> thee that which is convenient,
2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitithemi [ep-ee-tith’-ay-mee] from 1909 epi and 5087 tithemi to set, put; v; TDNT-8:159,1176; [{See TDNT 791 }] AV-lay on 10, lay 7, put 6, lay upon 4, put on 3, put upon 2, set 2, not tr 1, misc 7; 42
- 1) in the active voice
- 1a) to put or lay upon
- 1b) to add to
- 2) in the middle voice
- 2a) to have put on, bid to be laid on
- 2b) to lay or throw one’s self upon
- 2c) to attack one, to make an assault on one
2010 ~ἐπιτρέπω~ epitrepo \@ep-ee-trep’-o\@ from 1909 and the base of 5157; ; v AV-suffer 10, permit 4, give leave 2, give liberty 1, give license 1, let 1; 19
- 1) to turn to, transfer, commit, instruct
- 2) to permit, allow, give leave
2032 ἐπουράνιος epouranios ep-oo-ran’-ee-os from 1909 and 3772; adj; TDNT-5:538,736; {See TDNT 571} AV-heavenly 16, celestial 2, in heaven 1, high 1; 20
- 1) existing in heaven
- 1a) things that take place in heaven
- 1b) the heavenly regions
- 1b1) heaven itself, the abode of God and angels
- 1b2) the lower heavens, of the stars
- 1b3) the heavens, of the clouds
- 1c) the heavenly temple or sanctuary
- 2) of heavenly origin or nature
2036 ἔπω epo [ep’-o] a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from 2046, 4483, and 5346); v; AV-say 859, speak 57, tell 41, command 8, bid 5, misc 6, vr say 1; 977
- 1) to speak, say
2038 ~ἐργάζομαι~ ergazomai \@er-gad’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 2041; Strong's Concordance to search v AV-work 22, wrought 7, do 3, minister about 1, forbear working + 3361 1, labour for 1, labour 1, commit 1, trade by 1, trade 1; 39
- 1) to work, labour, do work
- 2) to trade, to make gains by trading, "do business"
- 3) to do, work out
- 4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire
2041 ~ἔργον~ ergon \@er’-gon\@ from a primary (but obsolete) ergo (to work); TDNT-2:635,251; {See TDNT 254} n n AV-work 152, deed 22, doing 1, labour 1; 176
- 1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied
- 1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking
- 2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art, industry, or mind
- 3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in opp. to that which is less than work
2052 ~ἐριθεία~ eritheia \@er-ith-i’-ah\@ perhaps as the same as 2042; n f AV-strife 5, contention 1, contentious + 1537 1; 7
- 1) electioneering or intriguing for office
- 1a) apparently, in the NT a courting distinction, a desire to put one’s self forward, a partisan and fractious spirit which does not disdain low arts
- 1b) partisanship, fractiousness
2054 ~ἔρις~ eris \@er’-is\@ of uncertain affinity; ; n f AV-strife 4, debate 2, contention 2, variance 1; 9
- 1) contention, strife, wrangling
2064 ἔρχομαι erchomai [er’-khom-ahee] middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [middle voice] ελευθομαι eleuthomai [el-yoo’-thom-ahee,] or [active] ελθω eltho [el’-tho,] which do not otherwise occur); v; TDNT-2:666,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come 616, go 13, misc 13, vr come 1; 643
- 1) to come
- 1a) of persons
- 1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of persons arriving and of those returning
- 1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public
- 1a) of persons
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find place or influence
- 2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto
- 3) to go, to follow one
- For Synonyms see entry 5818
2065 ~ἐρωτάω~ erotao \@er-o-tah’-o\@ apparently from 2046 cf 2045; v AV-ask 23, beseech 14, pray 14, desire 6, intreat 1; 58
- 1) to question
- 2) to ask
- 2a) to request, entreat, beg, beseech
2078 ~ἔσχατος~ eschatos \@es’-khat-os\@ a superlative probably from 2192 (in the sense of contiguity); TDNT-2:697,264; {See TDNT 263} adj AV-last 46, lowest 2, uttermost 2, last state 2, ends 1, latter end 1; 54
- 1) extreme
- 1a) last in time or in place
- 1b) last in a series of places
- 1c) last in a temporal succession
- 2) the last
- 2a) last, referring to time
- 2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth
- 2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest
2085 ἑτεροδιδασκαλέω heterodidaskaleo [het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh’-o] from 2087 heteros-another and 1320 Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; v; TDNT-2:163,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-teach other doctrine 1, teach otherwise 1; 2
- 1) to teach other or different doctrine
- 1a) deviating from the truth
2095 ~εὖ~ eu \@yoo\@ neuter of a primary eus (good); ; adv AV-well 3, well done 2, good 1; 6
- 1) to be well off, fare well, prosper
- 2) acting well
2106 εὐδοκέω eudokeo [yoo-dok-eh’-o] from 2095 and 1380; v; TDNT-2:738,273; [{See TDNT 269 }] AV-be well pleased 7, please 5, have pleasure 4, be willing 2, be (one’s) good pleasure 1, take pleasure 1, think good 1; 21
- 1) it seems good to one, is one’s good pleasure
- 1a) think it good, choose, determine, decide
- 1b) to do willingly
- 1c) to be ready to, to prefer, choose rather
- 2) to be well pleased with, take pleasure in, to be favourably inclined towards one
2097 ~εὐαγγελίζω~ euaggelizo \@yoo-ang-ghel-id’-zo\@ from 2095 and 32; v AV-preach 23, preach the Gospel 22, bring good tidings 2, show glad tidings 2, bring glad tidings 1, declare 1, declare glad tidings 1, misc 3; 55
- 1) to bring good news, to announce glad tidings
- 1a) used in the OT of any kind of good news
- 1a1) of the joyful tidings of God’s kindness, in particular, of the Messianic blessings
- 1b) in the NT used especially of the glad tidings of the coming kingdom of God, and of the salvation to be obtained in it through Christ, and of what relates to this salvation
- 1c) glad tidings are brought to one, one has glad tidings proclaimed to him
- 1d) to proclaim glad tidings
- 1d1) instruct (men) concerning the things that pertain to Christian salvation
- 1a) used in the OT of any kind of good news
2098 ~εὐαγγέλιον~ euaggelion \@yoo-ang-ghel’-ee-on\@ from the same as 2097; n n AV-gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77
- 1) a reward for good tidings
- 2) good tidings
- 2a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to consummate the kingdom of God
- 2b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ
- 2c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ
- 2d) the gospel
- 2e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings
2099 ~εὐαγγελιστής~ euaggelistes \@yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace’\@ from 2097; n m AV-evangelist 3; 3
- 1) a bringer of good tidings, an evangelist
- 2) the name given to the NT heralds of salvation through Christ who are not apostles
2101 ~εὐάρεστος~ euarestos \@yoo-ar’-es-tos\@ from 2095 and 701; TDNT-1:456,77; {See TDNT 92} adj AV-acceptably 4, well pleasing 3, please well + 1510 1, accepted 1; 9
- 1) well pleasing, acceptable
- Romans 12:1-2; Romans 14:18; 2 Corinthians 5:9; Ephesians 5:10; Philippians 4:18; Colossians 3:20; Titus 2:9; Hebrews 13:21.
2117 εὐθύς euthus [yoo-thoos’] perhaps from 2095 well and 5087 to set; adj; AV-straight 5, right 3, immediately 3, straightway 2, anon 1, by and by 1, forthwith 1; 16
- 1) straight, level
- 2) straight forward, upright, true, sincere
- 3) straightway, immediately, forthwith
2127 εὐλογέω eulogeo [yoo-log-eh’-o] from a compound of 2095 done and 3056 word; v; TDNT-2:754,275; [{ See TDNT 271 }] AV-bless 43, praise 1; 44
- 1) to praise, celebrate with praises
- 2) to invoke blessings
- 3) to consecrate a thing with solemn prayers
- 3a) to ask God’s blessing on a thing
- 3b) pray God to bless it to one’s use
- 3c) pronounce a consecratory blessing on
- 4) of God
- 4a) to cause to prosper, to make happy, to bestow blessings on
- 4b) favoured of God, blessed
- Distinguished from the verb makaeizo, adj makarios, or noun makarismos, meaning to "count as happy".
2128 εὐλογητός eulogetos [yoo-log-ay-tos’] from 2127 eulogeo from a compound of 2095 eu well done and 3056 logos word; adj; TDNT-2:764,275; [{See TDNT 271 }] AV-blessed (said of God) 8; 8
- 1) blessed, praised
- Distinguished from the verb makaeizo, adj makarios, or noun makarismos, meaning to "count as happy".
2129 εὐλογία eulogia [yoo-log-ee’-ah] from the same as 2127 eulogeo from the compound 2095 eu well done and 3056 logos word; n f; TDNT-2:754,275; [{See TDNT 271 }] AV-blessing 11, bounty 2, bountifully + 1909 2, fair speech 1; 16
- 1) praise, laudation, panegyric: of Christ or God
- 2) fine discourse, polished language
- 2a) in a bad sense, language artfully adapted to captivate the hearer: fair speaking, fine speeches
- 3) an invocation of blessing, benediction
- 4) consecration
- 5) a (concrete) blessing, benefit
- Distinguished from the verb makaeizo, adj makarios, or noun makarismos, meaning to "count as happy".
2140 ~εὐποιΐα~ eupoiia \@yoo-poy-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 2095 and 4160; ; n f AV-to do good 1; 1 1) adoring good, beneficence</Ref>
2150 ~εὐσέβεια~ eusebeia \@yoo-seb’-i-ah\@ from 2152; TDNT-7:175,1010; {See TDNT 705} n f AV-godliness 14, holiness 1; 15
- 1) reverence, respect
- 2) piety towards God, godliness See Religion
2151 ~εὐσεβέω~ eusebeo \@yoo-seb-eh’-o\@ from 2152; v AV-worship 1, show piety 1; 2
- 1) to act piously or reverently
- 1a) towards God, one’s country, magistrates, relations, and all to whom dutiful regard or reverence is due
2152 ~εὐσεβής~ eusebes \@yoo-seb-ace’\@ from 2095 and 4576; adj AV-devout 3, godly 1; 4 1) pious, dutiful
2160 ~εὐτραπελία~ eutrapelia \@yoo-trap-el-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 2095 and a derivative of the base of 5157 (meaning well-turned, i.e. ready at repartee, jocose); ; n f AV-jesting 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4
- 1) pleasantry, humour, facetiousness (treating serious issues with deliberately inappropriate humor; flippant.)
- 2) in a bad sense
- 2a) scurrility, ribaldry, low jesting
2168 ~εὐχαριστέω~ eucharisteo \@yoo-khar-is-teh’-o\@ from 2170; v AV-give thanks 26, thank 12, be thankful 1; 39
- 1) to be grateful, feel thankful
- 2) give thanks
2169 ~εὐχαριστία~ eucharistia \@yoo-khar-is-tee’-ah\@ from 2170; TDNT-9:407,1298; {See TDNT 840} n f AV-thanksgiving 9, giving of thanks 3, thanks 2, thankfulness 1; 15
- 1) thankfulness
- 2) the giving of thanks
- For Synonyms see entry 5883
2170 ~εὐχάριστος~ eucharistos \@yoo-khar’-is-tos\@ from 2095 and a derivative of 5483; adj AV-thankful 1; 1
- 1) mindful of favours, grateful, thankful
- 2) pleasing, agreeable
- 3) acceptable to others, winning, liberal, beneficent
2171 ~εὐχή~ euche \@yoo-khay’\@ from 2172; TDNT-2:775,279; {See TDNT 277} n f AV-vow 2, prayer 1; 3
- 1) a prayer to God
- 2) a vow
- For Synonyms see entry 5883
2172 ~εὔχομαι~ euchomai \@yoo’-khom-ahee\@ middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT-2:775,279; {See TDNT 277} v AV-wish 3, pray 2, can wish 1, I would 1; 7
- 1) to pray to God
- 2) to wish, to pray, to pray for
2182 ~ἐφευρετής~ epheuretes \@ef-yoo-ret’-ace\@ from a compound of 1909 and 2147; ; n m AV-inventor 1; 1
- 1) an inventor, contriver
2189 ~ἔχθρα~ echthra \@ekh’-thrah\@ from 2190; TDNT-2:815,285; {See TDNT 279} n f AV-enmity 5, hatred 1; 6
- 1) enmity
- 2) cause of enmity
2190 ~ἐχθρός~ echthros \@ech-thros’\@ from a primary echtho (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); TDNT-2:811,285; {See TDNT 279} adj AV-enemy 30, foe 2; 32
- 1) hated, odious, hateful
- 2) hostile, hating, and opposing another
- 2a) used of men as at enmity with God by their sin
- 2a1) opposing (God) in the mind
- 2a2) a man that is hostile
- 2a3) a certain enemy
- 2a4) the hostile one
- 2a5) the devil who is the most bitter enemy of the divine government
- 2a) used of men as at enmity with God by their sin
2192 ~ἔχω~ echo \@ekh’-o\@ including an alternate form ~σχέω~ scheo \@skheh’-o,\@ used in certain tenses only), a primary verb; TDNT-2:816,286; {See TDNT 281} v AV-have 613, be 22, need + 5532 12, misc 63, vr have 2; 712
- 1) to have, i.e. to hold
- 1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or involve, to regard or consider or hold as
- 2) to have i.e. own, possess
- 2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.
- 2b) used of those joined to anyone by the bonds of natural blood or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or companionship
- 3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or such a condition
- 4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere or cling to
- 4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing
2197 Ζαχαρίας Zacharias [dzakh-ar-ee’-as] of Hebrew origin 02148 <02148> זְכַריָה Zek-ar-yáw or זְכַריָהוּ Zek-ar-yáw-hu; n pr m; AV-Zacharias 11; 11 Zacharias = "remembered of Jehovah"
- 1) the father of John the Baptist
- 2) son of Barachias, who was slain by the Jews between the altar and the temple
2198 ~ζάω~ zao \@dzah’-o\@ a primary verb; v AV-live 117, be alive 9, alive 6, quick 4, lively 3, not tr 1, misc 2, vr live 1; 143
- 1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)
- 2) to enjoy real life
- 2a) to have true life and worthy of the name
- 2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God
- 3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting
- 3a) of mortals or character
- 4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the same upon the soul
- 5) metaph. to be in full vigour
- 5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,
- 5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious
2204 ζέω zeo [dzeh’-o] a primary verb; v; TDNT-2:875,296; [{See TDNT 283 }] AV-be fervent 1, fervent 1; 2
- 1) to boil with heat, be hot
- 1a) used of water
- 1b) metaph.
- 1b1) used of boiling anger, love, zeal, for what is good or bad etc.
- 1b2) fervent in spirit, said of zeal for what is good
- See Leaven
2205 ~ζῆλος~ zelos \@dzay’-los\@ from 2204 be fervent; TDNT-2:877,297; {See TDNT 284} n m/n AV-zeal 6, envying 5, indignation 2, envy 1, fervent mind 1, jealousy 1, emulation 1; 17
- 1) excitement of mind, ardour, fervour of spirit
- 1a) zeal, ardour in embracing, pursuing, defending anything
- 1a1) zeal in behalf of, for a person or thing
- 1a2) the fierceness of indignation, punitive zeal
- 1a) zeal, ardour in embracing, pursuing, defending anything
- 1b) an envious and contentious rivalry, jealousy
2209 ζημία zemia [dzay-mee’-ah] probably akin to the base of 1150 Damazo (through the idea of violence); n f; TDNT-2:888,299; [{See TDNT 285 }] see 2210 AV-loss 3, damage 1; 4
- 1) damage, loss
2210 ζημιόω zemioo [dzay-mee-o’-o] from 2209; v; TDNT-2:888,299; [{See TDNT 285 }] AV-lose 2, suffer loss 2, be cast away 1, receive damage 1; 6
- 1) to affect with damage, do damage to
- 2) to sustain damage, to receive injury, suffer loss
2219 ζύμη zume [dzoo’-may] probably from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit; n f; TDNT-2:902,302; [{See TDNT 288 }] AV-leaven 13; 13
- 1) leaven
- 2) metaph. of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others
- Leaven is applied to that which, though small in quantity, yet by its influence thoroughly pervades a thing; either in a good sense as in the parable #Mt 13:33; or in a bad sense, of a pernicious influence, "a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump"
- 5160 trophe, food; 1035 brosis, food; 106 azumos, unleavened bread, metaphor "free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"".
2222 ~ζωή~ zoe \@dzo-ay’\@ from 2198 zao live breath; n f AV-life 133, lifetime 1; 134 :
- 1) life
- 1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate.
- 1b) every living soul.
- 2) life
- 2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the hypostatic "logos" and to Christ in whom the "logos" put on human nature.
- 2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect body), and to last for ever.
- According to recent lexicon edited by Arndt and Gingrich the adjective aionios is presented as having three meanings, in none of which the limiting sense of “age” is carried over from the noun. The adjective, it is claimed, means: (1) without beginning; or (2) without end; or (3) without beginning or end.
- A. T. Robertson in his WORD PICTURES IN THE NEW TESTAMENT says the adjective “aionios . . . means either without beginning or without end or both” (vol.1, p.202).
- In the THEOLOGICAL DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT Hermann Sasse admits some passages aionios "weakened”. He suggests that some passages use “the eternity formulae” as “the course of the world” perceived as “a series of smaller aiones” and simply could mean “lifelong” or “enduring”. (p.208).
2227 ~ζωοποιέω~ zoopoieo \@dzo-op-oy-eh’-o\@ from the same as 2226 and 4160; TDNT-2:874,290; {See TDNT 282} v AV-quicken 9, give life 2, make alive 1; 12
- 1) to produce alive, begat or bear living young
- 2) to cause to live, make alive, give life
- 2a) by spiritual power to arouse and invigorate
- 2b) to restore to life
- 2c) to give increase of life: thus of physical life
- 2d) of the spirit, quickening as respects the spirit, endued with new and greater powers of life
- 3) metaph., of seeds quickened into life, i.e. germinating, springing up, growing
2232 ἡγεμών hegemon [hayg-em-ohn’] from 2233; n m; AV-governor 19, ruler 2, prince 1; 22
- 1) a leader of any kind, a guide, ruler, prefect, president, chief, general, commander, sovereign
- 1a) a "legatus Caesaris," an officer administering a province in the name and with the authority of the Roman emperor
- 1a1) the governor of a province
- 1b) a procurator, an officer who was attached to a proconsul or a proprietor and had charge of the imperial revenues
- 1b1) in causes relating to these revenues he administered justice. In the smaller provinces also, which were so to speak appendages of the greater, he discharged the functions of governor of the province; and such was the relation of the procurator of Judaea to the governor of Syria.
- 1c) first, leading, chief
- 1d) of a principal town as the capital of the region
- 1a) a "legatus Caesaris," an officer administering a province in the name and with the authority of the Roman emperor
- Hegemony from a Greek term that translates “dominance over” and describes the relations between city-states.
- A hegemon a political state having dominant influence or authority over others, hegemonic ideas.
- Archon means "ruler" or "lord", In ancient Greece the chief magistrate in various Greek city states.
2233 ~ἡγέομαι~ hegeomai \@hayg-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71; TDNT-2:907,303; {See TDNT 289} v AV-count 10, think 4, esteem 3, have rule over 3, be governor 2, misc 6; 28
- 1) to lead
- 1a) to go before
- 1b) to be a leader
- 1b1) to rule, command
- 1b2) to have authority over
- 1b3) a prince, of regal power, governor, viceroy, chief, leading as respects influence, controlling in counsel, overseers or leaders of the churches
- The apostles were princes who were appointed a kingdom but as servant leaders. They were not rulers nor were they to be like the rulers of the gentiles. They were to account for the people as good shepherds care for the flock of God and "feed His sheep" as Christ commanded.
- 1b4) used of any kind of leader, chief, commander
- 1b5) the leader in speech, chief, spokesman
- 2) to consider, deem, account, think
- For Synonyms see entry 5837
2240 ἥκω heko [hay’-ko] a primary verb; v; TDNT-2:926,306; [{See TDNT 291 }] AV-come 27; 27
- 1) to have come, have arrived, be present
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly)
- 2b) to come upon one, of things endured
2243 Ἡλίας Helias [hay-lee’-as] of Hebrew origin 0452 AlefLamedYodHeyאֵלִיָּה Elijah; n pr m; TDNT-2:928,306; [{ See TDNT 292 }] AV-Elias 30; 30
- Elijah = "my God is Jehovah"
- 1) a prophet born at Thisbe, the unflinching champion of the theocracy in the reigns of the idolatrous kings Ahab and Ahaziah. He was taken up to heaven without dying, whence the Jews expected he would return just before the advent of the Messiah, whom he would prepare the minds of the Israelites to receive.
2258 ἦν en [ane] imperfect of 1510; v; AV-was 267, were 115, had been 12, had 11, taught + 1321 4, stood + 2476 4, misc 42, vr was 1; 457
- 1) I was, etc.
2270 ~ἡσυχάζω~ hesuchazo \@hay-soo-khad’-zo\@ from the same as 2272; ; v AV-hold (one’s) peace 2, rest 1, cease 1, be quiet 1; 5
- 1) to keep quiet
- 1a) to rest, cease from labour
- 1b) to lead a quiet life, said of those who are not running hither and thither, but stay at home and mind their business
- 1c) to be silent, i.e. to say nothing, hold one’s peace
2272 ~ἡσύχιος~ hesuchios \@hay-soo’-khee-os\@ a prolonged form of a compound probably of a derivative of the base of 1476 sitting and perhaps 2192 to have; ; adj AV-quiet 1, peaceable 1; 2
- 1) quiet, tranquil
2288 ~θάνατος~ thanatos \@than’-at-os\@ from 2348; TDNT-3:7,312; {See TDNT 299} n m AV-death 117, deadly 2; 119
- 1) the death of the body
- 1a) that separation (whether natural or violent) of the soul and the body by which the life on earth is ended
- 1b) with the implied idea of future misery in hell
- 1b1) the power of death
- 1c) since the nether world, the abode of the dead, was conceived as being very dark, it is equivalent to the region of thickest darkness i.e. figuratively, a region enveloped in the darkness of ignorance and sin
- 2) metaph., the loss of that life which alone is worthy of the name,
- 2a) the misery of the soul arising from sin, which begins on earth but lasts and increases after the death of the body in hell
- 3) the miserable state of the wicked dead in hell
- 4) in the widest sense, death comprising all the miseries arising from sin, as well physical death as the loss of a life consecrated to God and blessed in him on earth, to be followed by wretchedness in hell
2293 θαρσέω tharseo [thar-seh’-o] from 2294; v; TDNT-3:25,315; [{See TDNT 300 }] AV-be of good cheer 5, be of good comfort 3; 8
- 1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer
2294 θάρσος tharsos [thar’-sos] akin (by transp.) to thrasos (daring); n n; AV-courage 1; 1
- 1) courage, confidence
2296 θαυμάζω thaumazo [thou-mad’-zo] from 2295 thauma admiration; v; TDNT-3:27,316; [{See TDNT 301 }] AV-marvel 29, wonder 14, have in admiration 1, admire 1, marvelled + 2258 1, vr wonder 1; 47
- 1) to wonder, wonder at, marvel
- 2) to be wondered at, to be had in admiration
2304 θεῖος theios thi’-os from 2316; adj; TDNT-3:122,322; {See TDNT 305} AV-divine 2, Godhead 1; 3
- 1) a general name of deities or divinities as used by the Greeks
- 2) spoken of the only and true God, trinity
- 2a) of Christ
- 2b) Holy Spirit
- 2c) the Father
2307 ~θέλημα~ thelema \@thel’-ay-mah\@ from the prolonged form of 2309; TDNT-3:52,318; {See TDNT 303} n n AV-will 62, desire 1, pleasure 1; 64
- 1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done
- 1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ
- 1b) of what God wishes to be done by us
- 1b1) commands, precepts
- 2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure
2315 θεόπνευστος theopneustos [theh-op’-nyoo-stos] from 2316 theos a god or goddess, and a presumed derivative of 4154 pneo to blow; adj; TDNT- 6:453,876; [{See TDNT 643 }] AV-given by inspiration of God 1; 1
- 1) inspired by God
- 1a) the contents of the scriptures
2316 ~θεός~ theos \@theh’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with 3588) the supreme Divinity; TDNT-3:65,322; {See TDNT 305} n m AV-God 1320, god 13, godly 3, God-ward + 4214 2, misc 5; 1343
- 1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities
- 2) the Godhead, trinity
- 2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity
- 2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity
- 2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity
- 3) spoken of the only and true God
- 3a) refers to the things of God
- 3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him
- 4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in any way
- 4a) God’s representative or viceregent
- 4a1) of magistrates and judges
- 4a) God’s representative or viceregent
2319 ~θεοστυγής~ theostuges \@theh-os-too-gace’\@ from 2316 and the base of 4767; ; adj AV-hater of God 1; 1
- 1) hateful to God, exceptionally impious and wicked
2322 ~θεραπεία~ therapeia \@ther-ap-i’-ah\@ from 2323 therapeuo which is commonly translated heal and cure but at least once translated worship; TDNT-3:131,331; {See TDNT 307} n f AV-household 2, healing 2; 4
- 1) service rendered by one to another
- 2) spec. medical service: curing, healing
- 3) household service
- 3a) body of attendants, servants, domestics
2323 ~θεραπεύω~ therapeuo \@ther-ap-yoo’-o\@ from the same as 2324 therapon the noun meaning "an attendant, servant: of God... the duties committed to him(Moses) by God; TDNT-3:128,331; {See TDNT 307} v AV-heal 38, cure 5, worship 1; 44
- 1) to serve, do service
- 2) to heal, cure, restore to health
2324 ~θεράπων~ therapon \@ther-ap’-ohn\@ apparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of the base of 2330 "summer"; TDNT-3:132,331; see the verb 2323 {See TDNT 307} n m AV-servant 1; 1
- 1) an attendant, servant: of God
- 1a) spoken of Moses discharging the duties committed to him by God
- For Synonyms see entry 5834 & 5928
2334 θεωρέω theoreo [theh-o-reh’-o] from a derivative of 2300 (perhaps by add. of 3708); v; TDNT- 5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 40, behold 11, perceive 4, consider 1, look on 1; 57
- 1) to be a spectator, look at, behold
- 1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey
- 1a1) to view mentally, consider
- 1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey
- 2) to see
- 2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one
- 2b) to discern, descry
- 2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing
- For Synonyms see entry 5848
2343 ~θησαυρίζω~ thesaurizo \@thay-sow-rid’-zo\@ from 2344; v AV-lay up 3, in store 1, lay up treasure 1, treasure up 1, heap treasure together 1, keep in store 1; 8
- 1) to gather and lay up, to heap up, store up
- 1a) to accumulate riches
- 1b) to keep in store, store up, reserve
- 2) metaph. so to live from day to day as to increase either the bitterness or the happiness of one’s consequent lot
2344 ~θησαυρός~ thesauros \@thay-sow-ros’\@ from 5087; n m AV-treasure 18; 18
- 1) the place in which good and precious things are collected and laid up
- 1a) a casket, coffer, or other receptacle, in which valuables are kept
- 1b) a treasury
- 1c) storehouse, repository, magazine
- 2) the things laid up in a treasury, collected treasures
2346 θλίβω thlibo [thlee’-bo] akin to the base of 5147 tribos a path worn way,; v; TDNT-3:139,334; [{See TDNT 311 }] AV-trouble 4, afflict 3, narrow 1, throng 1, suffer tribulation 1; 10
- 1) to press (as grapes), press hard upon
- 2) a compressed way
- 2a) narrow straitened, contracted
- 3) metaph. to trouble, afflict, distress
2347 θλῖψις thlipsis [thlip’-sis] from 2346 thlibo to press (as grapes), press hard upon a metaphor; n f; TDNT-3:139,334; [{See TDNT 311 }] AV-tribulation 21, affliction 17, trouble 3, anguish 1, persecution 1, burdened 1, to be afflicted + 1519 1; 45
- 1) a pressing, pressing together, pressure
- 2) metaph. oppression, affliction, tribulation, distress, straits
- For Synonyms see entry 5907
2348 ~θνήσκω~ thnesko \@thnay’-sko\@ a strengthened form of a simpler primary ~θανω~ thano \@than’-o\@ (which is used for it only in certain tenses); TDNT-3:7,312; {See TDNT 299} v AV-be dead 10, die 1, dead man 1, dead 1; 13
- 1) to die, to be dead
- 2) metaph. to be spiritually dead
2352 θραύω thrauo [throw’-o] a root word; v; AV-bruise 1; 1
- 1) to break, break in pieces, shatter, smite through
- For Synonyms see entry
- See Definition for θραύω 2352-"to shatter," is suggestive of many fragments and minute dispersion
- See Definition for κατάγνυμι 2608-"to break," denotes the destruction of a things unity or completeness
- See Definition for ῥήγνυμι 4486-"rend asunder," makes pointed reference to the separation of the parts
2356 ~θρησκεία~ threskeia \@thrace-ki’-ah\@ from a derivative of 2357; n f AV-religion 3, worshipping 1; 4
- 1) religious worship
- 1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies
- 1a1) religious discipline, religion
- 1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies
2357 θρησκός threskos [thrace’-kos] probably from the base of 2360 throeo to cry aloud; adj; TDNT-3:155,337; [{See TDNT 313 }] AV-religious 1; 1
- 1) fearing or worshipping God
- 2) to tremble
- 2a) trembling, fearful
2360 θροέω throeo [thro-eh’-o] from θρεομαι threomai (to wail); v; AV-trouble 3; 3
- 1) to cry aloud, make a noise by outcry
- 1a) in the NT, to trouble, frighten
- 1b) to be troubled in mind, to be frightened, alarmed
2372 ~θυμός~ thumos \@thoo-mos’\@ from 2380; TDNT-3:167,339; {See TDNT 316} n m AV-wrath 15, fierceness 2, indignation 1; 18
- 1) passion, angry, heat, anger forthwith boiling up and soon subsiding again
- 2) glow, ardour, the wine of passion, inflaming wine (which either drives the drinker mad or kills him with its strength)
2378 θυσία thusia [thoo-see’-ah] from 2380; n f; TDNT-3:180,342; [{See TDNT 318 }] AV-sacrifice 29; 29
- 1) a sacrifice, victim
2380 ~θύω~ thuo \@thoo’-o\@ a root word; TDNT-3:180,342; {See TDNT 318} v AV-kill 8, sacrifice 3, do sacrifice 2, slay 1; 14
- 1) to sacrifice, immolate
- 2) to slay, kill
- 2a) of the paschal lamb
- 3) slaughter
2390 ~ἰάομαι~ iaomai \@ee-ah’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of apparently a primary verb; TDNT-3:194,344; {See TDNT 321} v AV-heal 26, make whole 2; 28
- 1) to cure, heal
- 2) to make whole
- 2a) to free from errors and sins, to bring about (one’s) salvation
2398 ~ἴδιος~ idios \@id’-ee-os\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-his own 48, their own 13, privately 8, apart 7, your own 6, his 5, own 5, not tr 1, misc 20; 113
- 1) pertaining to one’s self, one’s own, belonging to one’s self
2399 ~ἰδιώτης~ idiotes \@id-ee-o’-tace\@ from 2398; TDNT-3:215,348; {See TDNT 322} n m AV-unlearned 3, ignorant 1, rude 1; 5
- 1) a private person as opposed to a magistrate, ruler, king
- 2) a common soldier, as opposed to a military officer
- 3) a writer of prose as opposed to a poet
- 4) in the NT, an unlearned, illiterate, man as opposed to the learned and educated: one who is unskilled in any art
2405 ἱερατεία hierateia [hee-er-at-i’-ah] from the verb 2407 and 2409; n f; TDNT-3:251,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-priest’s office 1, office of the priesthood 1; 2
- 1) the priesthood, the office of a priest
2406 ~ἱεράτευμα~ hierateuma \@hee-er-at’-yoo-mah\@ from 2407; TDNT-3:249,349; {See TDNT 325} n n AV-priesthood 2; 2
- 1) the office of a priest
- 2) the order or body of priests
2407 ~ἱερατεύω~ hierateuo \@hee-er-at-yoo’-o\@ prolongation from 2409; TDNT-3:248,349; {See TDNT 325} v AV-execute the priest’s office 1; 1
- 1) to be a priest, discharge the office of a priest, to be busied in sacred duties
2409 ἱερεύς hiereus [hee-er-yooce’] from 2413; n m; TDNT-3:257,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-priest 31, high priest 1; 32
- 1) a priest, one who offers sacrifices and in general in busied with sacred rites
- 1a) referring to priests of Gentiles or the Jews,
- 2) metaph. of Christians, because, purified by the blood of Christ and brought into close intercourse with God, they devote their life to him alone and to Christ
2413 ~ἱερός~ hieros \@hee-er-os’\@ of uncertain affinity; adj AV-holy 2; 2
- 1) sacred, consecrated to the deity, pertaining to God
- 1a) sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine things and therefore to be devoutly revered
2416 ἱεροσυλέω hierosuleo [hee-er-os-ool-eh’-o] from 2417 guilty of sacrilege; v; TDNT-3:255,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-commit sacrilege 1; 1
- 1) to commit sacrilege, to rob a temple
- 1a) in #Romans 2:22, where the meaning is, "thou who abhorrest idols and their contamination, doest yet not hesitate to plunder their shrines"
2424 Ἰησοῦς Iesous [ee-ay-sooce’] of Hebrew origin 03091 יֵשׁוּעַ Jeshua, later form of <03091> יְהוֹשׁוּעַ; n pr m; TDNT-3:284,360; [{See TDNT 326 }] AV-Jesus 972, Jesus (Joshua) 2, Jesus (Justus) 1; 975 Jesus = "Jehovah is salvation"
- 1) Jesus, the Son of God, the Saviour of mankind, God incarnate
- 2) Jesus Barabbas was the captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate to release instead of Christ
- 3) Joshua was the famous captain of the Israelites, Moses’ successor (#Acts 7:45, Hebrews 4:8)
- 4) Jesus, son of Eliezer, one of the ancestors of Christ (#Luke 3:29)
- 5) Jesus, surnamed Justus, a Jewish Christian, an associate with Paul in the preaching of the gospel (# Colossians 4:11)
2454 ~ʼΙουδαϊσμός~ Ioudaismos \@ee-oo-dah-is-mos’\@ from 2450; n m AV-Jews’ religion 2; 2
- 1) the Jewish faith and worship, religion of the Jews, Judaism
2469 Ἰσκαριώτης Iskariotes [is-kar-ee-o’-tace] of Hebrew origin probably אישׁ קריות (if combined) or אישׁ, 0376 אִישׁ and 07149 קִריָא city; n pr m; AV-Iscariot 11; 11
- Iscariot = "men of Kerioth"
- 1) the apostle who betrayed Jesus
2474 ~ʼΙσραήλ~ Israel \@is-rah-ale’\@ of Hebrew origin 03478 ^לארשׁי^; adj AV-Israel 70; 70 In the Hebrew the term Israel meant God prevails but when a person was call Israel it meant "he shall be a prince of God"
- 1) the name given to the patriarch Jacob (and borne by him in addition to his former name)
- 2) the family or descendants of Israel, the nation of Israel
- 3) Christians, the Israel of God (#Ga 6:16), for not all those who draw their bodily descent from Israel are true Israelites, i.e. are those whom God pronounces to be Israelites and has chosen to salvation
2476 ~ἵστημι~ histemi \@his’-tay-mee\@ see 4728 a prolonged form of a primary ~σταω~ stao \@stah’-o\@ (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); TDNT-7:638,1082; {See TDNT 744} v AV-stand 116, set 11, establish 5, stand still 4, stand by 3, misc 17, vr stand 2; 158
- 1) to cause or make to stand, to place, put, set
- 1a) to bid to stand by, [set up]
- 1a1) in the presence of others, in the midst, before judges, before members of the Sanhedrin;
- 1a2) to place
- 1b) to make firm, fix establish
- 1b1) to cause a person or a thing to keep his or its place
- 1b2) to stand, be kept intact (of family, a kingdom), to escape in safety
- 1b3) to establish a thing, cause it to stand
- 1b31) to uphold or sustain the authority or force of anything
- 1c) to set or place in a balance
- 1c1) to weigh: money to one (because in very early times before the introduction of coinage, the metals used to be weighed)
- 1a) to bid to stand by, [set up]
- 2) to stand
- 2a) to stand by or near
- 2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm
- 2a1a) of the foundation of a building
- 2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm
- 2b) to stand
- 2b1) continue safe and sound, stand unharmed, to stand ready or prepared
- 2b2) to be of a steadfast mind
- 2b3) of quality, one who does not hesitate, does not waiver
- 2a) to stand by or near
2479 ἰσχύς ischus [is-khoos’] from a derivative of is (force, cf. eschon, a form of 2192); n f; TDNT- 3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-strength 4, power 2, might 2, ability 1, mightily + 1722 1, mighty 1; 11
- 1) ability, force, strength, might
- For Synonyms see entry 5820
2504 κἀγώ kago [kag-o’] or καί ἐγώ dative κἀμοί kamoi [kam-oy’,] accusative κἀμέ kame [kam-eh’] from 2532 and 1473; conj; AV-and I 34, I also 17, so I 4, I 4, even I 3, me also 3, misc 7; 72
- 1) and I
- 2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I
- 3) even I, this selfsame I
2513 καθαρός katharos [kath-ar-os’] of uncertain affinity; adj; TDNT-3:413,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-pure 17, clean 10, clear 1; 28
- 1) clean, pure
- 1a) physically
- 1a1) purified by fire
- 1a2) in a similitude, like a vine cleansed by pruning and so fitted to bear fruit
- 1b) in a levitical sense
- 1b1) clean, the use of which is not forbidden, imparts no uncleanness
- 1c) ethically
- 1c1) free from corrupt desire, from sin and guilt
- 1c2) free from every admixture of what is false, sincere genuine
- 1c3) blameless, innocent
- 1c4) unstained with the guilt of anything
- 1a) physically
- For Synonyms see entry 5840 & 5896
2519 ~καθηγητής~ kathegetes \@kath-ayg-ay-tace’\@ from a compound of 2596 and 2233; ; n m AV-master 3; 3
- 1) a guide
- 2) a master, teacher
2520 καθήκω katheko [kath-ay’-ko] from 2596 and 2240 heko to seek an intimacy; v; TDNT-3:437,385; [{See TDNT 344 }] AV-fit 1, convenient 1; 2
- 1) to come down
- 2) to come to, reach to
- 2a) it is becoming
- 2b) it is fit
- Kathēkonta are contrasted in Stoic ethics with katorthōma(see Acts 24:2). Kathēkon is a Greek concept, forged by the founder of Stoicism, Zeno of Citium. It may be translated as "appropriate behaviour", "befitting actions", or "convenient action for nature", or also "proper function". The term kathēkon was translated in Latin by Cicero as officium, and by Seneca as convenentia.(see Romans 1:28)
Whatever the sages of Stoicism would do is what a human being should do as a right action (katorthōma), which is obedient to nature which is the primary sense of kathēkon. To Christianize the Stoic katorthoma, which is a duty of everyman, we must fulfill that duty with fervent charity as opposed to legal charity which feeds not the humility of the soul through daily sacrifice and love but degenerates the soul of the masses and their tyrants.
2521 ~κάθημαι~ kathemai \@kath’-ay-mahee\@ from 2596, and hemai (to sit, akin to the base of 1476); v AV-sit 82, sit down 3, sit by 2, be set down 1, dwell 1; 89
- 1) to sit down, seat one’s self
- 2) to sit, be seated, of a place occupied
- 2a) to have a fixed abode, to dwell
2523 ~καθίζω~ kathizo \@kath-id’-zo\@ another (active) form for 2516 sit; v AV-sit 26, sit down 14, set 2, be set 2, be set down 2, continue 1, tarry 1; 48
- 1) to make to sit down
- 1a) to set, appoint, to confer a kingdom on one
- 2) intransitively
- 2a) to sit down
- 2b) to sit
- 2b1) to have fixed one’s abode
- 2b2) to sojourn, to settle, settle down
- καθίσας (kathisas) — 11 Occurrences
- Mark 9:35
- ..."he sat down"" to make ruling.
- Mark 12:41
- Jesus sat over against the treasury[1]
- [[Luke 5]):3
- And he sat down, and taught
- Luke 14:28 ... 31
- sitteth not down first, and counteth... and consulteth
- Luke 16:6
- bill, and sit down quickly, and write
- John 8:2
- him; and he sat down, and taught them.
- Acts 12:21
- in royal apparel, sat upon his throne,
- Acts 25:6
- and the next day sitting on
- [[Acts 25]):17
- on the morrow I sat on
- Ephesians 1:20
- the dead, and set [him] at his own
2525 ~καθίστημι~ kathistemi \@kath-is’-tay-mee\@ from 2596 and 2476; v AV-make 8, make ruler 6, ordain 3, be 2, appoint 1, conduct 1, set 1; 22
- 1) to set, place, put
- 1a) to set one over a thing (in charge of it)
- 1b) to appoint one to administer an office
- 1c) to set down as, constitute, to declare, show to be
- 1d) to constitute, to render, make, cause to be
- 1e) to conduct or bring to a certain place
- 1f) to show or exhibit one’s self
- 1f1) come forward as
- Ordain#An_Appointment_Ex_Officio
2532 καί kai [kahee] apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; conj; AV-and 8173, also 514, even 108, both 43, then 20, so 18, likewise 13, not tr. 350, misc 31, vr and 1; 9251
- 1) and, also, even, indeed, but
2540 ~καιρός~ kairos \@kahee-ros’\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-3:455,389; {See TDNT 348} n m AV-time 64, season 13, opportunity 2, due time 2, always + 1722 + 3956 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 87
- 1) due measure
- 2) a measure of time, a larger or smaller portion of time, hence:
- 2a) a fixed and definite time, the time when things are brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for
- 2b) opportune or seasonable time
- 2c) the right time
- 2d) a limited period of time
- 2e) to what time brings, the state of the times, the things and events of time
2549 κακία kakia kak-ee’-ah from 2556; TDNT-3:482,391; {See TDNT 351} n f AV-malice 6, maliciousness 2, evil 1, wickedness 1, naughtiness 1; 11
- 1) malignity, malice, ill-will, desire to injure
- 2) wickedness, depravity
- 2a) wickedness that is not ashamed to break laws
- 3) evil, trouble
- For Synonyms see entry 5855
2550 ~κακοήθεια~ kakoetheia \@kak-o-ay’-thi-ah\@ from a compound of 2556 and 2239; TDNT-3:485,391; {See TDNT 351} n f AV-malignity 1; 1
- 1) bad character, depravity of heart and life
- 2) malignant subtlety, malicious craftiness
2551 κακολογέω kakologeo [kak-ol-og-eh’-o] from a compound of 2556 evil and 3056 words, thing; v; TDNT-3:468,391; [{ See TDNT 350 }] AV-curse 2, speak evil of 2; 4
- 1) to speak evil of, revile, abuse, one
- 2) to curse
2552 κακοπάθεια kakopatheia [kak-op-ath’-i-ah] from a compound of 2556 and 3806; n f; TDNT-5:936,798; [{ See TDNT 606 }] AV-suffering affliction 1; 1
- 1) the suffering of evil, i.e. trouble, distress, afflicted
2553 ~κακοπαθέω~ kakopatheo \@kak-op-ath-eh’-o\@ from the same as 2552; TDNT-5:936,798; {See TDNT 606} v AV-endure hardness 1, suffer trouble 1, endure affliction 1, be afflicted 1; 4
- 1) to suffer (endure) evils (hardships, troubles)
- 2) to be afflicted
2554 κακοποιέω kakopoieo [kak-op-oy-eh’-o] from 2555 kakopoios meaning "an evil doer, malefactor" from kakos meaning "evil ...destructive"; v; TDNT-3:485,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-do evil 3, evil doing 1; 4
- 1) to do harm
- 2) to do evil, do wrong
2555 κακοποιός kakopoios [kak-op-oy-os’] from 2556 and 4160; adj; TDNT-3:485,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-evildoer 4, malefactor 1; 5
- 1) an evil doer, malefactor
2556 ~κακός~ kakos \@kak-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-3:469,391; {See TDNT 351} adj AV-evil 40, evil things 3, harm 2, that which is evil + 3458 2, wicked 1, ill 1, bad 1, noisome 1; 51
- 1) of a bad nature
- 1a) not such as it ought to be
- 2) of a mode of thinking, feeling, acting
- 2a) base, wrong, wicked
- 3) troublesome, injurious, pernicious, destructive, baneful
- For Synonyms see entry 5908
2557 κακοῦργος kakourgos [kak-oor’-gos] from 2556 and the base of 2041; adj; TDNT-3:484,391; [{ See TDNT 351 }] AV-malefactor 3, evil doer 1; 4
- 1) a malefactor
2558 κακουχέω kakoucheo [kak-oo-kheh’-o] from a presumed compound of 2556 and 2192; v; AV-torment 1, suffer adversity 1; 2
- 1) to treat ill, oppress, plague
2559 κακόω kakoo [kak-o’-o] from 2556; v; TDNT-3:484,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-entreat evil 2, make evil affected 1, vex 1, hurt 1, harm 1; 6
- 1) to oppress, afflict, harm, maltreat
- 2) to embitter, render evil affected
2560 κακῶς kakos [kak-oce’] from 2556; TDNT-4:1091,*; adv; AV-be sick + 2192 7, be diseased + 2192 2, evil 2, grievously 1, sore 1, miserable 1, amiss 1, sick people + 2192 1; 16
- 1) miserable, to be ill
- 2) improperly, wrongly
- 3) to speak ill of, revile, one
2564 καλέω kaleo [kal-eh’-o] akin to the base of 2753 to command; v; TDNT-3:487,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-call 125, bid 16, be so named 1, named + 3686 1, misc 3; 146
- 1) to call
- 1a) to call aloud, utter in a loud voice
- 1b) to invite
- 2) to call i.e. to name, by name
- 2a) to give a name to
- 2a1) to receive the name of, receive as a name
- 2a2) to give some name to one, call his name
- 2a) to give a name to
- 2b) to be called i.e. to bear a name or title (among men)
- 2c) to salute one by name
- For Synonyms see entry 5823
2570 καλός kalos [kal-os’] of uncertain affinity; adj; TDNT-3:536,402; [{See TDNT 353 }] AV-good 83, better 7, honest 5, meet 2, goodly 2, misc 3; 102
- 1) beautiful, handsome, excellent, eminent, choice, surpassing, precious, useful, suitable, commendable, admirable
- 1a) beautiful to look at, shapely, magnificent
- 1b) good, excellent in its nature and characteristics, and therefore well adapted to its ends
- 1b1) genuine, approved
- 1b2) precious
- 1b3) joined to names of men designated by their office, competent, able, such as one ought to be
- 1b4) praiseworthy, noble
- 1c) beautiful by reason of purity of heart and life, and hence praiseworthy
- 1c1) morally good, noble
- 1d) honourable, conferring honour
- 1e) affecting the mind agreeably, comforting and confirming
For Synonyms see entry 5893
2572 καλύπτω kalupto [kal-oop’-to] akin to 2813 klepto to steal and 2928 to conceal coceal; v; TDNT-3:536,405; [{See TDNT 354 }] AV-cover 5, hide 3; 8
- 1) to hide, veil
- 1a) to hinder the knowledge of a thing
2573 καλῶς kalos [kal-oce’] from 2570; adv; AV-well 30, good 2, full well 1, misc. 3; 36
- 1) beautifully, finely, excellently, well
- 1a) rightly, so that there shall be no room for blame, well, truly
- 1b) excellently, nobly, commendably
- 1c) honourably, in honour
- 1c1) in a good place, comfortable
- 1d) to speak well of one, to do good
- 1e) to be well (of those recovering health)
2588 καρδία kardia [kar-dee’-ah] prolonged from a primary kar (Latin, cor, "heart"); n f; TDNT- 3:605,415; [{See TDNT 359 }] AV-heart 159, broken hearted + 4937 1; 160
- 1) the heart
- 1a) that organ in the animal body which is the centre of the circulation of the blood, and hence was regarded as the seat of physical life
- 1b) denotes the centre of all physical and spiritual life
- 1b1) the vigour and sense of physical life
- 1b2) the centre and seat of spiritual life
- 1b2a) the soul or mind, as it is the fountain and seat of the thoughts, passions, desires, appetites, affections, purposes, endeavours
- 1b2b) of the understanding, the faculty and seat of the intelligence
- 1b2c) of the will and character
- 1b2d) of the soul so far as it is affected and stirred in a bad way or good, or of the soul as the seat of the sensibilities, affections, emotions, desires, appetites, passions
- 1c) of the middle or central or inmost part of anything, even though inanimate
2594 ~καρτερέω~ kartereo \@kar-ter-eh’-o\@ from a derivative of a word meaning dominion 2904 (transp.); TDNT-3:617,417; {See TDNT 361} v AV-endure 1; 1
- 1) to be steadfast
2596 ~κατά~ kata \@kat-ah’\@ a primary particle; ; prep AV-according to 107, after 61, against 58, in 36, by 27, daily + 2250 15, as 11, misc 165; 480
- 1) down from, through out
- 2) according to, toward, along
2615 ~καταδουλόω~ katadouloo \@kat-ad-oo-lo’-o\@ from 2596 and 1402 douloo "to make a slave of"; v AV-bring into bondage 2; 2
- 1) to bring into bondage, enslave
- 2) to enslave to one’s self, bring into bondage to one’s self
2621 ~κατάκειμαι~ katakeimai \@kat-ak’-i-mahee\@ from 2596 and 2749; TDNT-3:655,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-lie 6, sit at meat 3, keep 1, sat down + 2258 1; 11
- 1) to have lain down, i.e. to lie prostrate
- 1a) of the sick
- 1b) of those at meals, to recline
2625 ~κατακλίνω~ kataklino \@kat-ak-lee’-no\@ from 2596 and 2827; ; v AV-sit down 1, sit at meat 1, make sit down 1; 3
- 1) in the NT in reference to eating, to make to recline
- 2) to recline (at a table)
2634 κατακυριεύω katakurieuo [kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo’-o] from 2596 according and 2961 "to be lord of, to rule, have dominion"; v; TDNT-3:1098,486; [{See TDNT 418 }] AV-exercise dominion over 1, overcome 1, be lord over 1, exercise lordship over 1; 4
- 1) to bring under one’s power, to subject one’s self, to subdue, master
- 2) to hold in subjection, to be master of, exercise lordship over
2637 ~κατάλαλος~ katalalos \@kat-al’-al-os\@ from 2596 and the base of 2980; TDNT-4:3,495; {See TDNT 423} adj AV-backbiter 1; 1
- 1) a defamer, evil speaker
2647 ~καταλύω~ kataluo \@kat-al-oo’-o\@ from 2596 and 3089; v AV-destroy 9, throw down 3, lodge 1, guest 1, come to nought 1, overthrow 1, dissolve 1; 17
- 1) to dissolve, disunite
- 1a) (what has been joined together), to destroy, demolish
- 1b) metaph. to overthrow i.e. render vain, deprive of success, bring to naught
- 1b1) to subvert, overthrow
- 1b1a) of institutions, forms of government, laws, etc., to deprive of force, annul, abrogate, discard
- 1c) of travellers, to halt on a journey, to put up, lodge (the figurative expression originating in the circumstance that, to put up for the night, the straps and packs of the beasts of burden are unbound and taken off; or, more correctly from the fact that the traveller’s garments, tied up when he is on the journey, are unloosed at it end)
2675 ~καταρτίζω~ katartizo \@kat-ar-tid’-zo\@ from 2596 and a derivative of 739; TDNT-1:475,80; {See TDNT 100} v AV-perfect 2, make perfect 2, mend 2, be perfect 2, fit 1, frame 1, prepare 1, restore 1, perfectly joined together 1; 13
- 1) to render, i.e. to fit, sound, complete
- 1a) to mend (what has been broken or rent), to repair
- 1a1) to complete
- 1b) to fit out, equip, put in order, arrange, adjust
- 1b1) to fit or frame for one’s self, prepare
- 1c) ethically: to strengthen, perfect, complete, make one what he ought to be
- 1a) to mend (what has been broken or rent), to repair
2686 κατασοφίζομαι katasophizomai [kat-as-of-id’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 2596 and 4679; v; AV-deal subtilly with 1; 1
- 1) to circumvent by artifice or fraud, conquer by subtle devices (sophistry)
- 2) to outwit
- 3) overreach
- 4) to deal craftily with
2690 καταστρέφω katastrepho [kat-as-tref’-o] from 2596 and 4762; v; TDNT-7:715,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-overthrow 2; 2
- 1) to turn over, turn under
- 1a) the soil with a plough
- 2) to overturn, overthrow, throw down
2698 ~κατατίθημι~ katatithemi \@kat-at-ith’-ay-mee\@ from 2596 and 5087; ; v AV-lay 1, show 1, do 1; 3
- 1) to lay down, deposit, lay up
- 2) to lay by or up for one’s self, for future use
- 3) to lay up favour for one’s self with any one, to gain favour with (to do something for one which may win favour)
2699 ~κατατομή~ katatome \@kat-at-om-ay’\@ from a compound of 2596 and temno (to cut); n f AV-concision 1; 1
- 1) to cut up, mutilation, spoiling
2729 κατισχύω katischuo [kat-is-khoo’-o] from 2596 and 2480; v; TDNT-3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-prevail against 1, prevail 1; 2
- 1) to be strong to another’s detriment, to prevail against
- 2) to be superior in strength
- 3) to overcome
- 4) to prevail
2735 κατόρθωμα katorthoma [kat-or’-tho-mah] from a compound of 2596 kata and a derivative of 3717 orthos upright [cf 1357]; n n; AV-very worthy deed 1; 1
- 1) a right action, a successful achievement
- 1a) of wholesome public measures or institutions
- Kathēkonta are contrasted in Stoic ethics with katorthōma(see Acts 24:2). Kathēkon is a Greek concept, forged by the founder of Stoicism, Zeno of Citium. It may be translated as "appropriate behaviour", "befitting actions", or "convenient action for nature", or also "proper function". The term kathēkon was translated in Latin by Cicero as officium, and by Seneca as convenentia.(see Romans 1:28)
Whatever the sages of Stoicism would do is what a human being should do as a right action (katorthōma), which is obedient to nature which is the primary sense of kathēkon. To Christianize the Stoic katorthoma, which is a duty of everyman, we must fulfill that duty with fervent charity as opposed to legal charity which feeds not the humility of the soul through daily sacrifice and love but degenerates the soul of the masses and their tyrants.
2744 ~καυχάομαι~ kauchaomai \@kow-khah’-om-ahee\@ from some (obsolete) base akin to that of aucheo (to boast) and 2172; TDNT-3:645,423; {See TDNT 377} v AV-glory 23, boast 8, rejoice 4, make boast 2, joy 1; 38
- 1) to glory (whether with reason or without)
- 2) to glory on account of a thing
- 3) to glory in a thing
- The antitheses of humility.
2745 καύχημα kauchema [kow’-khay-mah] from 2744; n n; TDNT-3:645,423; [{See TDNT 377 }] AV-rejoicing 4, to glory 3, glorying 2, boasting 1, rejoice 1; 11
- 1) that of which one glories or can glory, matter or ground of glorying2) a glorying or boasting
2749 ~κεῖμαι~ keimai \@ki’-mahee\@ middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-lie 9, be laid 6, be set 6, be appointed 1, be 1, be made 1, laid up 1, there 1; 26
- 1) to lie
- 1a) of an infant
- 1b) of one buried
- 1c) of things that quietly cover some spot
- 1c1) of a city situated on a hill
- 1d) of things put or set in any place, in ref. to which we often use "to stand"
- 1d1) of vessels, of a throne, of the site of a city, of grain and other things laid up together, of a foundation
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to be (by God’s intent) set, i.e. destined, appointed
- 2b) of laws, to be made, laid down
- 2c) lies in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil
2751 κείρω keiro [ki’-ro] a primary verb; v; AV-shear 3, shearer 1; 4
- 1) to sheer: a sheep
- 2) to get or let be shorn
- 3) of shearing or cutting short the hair of the head
2753 ~κελεύω~ keleuo \@kel-yoo’-o\@ from a primary kello (to urge on); ; v AV-command 24, at (one’s) command 1, give commandment 1, bid 1; 27
- 1) to command, to order
2756 ~κενός~ kenos \@ken-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-3:659,426; {See TDNT 380} adj AV-vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18
- 1) empty, vain, devoid of truth
- 1a) of places, vessels, etc. which contain nothing
- 1b) of men
- 1b1) empty handed
- 1b2) without a gift
- 1c) metaph. destitute of spiritual wealth, of one who boasts of his faith as a transcendent possession, yet is without the fruits of faith
- 1d) metaph. of endeavours, labours, acts, which result in nothing, vain, fruitless, without effect
- 1d1) vain of no purpose
2760 ~κεντυρίων~ kenturion \@ken-too-ree’-ohn\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-centurion 3; 3
- 1) centurion, an officer in the Roman army
- Mark 15:39 And when the centurion <2760>, which stood over against him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man was the Son of God.
- Mark 15:44 And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion <2760>, he asked him whether he had been any while dead.
- Mark 15:45 And when he knew it of the centurion <2760>, he gave the body to Joseph.
2770 κερδαίνω kerdaino [ker-dah’-ee-no] from 2771 lucre ; v; TDNT-3:672,428; [{See TDNT 383 }] AV-gain 13, win 2, get gain 1, vr gain 1; 17
- 1) to gain, acquire, to get gain
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) of gain arising from shunning or escaping from evil (where we say "to spare one’s self," "be spared")
- 2b) to gain any one i.e. to win him over to the kingdom of God, to gain one to faith in Christ
- 2c) to gain Christ’s favour and fellowship
2771 κέρδος kerdos [ker’-dos] of uncertain affinity; n n; TDNT-3:672,428; [{See TDNT 383 }] AV-gain 2, lucre 1; 3
- 1) gain, advantage
2772 κέρμα kerma [ker’-mah] from 2751 keiro shearing; n n; AV-money 1; 1
- 1) small pieces of money, small coin, change, money
2773 κερματιστής kermatistes [ker-mat-is-tace’] from a derivative of 2772 kerma a small piece of money; n m; AV-changer of money 1; 1
- 1) a money changer, money broker
- In the court of the Gentiles in the temple of Jerusalem were the seats of those who sold such animals for sacrifice as had been selected, examined, and approved, together with incense, oil, and other things needed in making offerings and in worship; and the magnitude of this traffic had introduced the banker’s or broker’s business.
2776 κεφαλή kephale [kef-al-ay’] from the primary kapto (in the sense of seizing); n f; TDNT- 3:673,136,429; [{See TDNT 168 }] [{See TDNT 382 }] AV-head 76; 76
- 1) the head, both of men and often of animals. Since the loss of the head destroys life, this word is used in the phrases relating to capital and extreme punishment.
- 2) metaph. anything supreme, chief, prominent
- 2a) of persons, master lord: of a husband in relation to his wife
- 2b) of Christ: the Lord of the husband and of the Church
- 2c) of things: the corner stone
2778 ~κῆνσος~ kensos \@kane’-sos\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-tribute 4; 4
- 1) census (among the Romans, denoting a register and valuation of property in accordance with which taxes were paid), in the NT the tax or tribute levied on individuals and to be paid yearly. (our capitation or poll tax)
- 2) the coin with which the tax is paid, tribute money
2784 ~κηρύσσω~ kerusso \@kay-roos’-so\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-3:697,430; {See TDNT 385} v AV-preach 51, publish 5, proclaim 2, preached + 2258 2, preacher 1; 61
- 1) to be a herald, to officiate as a herald
- 1a) to proclaim after the manner of a herald
- 1b) always with the suggestion of formality, gravity and an authority which must be listened to and obeyed
- 2) to publish, proclaim openly: something which has been done
- 3) used of the public proclamation of the gospel and matters pertaining to it, made by John the Baptist, by Jesus, by the apostles and other Christian teachers
2805 κλαυθμός klauthmos [klowth-mos’] from 2799 klaio to mourn; n m; TDNT-3:725,436; [{See TDNT 388 }] AV-weeping 6, wailing 2, weep 1; 9
- 1) weeping, lamentation
2807 κλείς kleis [klice] from 2808 kleio v shut metaph. to shut up compassion; n f; TDNT-3:744,439; [{See TDNT 390 }] AV-key 6; 6
- 1) a key
- 1a) since the keeper of the keys has the power to open and to shut
- 1b) metaph. in the NT to denote power and authority of various kinds
2808 κλείω kleio [kli’-o] a primary verb, see 2807; v; AV-shut 12, shut up 4; 16
- 1) to shut, shut up
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to cause the heavens to withhold rain
- 2b) to shut up compassion so that it is like a thing inaccessible to one, to be devoid of pity towards one
- 2c) to obstruct the entrance into the kingdom of heaven
2812 ~κλέπτης~ kleptes \@klep’-tace\@ from 2813 klepto v. to steal; TDNT-3:754,441; {See TDNT 391} n m AV-thief 16; 16
- 1) an embezzler, pilferer
- 1a) the name is transferred to false teachers, who do not care to instruct men, but abuse their confidence for their own gain
- For Synonyms see entry 5856
- See Extortioner
2816 ~κληρονομέω~ kleronomeo \@klay-ron-om-eh’-o\@ from 2818; TDNT-3:767,442; {See TDNT 393} v AV-inherit 15, be heir 2, obtain by inheritance 1; 18
- 1) to receive a lot, receive by lot
- 1a) esp. to receive a part of an inheritance, receive as an inheritance, obtain by right of inheritance
- 1b) to be an heir, to inherit
- 2) to receive the portion assigned to one, receive an allotted portion, receive as one’s own or as a possession
- 3) to become partaker of, to obtain
2819 ~κλῆρος~ kleros \@klay’-ros\@ probably from 2806 (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose); n m AV-lot 8, part 2, inheritance 2, heritage 1; 13
- 1) an object used in casting or drawing lots, which was either a pebble, or a potsherd, or a bit of wood
- 1a) the lots of several persons concerned, inscribed with their names, were thrown together into a vase, which was then shaken, and he whose lot fell out first upon the ground was the one chosen
- 2) what is obtained by lot, allotted portion
- 2a) a portion of the ministry common to the apostles
- 2b) used of the part which one will have in eternal salvation
- 2b1) of salvation itself
- 2b2) the eternal salvation which God has assigned to the saints
- 2c) of persons
- 2c1) those whose care and oversight has been assigned to one [allotted charge], used of Christian churches, the administration of which falls to the lot of presbyters
lot Matthew 27:35, Mark 15:24, Luke 23:34, John 19:24, Acts 1:26, Acts 8:21
part Acts 1:17, Acts 1:25
inheritance
Acts 26:18, Colossians 1:12, 1 Peter 5:3 heritage
2821 κλῆσις klesis [klay’-sis] from a shorter form of 2564; n f; TDNT-3:491,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-calling 10, vocation 1; 11
- 1) a calling, calling to
- 2) a call, invitation
- 2a) to a feast
- 2b) of the divine invitation to embrace salvation of God
2827 ~κλίνω~ klino \@klee’-no\@ a root word; ; v AV-lay 2, bow 1, bow down 1, be far spent 1, turn to fight 1, wear away 1; 7
- 1) transitively
- 1a) to incline, bow
- 1b) to cause to fall back
- 1c) to recline
- 1c1) in a place for repose
- 2) intransitively
- 2a) to incline one’s self
- 2a1) of the declining of the day
- 2a) to incline one’s self
2828 κλισία klisia [klee-see’-ah] from a derivative of 2827 klino to lay or fall; n f; AV-company 1; 1
- 1) a hut erected to pass the night in
- 2) a tent
- 3) anything to recline on
- 3a) a chair in which to lean back the head
- 3b) a reclining chair
- 4) a company reclining
- 4a) a row or party of persons reclining at meal
2835 ~κοδράντης~ kodrantes \@kod-ran’-tace\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-farthing 2; 2
- 1) a quadrans (about the fourth part of an "as"); in the NT a coin equal to one half the Attic chalcus worth about 3/8 of a cent
- Matthew 5:26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing <2835>.
- Mark 12:42 And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing <2835>.
2837 κοιμάω koimao [koy-mah’-o] from 2749 to lie, or set, metaphor "in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil"; v; AV-sleep 10, fall asleep 4, be asleep 2, fall on sleep 1, be dead 1; 18
- 1) to cause to sleep, put to sleep
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to still, calm, quiet
- 2b) to fall asleep, to sleep
- 2c) to die
2839 ~κοινός~ koinos \@koy-nos’\@ probably from 4862; TDNT-3:789,447; {See TDNT 395} adj AV-common 7, unclean 3, defiled 1, unholy 1; 12
- 1) common
- 2) common i.e. ordinary, belonging to generality
- 2a) by the Jews, unhallowed, profane, Levitically unclean
It primarily meant "common, mutual, shared, joint".
2840 κοινόω koinoo [koy-no’-o] from 2839 adj. koinos common; v; TDNT-3:809,447; [{See TDNT 395 }] AV-defile 11, call common 2, pollute 1, unclean 1; 15
- 1) to make common
- 1a) to make (Levitically) unclean, render unhallowed, defile, profane
- 1b) to declare or count unclean
2842 ~κοινωνία~ koinonia \@koy-nohn-ee’-ah\@ from 2844 partaker ; TDNT-3:797,447; {See TDNT 395} n f AV-fellowship 12, communion 4, communication 1, distribution 1, contribution 1, to communicate 1; 20
- 1) fellowship, association, community, communion, joint participation, intercourse
- 1a) the share which one has in anything, participation
- 1b) intercourse, fellowship, intimacy
- 1b1) the right hand as a sign and pledge of fellowship (in fulfilling the apostolic office)
- 1c) a gift jointly contributed, a collection, a contribution, as exhibiting an embodiment and proof of fellowship
2844 ~κοινωνός~ koinonos \@koy-no-nos’\@ from 2839; TDNT-3:797,447; {See TDNT 395} n m AV-partaker 5, partner 3, fellowship 1, companion 1; 10
- 1) a partner, associate, comrade, companion
- 2) a partner, sharer, in anything
- 2a) of the altar in Jerusalem on which the sacrifices are offered
- 2a1) sharing in the worship of the Jews
- 2b) partakers of (or with) demons
- 2b1) brought into fellowship with them, because they are the authors of heathen worship
- 2a) of the altar in Jerusalem on which the sacrifices are offered
2849 κολάζω kolazo [kol-ad’-zo] from kolos (dwarf); v; TDNT-3:814,451; [{See TDNT 397 }] AV-punish 2; 2
- 1) to lop or prune, as trees and wings
- 2) to curb, check, restrain
- 3) to chastise, correct, punishment
- 4) to cause to be punished
2853 ~κολλάω~ kollao \@kol-lah’-o\@ from kolla ("glue"); TDNT-3:822,452; {See TDNT 400} v AV-join (one’s) self 4, cleave 3, be joined 2, keep company 1, vr reach 1; 11
- 1) to glue, to glue together, cement, fasten together
- 2) to join or fasten firmly together
- 3) to join one’s self to, cleave to
2855 κολλυβιστής kollubistes [kol-loo-bis-tace’] from a presumed derivative of kollubos (a small coin-probably akin to 2854); n m; AV-moneychanger 2, charger 1; 3
- 1) a money-changer, banker
2856 κολοβόω koloboo [kol-ob-o’-o] from a derivative of the base of 2849; v; TDNT-3:823,452; [{ See TDNT 401 }] AV-shorten 4; 4
- 1) to mutilate
- 2) in NT: to shorten, abridge, curtail
2865 ~κομίζω~ komizo \@kom-id’-zo\@ from a primary komeo (to tend, i.e. take care of); ; v AV-receive 10, bring 1; 11
- 1) to care for, take care of, provide for
- 2) to take up or carry away in order to care for and preserve
- 3) to carry away, bear off
- 4) to carry, bear, bring to, to carry away for one’s self, to carry off what is one’s own, to bring back
- 4a) to receive, obtain: the promised blessing
- 4b) to receive what was previously one’s own, to get back, receive back, recover
2875 κόπτω kopto [kop’-to] a root word; v; TDNT-3:830,453; [{See TDNT 405 }] AV-bewail 2, lament 2, cut down 2, wail 1, mourn 1; 8
- 1) to cut, strike, smite
- 2) to cut from, cut off
- 3) to beat one’s breast for grief
- For Synonyms see entry 5932
2878 ~κορβᾶν~ korban \@kor-ban’\@ and ~κορβανάς~ korbanas \@kor-ban-as’\@ of Hebrew and Aramaic origin respectively 07133 ^ןברק^; TDNT-3:860,459; {See TDNT 406} n m AV-treasury 1, corban 1; 2
- 1) a gift offered (or to be offered) to God
- 2) the sacred treasury
- Matthew 27:6 And the chief priests took the silver pieces, and said, It is not lawful for to put them into the treasury <2878>, because it is the price of blood.
- Mark 7:11 But ye say, If a man shall say to his father or mother, It is Corban <2878>, that is to say, a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; he shall be free.
2886 ~κοσμικός~ kosmikos \@kos-mee-kos’\@ from 2889 (in its secondary sense); TDNT-3:897,459; {See TDNT 407} adj AV-worldly 2; 2
- 1) of or belonging to the world
- 1a) relating to the universe
- 1b) earthly
- 1c) worldly, i.e. having the character of this present corrupt kosmizo
2888 ~κοσμοκράτωρ~ kosmokrator \@kos-mok-rat’-ore\@ from 2889 and 2902; n m AV-ruler 1; 1
- 1) lord of the world, prince of this age
- 1a) the devil and his demons
2889 ~κόσμος~ kosmos \@kos’-mos\@ probably from the base of 2865; TDNT-3:868,459; {See TDNT 407} n m AV-world 186, adorning 1; 187
- 1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order, government
- 2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars, ‘the heavenly hosts’, as the ornament of the heavens. #1Pe 3:3
- 3) the world, the universe
- 4) the circle of the earth, the earth
- 5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family
- 6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God, and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ
- 7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly
- 7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages, pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause of Christ
- 8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort
- 8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews {#Ro 11:12 etc}
- 8b) of believers only, {#Joh 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 1Co 4:9; 2Co 5:19} {See Pink_Sovereignity Appendix D, John 3:16 21}
- For Synonyms see entry 5921
2904 ~κράτος~ kratos \@krat’-os\@ perhaps a primary word; TDNT-3:905,466; {See TDNT 410} n n AV-power 6, dominion 4, strength 1, mighty + 2596 1; 12
- 1) force, strength
- 2) power, might: mighty with great power
- 2a) a mighty deed, a work of power
- 3) dominion
- For Synonyms see entry 5820
2907 ~κρέας~ kreas \@kreh’-as\@ perhaps a primary word; ; n n AV-flesh 2; 2
- 1) (the) flesh (of a sacrificed animal)
2908 ~κρεῖσσον~ kreisson \@krice’-son\@ neuter of an alternate form of 2909; ; adv AV-better 2; 2
- 1) better, i.e. greater advantage
2909 ~κρείττων~ kreitton \@krite’-tohn\@ comparative of a derivative of 2904; ; adj AV-better 17, best 1; 18
- 1) more useful, more serviceable, more advantageous
- 2) more excellent
2917 ~κρίμα~ krima \@kree’-mah\@ from 2919 krino judge to separate; n n AV-judgment 13, damnation 7, condemnation 5, be condemned 1, go to law + 2192 1, avenge + 2919 1; 28
- 1) a decree, judgments
- 2) judgment
- 2a) condemnation of wrong, the decision (whether severe or mild) which one passes on the faults of others
- 2b) in a forensic sense
- 2b1) the sentence of a judge
- 2b2) the punishment with which one is sentenced
- 2b3) condemnatory sentence, penal judgment, sentence
- 3) a matter to be judicially decided, a lawsuit, a case in court
2919 ~κρίνω~ krino \@kree’-no\@ perhaps a primitive word; TDNT-3:921,469; {See TDNT 412} v AV-judge 88, determine 7, condemn 5, go to law 2, call in question 2, esteem 2, misc 8; 114
- 1) to separate, put asunder, to pick out, select, choose
- 2) to approve, esteem, to prefer
- 3) to be of opinion, deem, think, to be of opinion
- 4) to determine, resolve, decree
- 5) to judge
- 5a) to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong
- 5a1) to be judged, i.e. summoned to trial that one’s case may be examined and judgment passed upon it
- 5b) to pronounce judgment, to subject to censure
- 5b1) of those who act the part of judges or arbiters in matters of common life, or pass judgment on the deeds and words of others
- 5a) to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong
- 6) to rule, govern
- 6a) to preside over with the power of giving judicial decisions, because it was the prerogative of kings and rulers to passjudgment
- 7) to contend together, of warriors and combatants
- 7a) to dispute
- 7b) in a forensic sense
- 7b1) to go to law, have suit at law
2920 κρίσις krisis [kree’-sis] perhaps a primitive word; n f; TDNT-3:941,469; [{See TDNT 412 }] AV-judgment 41, damnation 3, accusation 2, condemnation 2; 48
- 1) a separating, sundering, separation
- 1a) a trial, contest
- 2) selection
- 3) judgment
- 3a) opinion or decision given concerning anything
- 3a1) esp. concerning justice and injustice, right or wrong
- 3b) sentence of condemnation, damnatory judgment, condemnation and punishment
- 3a) opinion or decision given concerning anything
- 4) the college of judges (a tribunal of seven men in the several cities of Palestine; as distinguished from the Sanhedrin, which had its seat at Jerusalem)
- 5) right, justice
2922 ~κριτήριον~ kriterion \@kree-tay’-ree-on\@ from a presumed derivative of 2923; TDNT-3:943,469; {See TDNT 412} n n AV-to judge 1, judgment 1, judgment seat 1; 3
- 1) the instrument or means of trying or judging anything
- 1a) the rule by which one judges
- 2) the place where judgment is given
- 2a) the tribunal of a judge
- 2b) a bench of judges
- 3) the matter judged, thing to be decided, suit, case
- 1 Corinthians 6:2 Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge <2922> the smallest matters?
- 1 Corinthians 6:4 If then ye have judgments <2922> of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.
- James 2:6 But ye have despised the poor. Do not rich men oppress you, and draw you before the judgment seats <2922>?
2923 ~κριτής~ krites \@kree-tace’\@ from 2919; TDNT-3:942,469; {See TDNT 412} n m AV-judge 15, Judge 2; 17
- 1) one who passes or arrogates to himself, judgment on anything
- 1a) an arbiter
- 1b) of a Roman procurator administering justice
- 1c) of God passing judgment on men
- 1d) of the leaders or rulers of the Israelites
2927 κρυπτός kruptos [kroop-tos’] or κρυφαίος kruphaios [kroof-ay’-os] from 2928 krupto to conceal (that it may not become known); adj; TDNT-3:957,476; [{See TDNT 414 }] AV-secret 12, hid 3, hidden 3, inwardly 1; 19
- 1) hidden, concealed, secret
2932 ~κτάομαι~ ktaomai \@ktah’-om-ahee\@ a primary verb; ; v AV-possess 3, purchase 2, provide 1, obtain 1; 7 1) to acquire, get, or procure a thing for one’s self, to possess 1a) to marry a wife
2933 ~κτῆμα~ ktema \@ktay’-mah\@ from 2932; ; n n AV-possession 4; 4
- 1) a possession
- 1a) of property, lands, estates
- Matthew 19:22 But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions <2933>.
- Mark 10:22 And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions <2933>.
- Acts 2:45 And sold their possessions <2933> and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need.
- Acts 5:1 But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession <2933>,
2936 ~κτίζω~ ktizo \@ktid’-zo\@ probably akin to 2932 (through the idea of proprietor-ship of the manufacturer); v AV-create 12, Creator 1, make 1; 14
- 1) to make habitable, to people, a place, region, island
- 1a) to found a city, colony, state
- 2) to create
- 2a) of God creating the worlds
- 2b) to form, shape, i.e. to completely change or transform
2937 ~κτίσις~ ktisis \@ktis’-is\@ from 2936 to fabricate or make; n f AV-creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19
- 1) the act of founding, establishing, building etc
- 1a) the act of creating, creation
- 1b) creation i.e. thing created
- 1b1) of individual things, beings, a creature, a creation
- 1b1a) anything created
- 1b1b) after a rabbinical usage (by which a man converted from idolatry to Judaism was called)
- 1b1c) the sum or aggregate of things created
- 1c) institution, ordinance</Ref> which is also translated creature 11 times
2938 ~κτίσμα~ ktisma \@ktis’-mah\@ from 2936; n n AV-creature 4; 4
- 1) thing founded
- 2) created thing
2941 ~κυβέρνησις~ kubernesis \@koo-ber’-nay-sis\@ from kubernao (of Latin origin, to steer); TDNT-3:1035,486; {See TDNT 416} n f AV-government 1; 1 see also 2942
- 1) a governing, government
- 1 Corinthians 12:28 And God hath set some in the church, first apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diversities of tongues.
2942 ~κυβερνήτης~ kubernetes \@koo-ber-nay’-tace\@ from the same as 2941; ; n m AV-master 1, shipmaster 1; 2
- 1) steersman, helmsman, sailing master
2961 ~κυριεύω~ kurieuo \@ko-ree-yoo’-o\@ from 2962; TDNT-3:1097,486; {See TDNT 418} v AV-have dominion over 4, exercise lordship over 1, be Lord of 1, lords 1; 7
- 1) to be lord of, to rule, have dominion over
- 2) of things and forces
- 2a) to exercise influence upon, to have power over
2962 ~κύριος~ kurios \@koo’-ree-os\@ from kuros (supremacy); TDNT-3:1039,486; {See TDNT 418} n m AV-Lord 667, lord 54, master 11, sir 6, Sir 6, misc 4; 748
- 1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has power of deciding; master, lord
- 1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing
- 1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master
- 1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor
- 1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence, with which servants greet their master
- 1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah
- 1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing
- For Synonyms see entry 5830
2963 ~κυριότης~ kuriotes \@koo-ree-ot’-ace\@ from 2962; TDNT-3:1096,486; {See TDNT 418} n f AV-dominion 3, government 1; 4
- 1) dominion, power, lordship
- 2) in the NT: one who possesses dominion
- See Ephesians 1:21, Colossians 1:16, 2 Peter 2:10, Jude 1:8
2964 ~κυρόω~ kuroo \@koo-ro’-o\@ from the same as 2962; v AV-confirm 2; 2 1) to make valid 2) to confirm publicly or solemnly, to ratify
2965 ~κύων~ kuon \@koo’-ohn\@ a root word related to 420; n m AV-dog 5; 5
- 1) a dog
- 2) metaph. a man of impure mind, an impudent man. ... scavenging canine; (figuratively) a spiritual predator who feeds off others. [A loose dog was disdained in ancient times – viewed as a "mooch pooch" that ran about as a scavenger.]
- Matthew 7:6 dogs ...swine,; Luke 16:21 licked his sores; Philippians 3:2 Beware of dogs; 2 Peter 2:22 vomit/the mire; Revelation 22:15 without are dogs.
2970 ~κῶμος~ komos \@ko’-mos\@ from 2749; ; n m AV-revelling 2, rioting 1; 3
- 1) a revel, carousal
- 1a) a nocturnal and riotous procession of half drunken and frolicsome fellows who after supper parade through the streets with torches and music in honour of Bacchus or some other deity, and sing and play before houses of male and female friends; hence used generally of feasts and drinking parties that are protracted till late at night and indulge in revelry
- For Synonyms see entry 5937
2976 Λάζαρος Lazaros [lad’-zar-os] probably of Hebrew origin 0499 אֶלעָזָר; n pr m; AV-Lazarus 11, Lazarus (the poor man) 4; 15
- Lazarus = "whom God helps" (a form of the Hebrew name Eleazar)
- 1) an inhabitant of Bethany, beloved by Christ and raised from the dead by him
- 2) a very poor and wretched person to whom Jesus referred to in #Luke 16:20-25
2990 ~λανθάνω~ lanthano \@lan-than’-o\@ a prolonged form of a primitive verb, which is used only as an alt. in certain tenses; ; v AV-be hid 3, be ignorant of 2, unawares 1; 6
- 1) to be hidden, to be hidden from one, secretly, unawares, without knowing
2992 ~λαός~ laos \@lah-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-4:29,499; {See TDNT 426} n m AV-people 143; 143
- 1) a people, people group, tribe, nation, all those who are of the same stock and language
- 2) of a great part of the population gathered together anywhere
- For Synonyms see entry 5832 & 5927
2999 ~λατρεία~ latreia \@lat-ri’-ah\@ from 3000 to service or worship; n f AV-service 4, divine service 1; 5
- 1) service rendered for hire
- 1a) any service or ministration: the service of God
- 2) the service and worship of God according to the requirements of the Levitical law
- 3) to perform sacred services
- John 16:2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service <2999>.
- Romans 9:4 Who are Israelites; to whom [pertaineth] the adoption, and the glory, and the covenants, and the giving of the law, and the service <2999> [of God], and the promises;
- Romans 12:1 I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, [which is] your reasonable service <2999>.
- Hebrews 9:1 Then verily the first [covenant] had also ordinances of divine service <2999>, and a worldly sanctuary.
- Hebrews 9:6 Now when these things were thus ordained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, accomplishing the service <2999> [of God].
3000 ~λατρεύω~ latreuo \@lat-ryoo’-o\@ from latris (a hired menial); TDNT-4:58,503; {See TDNT 428} v AV-serve 16, worship 3, do the service 1, worshipper 1; 21
- 1) to serve for hire
- 2) to serve, minister to, either to the gods or men and used alike of slaves and freemen
- 2a) in the NT, to render religious service or homage, to worship
- 2b) to perform sacred services, to offer gifts, to worship God in the observance of the rites instituted for his worship
- 2b1) of priests, to officiate, to discharge the sacred office
- Matthew 4:10 Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship<4352 proskuneo> the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve <3000 latreuo>.
- Luke 1:74 That he would grant unto us, that we being delivered out of the hand of our enemies might serve <3000> him without fear,
- Luke 2:37 And she [was] a widow of about fourscore and four years, which departed not from the temple, but served <3000> [God] with fastings and prayers night and day.
- Luke 4:8 And Jesus answered and said unto him, Get thee behind me, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve <3000>.
- Acts 7:7 And the nation to whom they shall be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth, and serve <3000> me in this place.
- Acts 7:42 Then God turned, and gave them up to worship <3000> the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, O ye house of Israel, have ye offered to me slain beasts and sacrifices [by the space of] forty years in the wilderness?
- Acts 24:14 But this I confess unto thee, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I <3000> the God of my fathers, believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:
- Acts 26:7 Unto which [promise] our twelve tribes, instantly serving <3000> [God] day and night, hope to come. For which hope’s sake, king Agrippa, I am accused of the Jews.
- Acts 27:23 For there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve <3000>,
- Romans 1:9 For God is my witness, whom I serve <3000> with my spirit in the gospel of his Son, that without ceasing I make mention of you always in my prayers;
3004 ~λέγω~ lego \@leg’-o\@ a root word; TDNT-4:69,505; {See TDNT 431} v AV-say 1184, speak 61, call 48, tell 33, misc 17; 1343
- 1) to say, to speak
- 1a) affirm over, maintain
- 1b) to teach
- 1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct
- 1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say
- 1e) to call by name, to call, name
- 1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
3007 ~λείπω~ leipo \@li’-po\@ a root word; ; v AV-lack 2, be wanting 2, want + 1722 1, be destitute 1; 6
- 1) to leave, leave behind, forsake, to be left behind
- 1a) to lag, be inferior
- 1b) to be destitute of, to lack
- 2) to be wanting, to fail
3008 ~λειτουργέω~ leitourgeo \@li-toorg-eh’-o\@ from 3011; TDNT-4:215,526; {See TDNT 434} v AV-minister 3; 3 [see also liturgy, 3008, 3009, 3010, & 3011.]
- 1) to serve the state at one’s own cost
- 1a) to assume an office which must be administered at one’s own expense
- 1b) to discharge a public office at one’s own cost
- 1c) to render public service to the state
- 2) to do a service, perform a work
- 2a) of priests and Levites who were busied with the sacred rites in the tabernacle or the temple
- 2b) of Christians serving Christ, whether by prayer, or by instructing others concerning the way of salvation, or in some other way
- 2c) of those who aid others with their resources, and relieve their poverty
3009 ~λειτουργία~ leitourgia \@li-toorg-ee’-ah\@ from 3008 [leitourgeo minister 1) to serve the state at one’s own cost 1a) to assume an office which must be administered at one’s own expense ]; n f AV-service 3, ministry 2, ministration 1; 6 [see also liturgy 3011, 3009, 3010.]
- 1) a public office which a citizen undertakes to administer at his own expense
- 2) any service 2a) of military service 2b) of the service of workmen
2c) of that done to nature in the cohabitation of man and wife
- 3) biblical usage 3a) a service or ministry of the priests relative to the prayers and sacrifices offered to God 3b) a gift or benefaction for the relief of the needy
3010 ~λειτουργικός~ leitourgikos \@li-toorg-ik-os’\@ from the same as 3008; TDNT-4:231,526; {See TDNT 434} adj AV-ministering 1; 1 [see also liturgy, 3008, 3009, 3010, & 3011.]
- 1) relating to the performance of service, employed in ministering
3011 ~λειτουργός~ leitourgos \@li-toorg-os’\@ from a derivative of 2992 Laos/people and 2041 ergon work, deed, laborer; TDNT-4:229,526; {See TDNT 434} n m AV-minister 4, he that ministers 1; 5 [see also liturgy, 3008, 3009, 3010, & 3011.]
- 1) a public minister, a servant of the state
- 2) a minister, servant
- 2a) so of military labourers
- 2b) of the temple
- 2b1) of one busied with holy things
- 2b2) of a priest
- 2c) of the servants of a king
- Romans 13:6, Romans 15:16, Philippians 2:25, Hebrews 1:7, Hebrews 8:2.
3014 λέπρα lepra [lep’-rah] from the same as 3013 λεπίς lepis scale; n f; TDNT-4:233,529; [{See TDNT 436 }] AV-leprosy 4; 4
- 1) leprosy
- 2) a most offensive, annoying, dangerous, cutaneous disease, the virus of which generally pervades the whole body, common in Egypt and the East
3015 λεπρός lepros [lep-ros’] from the same as 3014 λέπρα lepra leprosy; adj; TDNT-4:233,529; [{See TDNT 436 }] AV-leper 9; 9
- 1) scaly, rough
- 2) leprous, affected with leprosy
3027 λῃστής lestes [lace-tace’] from leizomai (to plunder); n m; TDNT-4:257,532; [{See TDNT 442 }] AV-thief 11, robber 4; 15
- 1) a robber, plunderer, freebooter, brigand
- For Synonyms see entry 5856 one who steals by stealth and deception. To lurk privily as we see in Proverbs 1:11
- lēstēs is translated as "an insurrectionist". "is a thief who also plunders and pillages – an unscrupulous marauder (malefactor), exploiting the vulnerable without hesitating to use violence." The Discovery Bible
3037 λίθος lithos [lee’-thos] apparently a primary word; n m; TDNT-4:268,534; [{See TDNT 446 }] AV-stone 49, one stone 4, another 4, stumbling stone + 4348 2, mill stone + 3457 1; 60
- 1) a stone
- 1a) of small stones
- 1b) of building stones
- 1c) metaph. of Christ
3042 ~λιμός~ limos \@lee-mos’\@ probably from 3007 (through the idea of destitution); n m AV-famine 7, hunger 3, dearth 2; 12 1) scarcity of harvest, famine.
3046 ~λίτρα~ litra \@lee’-trah\@ of Latin origin [libra]; ; n f AV-pound 2; 2
- 1) a pound, a weight of 12 ounces (340 gm)
3048 ~λογία~ logia \@log-ee’-ah\@ or ~λογεία~ logeia \@log-i’-ah\@ from 3056 (in the commercial sense); n f AV-collection 1 in 1 Corinthians 16:1, gatherings 1 in 1 Corinthians 16:2; 2 1) a collection 1a) of money gathered for the relief of the poor
3049 ~λογίζομαι~ logizomai \@log-id’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 3056; TDNT-4:284,536; {See TDNT 449} v AV-think 9, impute 8, reckon 6, count 5, account 4, suppose 2, reason 1, number 1, misc 5; 41
- 1) to reckon, count, compute, calculate, count over
- 1a) to take into account, to make an account of
- 1a1) metaph. to pass to one’s account, to impute
- 1a2) a thing is reckoned as or to be something, i.e. as availing for or equivalent to something, as having the like force and weight
- 1b) to number among, reckon with
- 1c) to reckon or account
- 1a) to take into account, to make an account of
- 2) to reckon inward, count up or weigh the reasons, to deliberate
- 3) by reckoning up all the reasons, to gather or infer
- 3a) to consider, take into account, weigh, meditate on
- 3b) to suppose, deem, judge
- 3c) to determine, purpose, decide
- This word deals with reality. If I "logizomai" or reckon that my bank book has $25 in it, it has $25 in it. Otherwise I am deceiving myself. This word refers to facts not suppositions.
3053 ~λογισμός~ logismos \@log-is-mos’\@ from 3049; TDNT-4:284,536; {See TDNT 449} n m AV-thought 1, imagination 1; 2
- 1) a reckoning, computation
- 2) a reasoning: such as is hostile to the Christian faith
- 3) a judgment, decision: such as conscience passes
3056 ~λόγος~ logos \@log’-os\@ from 3004; n m AV-word 218, saying 50, account 8, speech 8, Word (Christ) 7, thing 5, not tr 2, misc 32; 330
- 1) of speech
- 1a) a word, uttered by a living voice, embodies a conception or idea
- 2) its use as respect to the MIND alone
- 3) In John, denotes the essential Word of God, Jesus Christ, the personal wisdom and power in union with God, his minister in creation and government of the universe, the cause of all the world’s life both physical and ethical, which for the procurement of man’s salvation put on human nature in the person of Jesus the Messiah, the second person in the Godhead, and shone forth conspicuously from His words and deeds.
- 4487 ρημα rhema can mean word or saying.
3060 ~λοίδορος~ loidoros \@loy’-dor-os\@ from loidos (mischief); TDNT-4:293,538; {See TDNT 450} n m AV-railer 1, reviler 1; 2
- 1) a railer, reviler
3076 λυπέω lupeo [loo-peh’-o] from 3077 lupe sorrow, n; v; TDNT-4:313,540; [{See TDNT 454 }] AV-be sorrowful 6, grieve 6, make sorry 6, be sorry 3, sorrow 3, cause grief 1, be in heaviness 1; 26
- 1) to make sorrowful
- 2) to affect with sadness, cause grief, to throw into sorrow
- 3) to grieve, offend
- 4) to make one uneasy, cause him a scruple
- For Synonyms see entry 5932
3085 λύτρωσις lutrosis [loo’-tro-sis] from 3084; n f; TDNT-4:351,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-redemption 2, redeem + 4160 1; 3
- 1) a ransoming, redemption
- 2) deliverance, esp. from the penalty of sin
3089 λύω luo [loo’-o] a root word; v; TDNT-2:60 & 4:328,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy 2, dissolve 2, put off 1, melt 1, break up 1, break down 1; 43
- 1) to loose any person (or thing) tied or fastened
- 1a) bandages of the feet, the shoes,
- 1b) of a husband and wife joined together by the bond of matrimony
- 1c) of a single man, whether he has already had a wife or has not yet married
- 2) to loose one bound, i.e. to unbind, release from bonds, set free
- 2a) of one bound up (swathed in bandages)
- 2b) bound with chains (a prisoner), discharge from prison, let go
- 3) to loosen, undo, dissolve, anything bound, tied, or compacted together
- 3a) an assembly, i.e. to dismiss, break up
- 3b) laws, as having a binding force, are likened to bonds
- 3c) to annul, subvert
- 3d) to do away with, to deprive of authority, whether by precept or act
- 3e) to declare unlawful
- 3f) to loose what is compacted or built together, to break up, demolish, destroy
- 3g) to dissolve something coherent into parts, to destroy
- 3h) metaph., to overthrow, to do away with
3093 Μαγδαλά Magdala [mag-dal-ah’] or Μαγαδάν of Aramaic origin, cf. 04026 מִגְדָּל tower; n pr loc; AV-Magdala 1; 1 Magdala = "a tower"
- 1) a place on the western shore of the Lake of Galilee, about 3 miles (5 km.) south of Tiberias
3097 ~μάγος~ magos \@mag’-os\@ of foreign origin [[גמ־בר^, [[07248^; TDNT-4:356,547; {See TDNT 457} n m AV-wise man 4, sorcerer 2; 6
- 1) a magus
- 1a) the name given by the Babylonians (Chaldeans), Medes, Persians, and others, to the wise men, teachers, priests, physicians, astrologers, seers, interpreters of dreams, augers, soothsayers, sorcerers etc.
- 1b) the oriental wise men (astrologers) who, having discovered by the rising of a remarkable star that the Messiah had just been born, came to Jerusalem to worship him
- 1c) a false prophet and sorcerer
3101 ~μαθητής~ mathetes \@math-ay-tes’\@ from 3129; TDNT-4:415,552; {See TDNT 464} n m AV-disciple 268, vr disciple 1; 269
- 1) a learner, pupil, disciple
3106 μακαρίζω makarizo [mak-ar-id’-zo] from the adj. 3107; v; TDNT-4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-call blessed 1, count happy 1; 2
- 1) to pronounce blessed
- As the verb makaeizo means to "count as happy" or as a noun makarismos is used meaning "regarding as happy, blessed, or enviable" while others see it as a "happy calling, the act of pronouncing happy" or "blessing regarding as happy..." See 3107.
- Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean means "blessed", adj. 2127, or v. 2128, n. 2129.
3107 μακάριος makarios [mak-ar’-ee-os] a prolonged form of the poetical makar (meaning the same); adj; TDNT- 4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-blessed 44, happy 5, happier 1; 50
- 1) blessed, happy
- The ancient Greek adjective for "blessed" or "happy" is makarios, "which was originally used to describe those who lived in another world." They had "had achieved a state of happiness and contentment in life that was beyond all cares, labors, and even death." The verb makaeizo means "count as happy" or as a noun makarismos has a definition of "a declaration of blessedness" in its "Usage: regarding as happy, blessed, or enviable" while others see it as a "happy calling, the act of pronouncing happy" or "regarding as happy blessed or enviable".
- * Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean "blessed", adj. 2127 eulogeo or v. 2128 eulogetos, n. 2129 eulogia = to praise...to consecrate,.
3108 μακαρισμός makarismos [mak-ar-is-mos’] from 3106 a verb makaeizo means "count as happy"; n m; TDNT-4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-blessedness 3; 3
- 1) declaration of blessedness
- 2) to utter a declaration of blessedness upon one
- 3) to pronounce one blessed
- Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean means "blessed", adj. 2127, or v. 2128, n. 2129.
3114 ~μακροθυμέω~ makrothumeo \@mak-roth-oo-meh’-o\@ from the same as 3116; TDNT-4:374,550; {See TDNT 462} v AV-be patient 3, have patience 2, have long patience 1, bear long 1, suffer long 1, be longsuffering 1, patiently endure 1; 10
- 1) to be of a long spirit, not to lose heart
- 1a) to persevere patiently and bravely in enduring misfortunes and troubles
- 1b) to be patient in bearing the offenses and injuries of others
- 1b1) to be mild and slow in avenging
- 1b2) to be longsuffering, slow to anger, slow to punish
3115 ~μακροθυμία~ makrothumia \@mak-roth-oo-mee’-ah\@ from the same as 3116; TDNT-4:374,550; {See TDNT 462} n f AV-longsuffering 12, patience 2; 14
- 1) patience, endurance, constancy, steadfastness, perseverance
- 2) patience, forbearance, longsuffering, slowness in avenging wrongs
- For Synonyms see entry 5861
3119 μαλακία malakia [mal-ak-ee’-ah] from 3120 malakos soft, metaph. in a bad sense effeminate... homosexual; n f; TDNT-4:1091,655; [{See TDNT 527 }] AV-disease 3; 3
- 1) softness
- 2) in the NT infirmity, debility, bodily weakness, sickness
3120 ~μαλακός~ malakos \@mal-ak-os’\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-soft 3, effeminate 1; 4
- 1) soft, soft to the touch
- 2) metaph. in a bad sense
- 2a) effeminate
- 2a1) of a catamite
- 2a2) of a boy kept for homosexual relations with a man
- 2a3) of a male who submits his body to unnatural lewdness
- 2a4) of a male prostitute
- 2a) effeminate
3129 ~μανθάνω~ manthano \@man-than’-o\@ prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, matheo, is used as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT-4:390,552; {See TDNT 464} v AV-learn 24, understand 1; 25
- 1) to learn, be appraised
- 1a) to increase one’s knowledge, to be increased in knowledge
- 1b) to hear, be informed
- 1c) to learn by use and practice
- 1c1) to be in the habit of, accustomed to
see also 521 apaideutos, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios, [4]
3134 ~μαρὰν ἀθά~ maran atha \@mar’-an ath’-ah\@ of Aramaic origin (meaning our Lord has come) ^אתא ןרמ^; TDNT-4:466,563; {See TDNT 466} interj AV-Maranatha 1; 1
- 1) our Lord cometh or will come
3136 Μάρθα Martha [mar’-thah] probably of Chaldean origin (meaning mistress) מָרְתָא; n pr f; AV-Martha 13; 13
- Martha = "she was rebellious"
- 1) was the sister of Lazarus and Mary of Bethany
3137 Μαρία Maria [mar-ee’-ah] or Μαριάμ Mariam [mar-ee-am’] of Hebrew origin 04813 מִרְיָם; n pr f; AV-Mary the mother of Jesus 19, Mary Magdalene 13, Mary the sister of Martha 11, Mary the mother of James 9, Mary the mother of John Mark 1, Mary of Rome 1; 54
- Mary or Miriam = "their rebellion"
- 1) Mary the mother of Jesus
- 2) Mary Magdalene, a women from Magdala
- 3) Mary, the sister of Lazarus and Martha
- 4) Mary of Cleophas the mother of James the less
- 5) Mary the mother of John Mark, a sister of Barnabas
- 6) Mary, a Roman Christian who is greeted by Paul in #Ro 16:6
3140 ~μαρτυρέω~ martureo \@mar-too-reh’-o\@ from 3144; v AV-bear witness 25, testify 19, bear record 13, witness 5, be a witness 2, give testimony 2, have a good report 2, misc 11; 79
- 1) to be a witness, to bear witness, i.e. to affirm that one has seen or heard or experienced something, or that he knows it because taught by divine revelation or inspiration
- 1a) to give (not to keep back) testimony
- 1b) to utter honourable testimony, give a good report
- 1c) conjure, implore
3141 ~μαρτυρία~ marturia \@mar-too-ree’-ah\@ from 3144; n f AV-witness 15, testimony 14, record 7, report 1; 37
- 1) a testifying
- 1a) the office committed to the prophets of testifying concerning future events
- 2) what one testifies, testimony, i.e. before a judge
3144 ~μάρτυς~ martus \@mar’-toos\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34
- 1) a witness
- 1a) in a legal sense
- 1b) in a historical sense
- 1b1) one who is a spectator of anything, e.g. of a contest
- 1c) in an ethical sense
- 1c1) those who after his example have proved the strength and genuineness of their faith in Christ by undergoing a violent death
3150 ματαιολογία mataiologia [mat-ah-yol-og-ee’-ah] from 3151 an idle talker; 3152 μάταιος mataiosn useless; 3155 in vain, fruitless; TDNT-4:524,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-vain jangling 1; 1
- 1) vain talking, empty talk
3152 μάταιος mataios [mat’-ah-yos] from the base of 3155 maten in vain, fruitlessly; adj; TDNT-4:519,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-vain 5, vanities 1; 6
- 1) devoid of force, truth, success, result
- 2) useless, of no purpose
3164 ~μάχομαι~ machomai \@makh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT-4:527,573; {See TDNT 473} v AV-strive 3, fight 1; 4
- 1) to fight
- 1a) of armed combatants, or those who engage in a hand to hand struggle
- 1b) of those who engage in a war of words, to quarrel, wrangle, dispute
- 1c) of those who contend at law for property and privileges
3173 μέγας megas [meg’-as] [including the prolonged forms, feminine megale, plural megaloi, etc., cf also 3176, 3187]; adj; TDNT-4:529,573; [{See TDNT 474 }] AV-great 150, loud 33, misc 12; 195
- 1) great
- 1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or of persons)
- 1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects
- 1a1a) mass and weight: great
- 1a1b) compass and extent: large, spacious
- 1a1c) measure and height: long
- 1a1d) stature and age: great, old
- 1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects
- 1b) of number and quantity: numerous, large, abundant
- 1c) of age: the elder
- 1d) used of intensity and its degrees: with great effort, of the affections and emotions of the mind, of natural events powerfully affecting the senses: violent, mighty, strong
- 1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or of persons)
- 2) predicated of rank, as belonging to
- 2a) persons, eminent for ability, virtue, authority, power
- 2b) things esteemed highly for their importance: of great moment, of great weight, importance
- 2c) a thing to be highly esteemed for its excellence: excellent
- 3) splendid, prepared on a grand scale, stately
- 4) great things
- 4a) of God’s preeminent blessings
- 4b) of things which overstep the province of a created being, proud (presumptuous) things, full of arrogance, derogatory to the majesty of God
3178 ~μέθη~ methe \@meth’-ay\@ apparently a root word; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} n f AV-drunkenness 3; 3
- 1) intoxication
- 2) drunkenness
- For Synonyms see entry 5937
3183 ~μέθυσος~ methusos \@meth’-oo-sos\@ from 3184; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} n m AV-drunkard 2; 2
- 1) drunken, intoxicated
3184 ~μεθύω~ methuo \@meth-oo’-o\@ from another form of 3178; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} v AV-be drunken 5, have well drunk 1, be made drunk 1; 7
- 1) to be drunken
- 2) metaph. of one who has shed blood or murdered profusely
3187 μείζων meizon [mide’-zone] irregular comparative of 3173 megas -great also 3176 megistos greatest, AV; adj comparative; AV-greater 34, greatest 9, elder 1, more 1; 45
- 1) greater, larger, elder, stronger
3191 ~μελετάω~ meletao \@mel-et-ah’-o\@ from a presumed derivative of 3199; ; v AV-premeditate 1, imagine 1, meditate 1; 3
- 1) to care for, attend to carefully, practise
- 2) to meditate i.e. to devise, contrive
- 2a) used of the Greeks of the meditative pondering and the practice of orators and rhetoricians
3306 ~μένω~ meno \@men’-o\@ a root word; v AV-abide 61, remain 16, dwell 15, continue 11, tarry 9, endure 3, misc 5; 120
- 1) to remain, abide
- 1a) in reference to place
- 1a1) to sojourn, tarry
- 1a2) not to depart
- 1a2a) to continue to be present
- 1a2b) to be held, kept, continually
- 1b) in reference to time
- 1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure
- 1b1a) of persons, to survive, live
- 1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure
- 1c) in reference to state or condition
- 1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different
- 1a) in reference to place
- 2) to wait for, await one
3307 μερίζω merizo [mer-id’-zo] from 3313 meros part, portion; v; AV-divide 9, distribute 2, deal 1, be difference between 1, give part 1; 14
- 1) to divide
- 1a) to separate into parts, cut into pieces
- 1a1) to divide into parties, i.e. be split into factions
- 1b) to distribute
- 1b1) a thing among people
- 1b2) bestow, impart
- 1a) to separate into parts, cut into pieces
- See 3309
3308 μέριμνα merimna [mer’-im-nah] from 3307 (through the idea of distraction); n f; TDNT-4:589,584; [{See TDNT 482 }] AV-care 6; 6
- 1) care, anxiety
3309 μεριμνάω merimnao [mer-im-nah’-o] from 3308 merimna "care" in the sense of "anxiety" from 3307 merizo "divide", distract; n f; merimnao v; TDNT-4:589,584; [{See TDNT 482 }] AV-take thought 11, care 5, be careful 2, have care 1; 19
- 1) to be anxious
- 1a) to be troubled with cares
- 2) to care for, look out for (a thing)
- 2a) to seek to promote one’s interests
- 2b) caring or providing for
3313 μέρος meros [mer’-os] from an obsolete but more primary form of meiromai (to get as a section or allotment); n n; TDNT-4:594,585; [{See TDNT 483 }] AV-part 24, portion 3, coast 3, behalf 2, respect 2, misc 9; 43
- 1) a part
- 1a) a part due or assigned to one
- 1b) lot, destiny
- 2) one of the constituent parts of a whole
- 2a) in part, partly, in a measure, to some degree, as respects a part, severally, individually
- 2b) any particular, in regard to this, in this respect
3323 ~Μεσσίας~ Messias \@mes-see’-as\@ of Hebrew origin 04899 ^חישׁמ^, see 5547 Christos; n m AV-Messias 2; 2 Messias =" anointed"
- 1) the Greek form of Messiah
- 2) a name of Christ
3326 ~μετά~ meta \@met-ah’\@ a primary preposition (often used adverbially); TDNT-7:766,1102; {See TDNT 763} prep AV-with 345, after 88, among 5, hereafter + 5023 4, afterward + 5023 4, against 4, not depart
3337 μεταλλάσσω metallasso [met-al-las’-so] from 3326 and 236; v; TDNT-1:259,40; [{See TDNT 50 }] AV-change 2; 2
- 1) to exchange, change
3339 μεταμορφόω metamorphoo [met-am-or-fo’-o] from 3326 and 3445; v; TDNT-4:755,607; [{See TDNT 503 }] AV-transfigure 2, transform 1, change 1; 4
- 1) to change into another form, to transform, to transfigure
- 1a) Christ appearance was changed and was resplendent with divine brightness on the mount of transfiguration
- For Synonyms see entry 5863
3340 ~μετανοέω~ metanoeo from 3326 and 3539; v AV-repent 34; 34
- 1) to change one’s mind, i.e. to repent
- 2) to change one’s mind for better, heartily to amend with abhorrence of one’s past sins
3345 ~μετασχηματίζω~ metaschematizo \@met-askh-ay-mat-id’-zo\@ from 3326 and a derivative of 4976; TDNT-7:957,1129; {See TDNT 777} v AV-transform 2, transfer in a figure 1, transform (one’s) self 1, change 1; 5
- 1) to change the figure of, to transform
3352 ~μετοχή~ metoche \@met-okh-ay’\@ from 3348; n f AV-fellowship 1; 1
- 1) a sharing, communion, fellowship
3392 ~μιαίνω~ miaino \@me-ah’-ee-no\@ perhaps a primary verb; v AV-defile 5; 5
- 1) to dye with another colour, to stain
- 2) to defile, pollute, sully, contaminate, soil
- 2a) to defile with sins
For Synonyms see entry 5864 & 5910
3393 ~μίασμα~ miasma \@mee’-as-mah\@ from 3392 ("miasma"); n n AV-pollution 1; 1
- 1) that which defiles, defilement
- 2) metaph., vices the foulness of which contaminates one in his intercourse with the ungodly mass of mankind
3402 ~μιμητής~ mimetes \@mim-ay-tace’\@ from 3401; TDNT-4:659,594; {See TDNT 495} n m AV-follower 7; 7
- 1) an imitator
3408 ~μισθός~ misthos \@mis-thos’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-4:695,599; {See TDNT 498} n m AV-reward 24, hire 3, wages 2; 29
- 1) dues paid for work
- 1a) wages, hire
- 2) reward: used of the fruit naturally resulting from toils and endeavours
- 2a) in both senses, rewards and punishments
- 2b) of the rewards which God bestows, or will bestow, upon good deeds and endeavours
- 2c) of punishments
3411 ~μισθωτός~ misthotos \@mis-tho-tos’\@ from 3409 meaning hire; adj AV-hireling 3, hired servant 1; 4 1) one hired, a hireling
3423 μνηστεύω mnesteuo [mnace-tyoo’-o] from a derivative of 3415; v; AV-espouse 3; 3
- 1) to woo her and ask her in marriage
- 2) to be promised in marriage, be betrothed
3428 ~μοιχαλίς~ moichalis \@moy-khal-is’\@ a prolonged form of the feminine of 3432; TDNT-4:729,605; {See TDNT 499} n f AV-adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7
- 1) an adulteress
- 2) as the intimate alliance of God with the people of Israel was likened to a marriage, those who relapse into idolatry are said to commit adultery or play the harlot
- 2a) fig. equiv. to faithless to God, unclean, apostate
3439 μονογενής monogenes [mon-og-en-ace’] from 3441 only and 1096 be; adj; TDNT-4:737,607; [{See TDNT 502 }] AV-only begotten 6, only 2, only child 1; 9
- 1) single of its kind, only
- 1a) used of only sons or daughters (viewed in relation to their parents)
- 1b) used of Christ, denotes the only begotten son of God
3453 ~μυέω~ mueo \@moo-eh’-o\@ from the base of 3466; v AV-instruct 1; 1
- 1) to initiate into the mysteries
- 2) to teach fully, instruct
- 2a) to accustom one to a thing
- 2b) to give one an intimate acquaintance with a thing
3454 ~μῦθος~ muthos \@moo’-thos\@ perhaps from the same as 3453 (through the idea of tuition); n m AV-fable 5; 5
- 1) a speech, word, saying
- 2) a narrative, story
- 2a) a true narrative
- 2b) a fiction, a fable
- 2b1) an invention, a falsehood
see Was_Jesus_rich
3466 ~μυστήριον~ musterion \@moos-tay’-ree-on\@ from a derivative of muo (to shut the mouth); n n AV-mystery 27; 27
- 1) hidden thing, secret, mystery
- 1a) generally mysteries, religious secrets, confided only to the initiated and not to ordinary mortals
- 1b) a hidden or secret thing, not obvious to the understanding
- 1c) a hidden purpose or counsel
- 1c1) secret will
- 1c1a) of men
- 1c1b) of God: the secret counsels which govern God in dealing with the righteous, which are hidden from ungodly and wicked men but plain to the godly
- 2) in rabbinic writings, it denotes the mystic or hidden sense
- 2a) of an OT saying
- 2b) of an image or form seen in a vision
- 2c) of a dream
see | Mysteries of the Universe
3470 μῶμος momos [mo’-mos] perhaps from 3201 memphomai find fault; n m; TDNT-4:829,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-blemish 1; 1
- 1) blemish, blot, disgrace
- 1a) censure
- 1b) insult
- 1b1) of men who are a disgrace to society
3471 ~μωραίνω~ moraino \@mo-rah’-ee-no\@ from 3474; v AV-lose savour 2, become a fool 1, make foolish 1; 4
- 1) to be foolish, to act foolishly
- 2a) to make foolish
- 2a1) to prove a person or a thing foolish
- 2b) to make flat and tasteless
- 2b1) of salt that has lost its strength and flavour
- 2a) to make foolish
3473 ~μωρολογία~ morologia \@mo-rol-og-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 3474 foolish, impious, and 3004 speaking; TDNT-4:832,620; {See TDNT 511} n f AV-foolish talking 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4
- 1) foolish talking
3474 ~μωρός~ moros \@mo-ros’\@ probably from the base of 3466; adj AV-foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13
- 1) foolish
- 2) impious, godless
3484 ~Ναΐν~ Nain \@nah-in’\@ probably of Hebrew origin, cf 04999 ^םיענ^; ; n pr loc AV-Nain 1; 1
- Nain ="beauty"
- 1) a village in Galilee located at the north base of Little Hermon
3485 ~ναός~ naos \@nah-os’\@ from a primary naio (to dwell); TDNT-4:880,625; {See TDNT 514} n m AV-temple 45, a shrine 1; 46
- 1) used of the temple at Jerusalem, but only of the sacred edifice (or sanctuary) itself, consisting of the Holy place and the Holy of Holies (in classical Greek it is used of the sanctuary or cell of the temple, where the image of gold was placed which is distinguished from the whole enclosure)
- 2) any heathen temple or shrine
- 3) metaph. the spiritual temple consisting of the saints of all ages joined together by and in Christ
3487 νάρδος nardos [nar’dos] of foreign origin cf. נֵרְדְּ, 05373; n f; AV-spikenard + 4101 2; 2
- 1) nard, the head or spike of a fragrant East Indian plant belonging to the genus Valerianna, which yields a juice of delicious odour which the ancients used (either pure or mixed) in the preparation of a most precious ointment
- 2) nard oil or ointment
3489 ναυαγέω nauageo [now-ag-eh’-o] from a compound of 3491 and 71; v; TDNT-4:891,627; [{See TDNT 515 }] AV-suffer shipwreck 1, make shipwreck 1; 2
- 1) to suffer shipwreck
3495 ~νεανίσκος~ neaniskos \@neh-an-is’-kos\@ from the same as 3494; ; n m AV-young man 10; 10
- 1) a young man, youth
- 1a) used of a young attendant or servant
3507 νεφέλη nephele [nef-el’-ay] from 3509; n f; TDNT-4:902,628; [{See TDNT 518 }] AV-cloud 26; 26
- 1) a cloud
- 1a) used of the cloud which led the Israelites in the wilderness
- For Synonyms see entry 5866
3508 Νεφθαλείμ Nephthaleim [nef-thal-ime’] of Hebrew origin 05321 נַפְתָּלִי; n pr m; AV-Nephthalim 2, Nephalim 1; 3 Naphtali = "wrestling"
- 1) was the sixth son of Jacob, the second child borne to him by Bilhah, Rachel’s slave. His posterity form the tribe of Naphtali.
3509 νέφος nephos [nef’-os] apparently a root word; n n; TDNT-4:902,628; [{See TDNT 518 }] AV-cloud 1; 1
- 1) a cloud, a large dense multitude, a throng
- 1a) used to denote a great shapeless collection of vapour obscuring the heavens as opposed to a particular and definite masses of vapour with some form or shape
- 1b) a cloud in the sky
- For Synonyms see entry 5866
3511 νεωκόρος neokoros [neh-o-kor’-os] from a form of 3485Naos temples and koreo (to sweep); n m; AV-worshipper 1; 1
- 1) one who sweeps and cleans a temple
- 2) one who has charge of a temple, to keep and adorn it, a sacristan
- 3) the worshipper of a deity
- 3a) word appears from coins still extant, it was an honourary title [temple-keeper or temple-warden] of certain cities, esp. in Asia Minor, or in which some special worship of some deity or even some deified human ruler had been established; used of Ephesus
3519 νησιον nesion nay-see’-on; dimin. of 3520; an islet: — island.
3525 ~νήφω~ nepho \@nay’-fo\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-4:936,633; {See TDNT 522} v AV-be sober 4, watch 2; 6
- 1) to be sober, to be calm and collected in spirit
- 2) to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect
3528 ~νικάω~ nikao \@nik-ah’-o\@ from 3529 meaning victory; v AV-overcome 24, conquer 2, prevail 1, get the victory 1; 28
- 1) to conquer
- 1a) to carry off the victory, come off victorious
- 1a1) of Christ, victorious over all His foes
- 1a2) of Christians, that hold fast their faith even unto death against the power of their foes, and temptations andpersecutions
- 1a3) when one is arraigned or goes to law, to win the case, maintain one’s cause
- 1a) to carry off the victory, come off victorious
3530 Νικόδημος Nikodemos [nik-od’-ay-mos] from 3534 nikos victory or to utterly vanquish and 1218 demos people; n pr m; AV-Nicodemus 5; 5
- Nicodemus= "conqueror"
- 1) a member of the Sanhedrin who took the part of Jesus
- as a personal name it may mean "innocent of blood".
3535 Νινευΐ Nineui [nin-yoo-ee’] of Hebrew origin 05210 נִינְוֵה; n pr loc; AV-Nineve 1; 1
- Nineveh = "offspring of ease: offspring abiding"
- 1) the capital of the ancient kingdom of Assyria
3539 ~νοιέω~ noieo \@noy-eh’-o\@ from 3563; v AV-understand 10, perceive 2, consider 1, think 1; 14 1) to perceive with the mind, to understand, to have understanding 2) to think upon, heed, ponder, consider
3540 νόημα noema [no’-ay-mah] from 3539 noieo to perceive with the mind, to understand,; n n; TDNT-4:960,636; [{See TDNT 525 }] AV-mind 4, device 1, thought 1; 6
- 1) a mental perception, thought
- 2) an evil purpose
- 3) that which thinks, the mind, thoughts or purposes
3551 ~νόμος~ nomos \@nom’-os\@ from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); n m AV-law 197; 197
- 1) anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, a law, a command
- 1a) of any law whatsoever
- 1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God
- 1a1a) by the observance of which is approved of God
- 1a2) a precept or injunction
- 1a3) the rule of action prescribed by reason
- 1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God
- 1b) of the Mosaic law, and referring, acc. to the context. either to the volume of the law or to its contents
- 1c) the Christian religion
- the law demanding faith, the moralinstruction given by Christ, esp. the precept concerning love
- 1d) the name of the more important part (the Pentateuch), is put for the entire collection of the sacred books of the OT
- 1a) of any law whatsoever
3554 νόσος nosos [nos’-os] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-4:1091,655; [{See TDNT 527 }] AV-disease 6, sickness 5, infirmity 1; 12
- 1) disease, sickness
- misery, suffering, distress. madness, vice.
3557 ~νοσφίζομαι~ nosphizomai \@nos-fid’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely); ; v AV-keep back 2, purloin 1; 3
- 1) to set apart, separate, divide
- 2) to set apart or separate for one’s self
- 3) to purloin, embezzle, withdraw covertly and appropriate to one’s own use
3558 νότος notos [not’-os] of uncertain affinity; n m; AV-south 4, south wind 3; 7
- 1) the south wind
- 2) the south, the southern quarter
3563 ~νοῦς~ nous \@nooce\@ probably from the base of 1097; n m AV-mind 21, understanding 3; 24
- 1) the mind, comprising alike the faculties of perceiving and understanding and those of feeling, judging, determining
- 1a) the intellectual faculty, the understanding
- 1b) reason in the narrower sense, as the capacity for spiritual truth, the higher powers of the soul, the faculty of perceiving divine things, of recognising goodness and of hating evil
- 1c) the power of considering and judging soberly, calmly and impartially
- 2) a particular mode of thinking and judging, i.e thoughts, feelings, purposes, desires
- For Synonyms see entry 5917
3581 ξένος xenos [xen’-os] apparently a primary word; adj; TDNT-5:1,661; [{See TDNT 532 }] AV-stranger 10, strange 3, host 1; 14
- 1) a foreigner, a stranger
- 1a) alien (from a person or a thing)
- 1b) without the knowledge of, without a share in
- 1c) new, unheard of
- 2) one who receives and entertains another hospitably
- 2a) with whom he stays or lodges, a host
- see 1927
3588 ~ὁ~ ho \@ho\@ including the feminine ~ἤ~ he \@hay,\@ and the neuter ~το~ to \@to\@ in all their inflections, the definite article; article AV-which 413, who 79, the things 11, the son 8, misc 32; 543
- 1) this, that, these, etc. Only significant renderings other than "the" counted
- STRONGS NT 3588: ὁ
- ὁ, ἡ, τό, originally τος, τῇ, τό (as is evident from the forms τοι, ται for οἱ, αἱ in Homer and the Ionic writings), corresponds to our definite article the (German der, die, das), which is properly a demonstrative pronoun, which we see in its full force in Homer, and of which we find certain indubitable traces also in all kinds of Greek prose, and hence also in the N. T.
- I. As a demonstrative pronoun; Latinhic, hacc, hoc; German der, die, das, emphatic; cf. Winers Grammar, § 17, 1; Buttmann, 101f (89f);
- 1. in the words of the poet Aratus of Soli, a third-century B.C.E. poet who lived in Cilicia, τοῦ γάρ καί γένος ἐσμεν,(“for we are also his children”) quoted by Paul in Acts 17:28.
3598 ~ὁδός~ hodos \@hod-os’\@ apparently a root word; TDNT-5:42,666; {See TDNT 535} n f AV-way 83, way side 8, journey 6, highway 3, misc 2; 102
- 1) properly
- 1a) a way
- 1a1) a travelled way, road
- 1b) a travellers way, journey, travelling
- 1a) a way
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) a course of conduct
- 2b) a way (i.e. manner) of thinking, feeling, deciding
- figuratively, a mode or mean (means and method): — journey, (high-)way.
3609 ~οἰκεῖος~ oikeios \@oy-ki’-os\@ from 3624 "house"; TDNT-5:134,674; {See TDNT 539} adj AV-of the household 2, of (one’s) own house 1; 3
- 1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate
- 1a) belonging to one’s household, related by blood, kindred
- 1b) belonging to the household of God
- 1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing
3614 ~οἰκία~ oikia \@oy-kee’-ah\@ from 3624; n f AV-house 92, at home 1, household 1, from the house 1; 95
- 1) a house
- 1a) an inhabited edifice, a dwelling
3609 ~οἰκεῖος~ oikeios \@oy-ki’-os\@ from 3624; TDNT-5:134,674; {See TDNT 539} adj AV-of the household 2, of (one’s) own house 1; 3
- 1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate
- 1a) belonging to one’s household, related by blood, kindred
- 1b) belonging to the household of God
- 1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing
3617 ~οἰκοδεσπότης~ oikodespotes \@oy-kod-es-pot’-ace\@ from 3624 and 1203; TDNT-2:49,145; {See TDNT 178} n m AV-householder 4, goodman of the house 4, master of the house 3, goodman 1; 12
- 1) master of the house, householder
3618 ~οἰκοδομέω~ oikodomeo \@oy-kod-om-eh’-o\@ also ~οἰκοδόμος~ oikodomos \@oy-kod-om’-os\@ #Ac 4:11 from the same as 3619; v AV-build 24, edify 7, builder 5, build up 1, be in building 1, embolden 1; 39
- 1) to build a house, erect a building
- 1a) to build (up from the foundation)
- 1b) to restore by building, to rebuild, repair
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to found, establish
- 2b) to promote growth in Christian wisdom, affection, grace, virtue, holiness, blessedness
- 2c) to grow in wisdom and piety
3619 ~οἰκοδομή~ oikodome \@oy-kod-om-ay’\@ feminine (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; n f AV-edifying 7, building 6, edification 4, wherewith (one) may edify 1; 18
- 1) (the act of) building, building up
- 2) metaph. edifying, edification
- 2a) the act of one who promotes another’s growth in Christian wisdom, piety, happiness, holiness
- 3) a building (i.e. the thing built, edifice)
3620 ~οἰκοδομία~ oikodomia \@oy-kod-om-ee’-ah\@ from the same as 3619; ; n f AV-edifying 1; 1 1) (the act of) building, erection. Only appears in 1 Timothy 1:4
3622 οἰκονομία oikonomia oy-kon-om-ee’-ah from 3623; TDNT-5:151,674; {See TDNT 539 } n f AV-dispensation 4, stewardship 3; 7
- 1) the management of a household or of household affairs
- 1a) specifically, the management, oversight, administration, of other’s property
- 1b) the office of a manager or overseer, stewardship
- 1c) administration, dispensation
3623 ~οἰκονόμος~ oikonomos \@oy-kon-om’-os\@ from 3624 oikos meaning house and the base of 3551 nomos meaning law; TDNT-5:149,674; {See TDNT 539} n m AV-steward 8, chamberlain 1, governor 1; 10
- 1) the manager of household or of household affairs
- 1a) esp. a steward, manager, superintendent (whether free-born or as was usually the case, a freed-man or a slave) to whom the head of the house or proprietor has intrusted the management of his affairs, the care of receipts and expenditures, and the duty of dealing out the proper portion to every servant and even to the children not yet of age
- 1b) the manager of a farm or landed estate, an overseer
- 1c) the superintendent of the city’s finances, the treasurer of a city (or of treasurers or quaestors of kings)
- 2) metaph. the apostles and other Christian teachers and bishops and overseers
3624 ~οἶκος~ oikos \@oy’-kos\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-house 104, household 3, home + 1519 2, at home + 1722 2, misc 3; 114
- 1) a house
- 1a) an inhabited house, home
- 1b) any building whatever
- 1b1) of a palace
- 1b2) the house of God, the tabernacle
- 1c) any dwelling place
- 1c1) of the human body as the abode of demons that possess it
- 1c2) of tents, and huts, and later, of the nests, stalls, lairs, of animals
- 1c3) the place where one has fixed his residence, one’s settled abode, domicile
- 2) the inmates of a house, all the persons forming one family, a household
- 2a) the family of God, of the Christian Church, of the church of the Old and New Testaments
- 3) stock, family, descendants of one
3625 ~οἰκουμένη~ oikoumene \@oy-kou-men’-ay\@ feminine participle present passive of 3611 (as noun, by implication of 1093); TDNT-5:157,674; {See TDNT 539} n f AV-world 14, earth 1; 15
- 1) the inhabited earth
- 1a) the portion of the earth inhabited by the Greeks, in distinction from the lands of the barbarians
- 1b) the Roman empire, all the subjects of the empire
- 1c) the whole inhabited earth, the world
- 1d) the inhabitants of the earth, men
- 2) the universe, the world
3636 ὀκνηρός okneros [ok-nay-ros’] from 3635; adj; TDNT-5:166,681; [{See TDNT 542 }] AV-slothful 2, grievous 1; 3
- 1) sluggish, slothful, backward
3642 ὀλιγόψυχος oligopsuchos [ol-ig-op’-soo-khos] from 3641 Small and 5590 breath of life; adj; TDNT-9:665,1342; [{See TDNT 854 }] AV-feebleminded 1; 1
- 1) fainthearted
3661 ~ὁμοθυμαδόν~ homothumadon \@hom-oth-oo-mad-on’\@ from a compound of the base of 3674 and 2372; adv AV-with one accord 11, with one mind 1; 12 1) with one mind, with one accord, with one passion
- ++++
- A unique Greek word, used 10 of its 12 New Testament occurrences in the Book of Acts, helps us understand the uniqueness of the Christian community. Homothumadon is a compound of two words meaning to "rush along" and "in unison". The image is almost musical; a number of notes are sounded which, while different, harmonise in pitch and tone. As the instruments of a great concert under the direction of a concert master, so the Holy Spirit blends together the lives of members of Christ’s church which was including only those who were called out.
3670 ~ὁμολογέω~ homologeo \@hom-ol-og-eh’-o\@ from a compound of the base of 3674 en with and 3056 logos; v. AV-confess 17, profess 3, promise 1, give thanks 1, confession is made 1, acknowledgeth 1; 24
- 1) to say the same thing as another, i.e. to agree with, assent
- 2) to concede
- 2a) not to refuse, to promise
- 2b) not to deny
- 2b1) to confess
- 2b2) declare
- 2b3) to confess, i.e. to admit or declare one’s self guilty of what one is accused of
- 3) to profess
- 3a) to declare openly, speak out freely
- 3b) to profess one’s self the worshipper of one
- 4) to praise, celebrate
- or see homologia 3671 i.e. what one professes [confesses].
3671 ~ὁμολογία~ homologia \@hom-ol-og-ee’-ah\@ from the same as 3670; n f. AV-profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6
- 1) profession
- 1a) subjectively: whom we profess to be ours
- 1b) objectively: profession [confession] i.e. what one professes ... confess
3674 ~ὁμοῦ~ homou \@hom-oo’\@ genitive case of homos (the same, akin to 260) as adv; ; adv AV-together 3; 3 1) together: of persons assembled together
3679 ὀνειδίζω oneidizo [on-i-did’-zo] from 3681 oneidos reproach akin to 3686 onoma named from ginosko know and oninemi to be useful, to profit, advantage; v; TDNT-5:239,693; [{See TDNT 553 }] AV-upbraid 3, reproach 3, revile 2, cast in (one’s) teeth 1, suffer reproach 1; 10
- 1) to reproach, upbraid, revile
- 1a) of deserved reproach
- 1b) of undeserved reproach, to revile
- 1c) to upbraid, cast (favours received) in one’s teeth
3681 ὄνειδος oneidos [on’-i-dos] probably akin to the base of 3686 onoma named from 1097 ginosko know and oninemi 3685 to be useful, to profit, advantage; n n; TDNT-5:238,693; [{See TDNT 553 }] AV-reproach 1; 1
- 1) reproach
- 2) shame
3685 ὀνίνημι oninemi [on-in’-ay-mee] a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb (onomai, to slur), for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an alternate in some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base of 3686 onoma name through the idea of notoriety]; v; AV-have joy 1; 1
- 1) to be useful, to profit, help
- 2) to receive profit or advantage, be helped [or have joy]
- Philemon 1:20 Yea, brother, let <3685> me have joy <3685> of thee in the Lord: refresh my bowels in the Lord.
3686 ~ὄνομα~ onoma \@on’-om-ah\@ from a presumed derivative of the base of 1097 ginosko to know, learn (cf 3685); TDNT-5:242,694; {See TDNT 554} n n AV-name 193, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 229
- 1) name: univ. of proper names
- 2) the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything the thought or feeling of which is aroused in the mind by mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i.e. for one’s rank, authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds etc.
- 3) persons reckoned up by name
- 4) the cause or reason named: on this account, because he suffers as a Christian, for this reason
3688 ὄνος onos [on’-os] apparently a root word; n m/f; TDNT-5:283,700; [{See TDNT 555 }] AV-ass 6; 6
- 1) an ass
3709 ὀργή orge [or-gay’] from 3713; n f; TDNT-5:382,716; [{See TDNT 560 }] AV-wrath 31, anger 3, vengeance 1, indignation 1; 36
- 1) anger, the natural disposition, temper, character
- 2) movement or agitation of the soul, impulse, desire, any violent emotion, but esp. anger
- 3) anger, wrath, indignation
- 4) anger exhibited in punishment, hence used for punishment itself
- 4a) of punishments inflicted by magistrates
3710 ὀργίζω orgizo [or-gid’-zo] from 3709; v; TDNT-5:382,716; [{See TDNT 560 }] AV-be angry 5, be wroth 3; 8
- 1) to provoke, to arouse to anger
- 2) to be provoked to anger, be angry, be wroth
3716 ~ὀρθοποδέω~ orthopodeo \@or-thop-od-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 3717 and 4228; TDNT-5:451,727; {See TDNT 562} v AV-walk uprightly 1; Galatians 2:14
- 1) to walk in a straight course
- 2) metaph. to act uprightly
3717 ὀρθός orthos [or-thos’] probably from the base of 3735 ortho mountain; adj; TDNT-5:449,727; [{See TDNT 562 }] AV-upright 1, straight 1; 2
- 1) straight, erect
- 1a) upright
- 1b) straight, not crooked
3727 ~ὅρκος~ horkos \@hor’-kos\@ from herkos (a fence, perhaps akin to 3725); TDNT-5:457,729; {See TDNT 564} n m AV-oath 10; 10
- 1) that which has been pledged or promised with an oath
3729 ~ὁρμάω~ hormao \@hor-mah’-o\@ from 3730 meaning assault; TDNT-5:467,730; {See TDNT 565} v AV-run violently 3, run 1, rush 1; 5
- 1) to set in rapid motion, stir up, incite, urge on
- 2) to start forward impetuously, to rush
3731 ~ὅρμημα~ hormema \@hor’-may-mah\@ from 3730 meaning assault; TDNT-5:467,730; {See TDNT 565} n n AV-violence 1; 1
- 1) a rush, impulse
- 2) that which is impelled or hurried away by impulse
3735 ὄρος oros [or’-os] probably from an obsolete oro (to rise or "rear," perhaps akin to 142, cf 3733); n n; TDNT-5:475,732; [{See TDNT 566 }] AV-mountain 41, mount 21, hill 3; 65
- 1) a mountain
3744 ~ὀσμή~ osme \@os-may’\@ from 3605; TDNT-5:493,735; {See TDNT 569} n f AV-savour 4, odour 2; 6
- 1) a smell, odour see incense
3754 ὅτι hoti [hot’-ee] neuter of 3748 hostis as conjunction; demonst. that (sometimes redundant); conj; AV-that 612, for 264, because 173, how that 21, how 11, misc 212; 1293
- 1) that, because, since
3756 οὐ ou [oo] also (before a vowel) οὐκ ouk [ook] and (before an aspirate) οὐχ ouch [ookh] a primary word, the absolute negative [cf 3361] adverb; particle; AV-not 1210, no 147, cannot + 1410 57, misc 123; 1537
- 1) no, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer
3772 οὐρανός ouranos [oo-ran-os’] perhaps from the same as 3735 (through the idea of elevation); the sky; n m; TDNT-5:497,736; [{See TDNT 571 }] AV-heaven 268, air 10, sky 5, heavenly + 1537; 284
- 1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it
- 1a) the universe, the world
- 1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are produced
- 1c) the sidereal or starry heavens
- 2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and other heavenly beings
3778 οὗτος houtos [hoo’-tos] including nominative masculine plural οὗτοι houtoi [hoo’-toy,] nominative feminine singular αὕτη haute [how’-tay] and nominative feminine plural αὗται hautai [how’-tahee]
from the article 3588 ὁ ho and 846 autos; pron;
AV-this 157, these 59, he 31, the same 28, this man 25, she 12, they 10, misc 34; 356
1) this, these, etc.
3779 οὕτω houto [hoo’-to] or (before a vowel) οὕτως houtos [hoo’-toce] from 3778 the article this or these; adv; AV-so 164, thus 17, even so 9, on this wise 6, likewise 4, after this manner 3, misc 10; 213
- 1) in this manner, thus, so
3784 ~ὀφείλω~ opheilo \@of-i’-lo\@ or (in certain tenses) its prolonged form ~ὀφειλέω~ opheileo \@of-i-leh’-o\@ probably from the base of 3786 (through the idea of accruing); v AV-ought 15, owe 7, be bound 2, be (one’s) duty 2 (Lu 17:10, ), be a debtor 1, be guilty 1, be indebted 1, misc 7; 36
- 1) to owe
- 1a) to owe money, be in debt for
- 1a1) that which is due, the debt
- 1a) to owe money, be in debt for
- 2) metaph. the goodwill due
3786 ~ὄφελος~ ophelos \@of’-el-os\@ from ophello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit); ; n n AV-it profiteth 2, it advantageth 1; 3
- 1) advantage, profit
- See 858
3793 ὄχλος ochlos [okh’los] from a derivative of 2192 (meaning a vehicle); n m; TDNT-5:582,750; [{See TDNT 575 }] AV-people 82, multitude 79, press 5, company 7, number of people 1, number 1; 175
- 1) a crowd
- 1a) a casual collection of people
- 1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place
- 1a2) a throng
- 1a) a casual collection of people
- 1b) a multitude
- 1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men
- 1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace
- 1c) a multitude
- 1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered together without order
- For Synonyms see entry 5927
3802 παγιδεύω pagideuō pag-id-yoo'-o from 3803 pagis snare, trap, TDNT entry: 14:55,8 Part(s) of speech: Verb
- Thayer Definition:
- to ensnare, entrapof birdsmetaphorically of the attempt to elicit from one some remark which can be turned into an accusation against him
- Strong's Definition: From G3803; to ensnare (figuratively): - entangle.
3806 πάθος pathos [path’-os] from the alternate of 3958; n n; TDNT-5:926,798; [{See TDNT 606 }] AV-inordinate affection 1, affection 1, lust 1; 3
- 1) whatever befalls one, whether it be sad or joyous
- 1a) spec. a calamity, mishap, evil, affliction
- 2) a feeling which the mind suffers
- 2a) an affliction of the mind, emotion, passion
- 2b) passionate deed
- 2c) used by the Greeks in either a good or bad sense
- 2d) in the NT in a bad sense, depraved passion, vile passions
- For Synonyms see entry 5845 & 5906
- See logos
3809 παιδεία paideia [pahee-di’-ah] from 3811 paideuo to train children or to chastise; n f; TDNT-5:596,753; [{See TDNT 579 }] AV-chastening 3, nurture 1, instruction 1, chastisement 1; 6
- 1) the whole training and education of children (which relates to the cultivation of mind and morals, and employs for this purpose now commands and admonitions, now reproof and punishment) It also includes the training and care of the body
- 2) whatever in adults also cultivates the soul, esp. by correcting mistakes and curbing passions.
- 2a) instruction which aims at increasing virtue
- 2b) chastisement, chastening, (of the evils with which God visits men for their amendment)
3813 παιδίον paidion [pahee-dee’-on] from dimin. of 3816; n n; TDNT-5:636,759; [{See TDNT 581 }] AV-child 25, little child 12, young child 10, damsel 4; 51
- 1) a young child, a little boy, a little girl
- 1a) infants
- 1b) children, little ones
- 1c) an infant
- 1c1) of a (male) child just recently born
- 1d) of a more advanced child; of a mature child;
- 1e) metaph. children (like children) in intellect
- For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943
3815 ~παίζω~ paizo \@paheed’-zo\@ from 3816; TDNT-5:625,758; {See TDNT 580} v AV-play 1; 1
- 1) to play like a child
- 2) to play, sport, jest
- 3) to give way to hilarity, esp. by joking singing, dancing
- see 1702
3816 ~παῖς~ pais \@paheece\@ perhaps from 3817 strike or wound; n m/f AV-servant 10, child 7, son (Christ) 2, son 1, manservant 1, maid 1, maiden 1, young man 1; 24
- 1) a child, boy or girl
- 1a) infants, children
- 2) servant, slave
- 2a) an attendant, servant, spec. a king’s attendant, minister
- For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943
3817 ~παίω~ paio \@pah’-yo\@ a primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than 5180); ; v AV-smite 4, strike 1; 5
- 1) to strike, smite
- 2) to sting (to strike or wound with a sting)
3824 Original: παλιγγενεσία Transliteration: paliggenesia
- Phonetic: pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah
- Thayer Definition:
- new birth, reproduction, renewal, recreation, regeneration
hence renovation, regeneration, the production of a new life consecrated to God, a radical change of mind for the better. The word often used to denote the restoration of a thing to its pristine state, its renovation, as a renewal or restoration of life after death
- the renovation of the earth after the deluge
the renewal of the world to take place after its destruction by fire, as the * Stoics taught the signal and glorious change of all things (in heaven and earth) for the better, that restoration of the primal and perfect condition of things which existed before the fall of our first parents, which the Jews looked for in connection with the advent of the Messiah, and which Christians expected in connection with the visible return of Jesus from heaven.
- other uses
- of Cicero's restoration to rank and fortune on his recall from exile
- of the restoration of the Jewish nation after exile
of the recovery of knowledge by recollection
- Origin: from 3825 and 1078
- TDNT entry: 12:26,1
- Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
- Strong's Definition: From 3825 and 1078; (spiritual) rebirth (the state or the act), that is, (figuratively) spiritual renovation ; specifically Messianic restoration: - regeneration
- The antitheses of degenerate.
3825 Original: πάλιν Transliteration: palin Phonetic: pal'-in
- Thayer Definition:
- anew, again
- renewal or repetition of the action
- again, anew
- again, i.e. further, moreover
- in turn, on the other hand
- Origin: probably from the same as 3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition)
- TDNT entry: None
- Part(s) of speech: Adverb
- Strong's Definition: Probably from the same as 3823 palē wrestling from palo vibrate, [another form of ballō to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls] (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, that is, (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjugationally) furthermore or on the other hand: - again.
- See 3824
3831 ~πανήγυρις~ paneguris \@pan-ay’-goo-ris\@ from 3956 and a derivative of 58; n f AV-general assembly 1; 1
- 1) a festal gathering of the whole people to celebrate public games or other solemnities
- 2) a public festal assembly
3834 πανουργία panourgia [pan-oorg-ee’-ah] from 3835 panourgos skilful, clever; n f; TDNT-5:722,770; [{See TDNT 586 }] AV-craftiness 3, subtlety 1, cunning craftiness 1; 5
- 1) craftiness, cunning
- 2) a specious or false wisdom
- 3) in a good sense, prudence, skill, in undertaking and carrying on affairs
3844 ~παρά~ para \@par-ah’\@ a root word; TDNT-5:727,771; {See TDNT 587} prep AV-of 51, with 42, from 24, by … side 15, at 12, than 11, misc 45; 200
- 1) from, of at, by, besides, near
3846 ~παραβάλλω~ paraballo \@par-ab-al’-lo\@ from 3844 and 906; ; v AV-compare 1, arrive 1; 2
- 1) to throw before, cast to (as fodder for horses)
- 2) to put one thing by the side of another for the sake of comparison, to compare, liken
- 3) to put one’s self, betake one’s self into a place or to a person
3850 ~παραβολή~ parabole \@par-ab-ol-ay’\@ from 3846; n f AV-parable 46, figure 2, comparison 1, proverb 1; 50
- 1) a placing of one thing by the side of another, juxtaposition, as of ships in battle
- 2) metaphor.
- 2a) a comparing, comparison of one thing with another, likeness, similitude
- 2b) an example by which a doctrine or precept is illustrated
- 2c) a narrative, fictitious but agreeable to the laws and usages of human life, by which either the duties of men or the things of God, particularly the nature and history of God’s kingdom are figuratively portrayed
- 2d) a parable: an earthly story with a heavenly meaning
- 3) a pithy and instructive saying, involving some likeness or comparison and having preceptive or admonitory force
- 3a) an aphorism, a maxim
- 4) a proverb
- 5) an act by which one exposes himself or his possessions to danger, a venture, a risk
- Some will translate παροιμίαν paroimian as allegory and define it as "a byword, a parable, an allegory".
3852 παραγγελία paraggelia [par-ang-gel-ee’-ah] from 3853 to transmit; n f; TDNT-5:761,776; [{See TDNT 590 }] AV-commandment 2, charge 2, straitly 1; 5
- 1) announcement, a proclaiming or giving a message to
- 2) a charge, a command
3853 ~παραγγέλλω~ paraggello \@par-ang-gel’-lo\@ from 3844 and the base of 32; v AV-command 20, charge 6, give commandment 1, give charge 1, declare 1, give in charge 1, vr command 1; 31
- 1) to transmit a message along from one to another, to declare, announce
- 2) to command, order, charge
- For Synonyms see entry 5844
3860 ~παραδίδωμι~ paradidomi \@par-ad-id’-o-mee\@ from 3844 and 1325; TDNT-2:169,166; {See TDNT 191} v AV-deliver 53, betray 40, deliver up 10, give 4, give up 4, give over 2, commit 2, misc 6; 121
- 1) to give into the hands (of another)
- 2) to give over into (one’s) power or use
- 2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use, take care of, manage
- 2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned, punished, scourged, tormented, put to death
- 2c) to deliver up treacherously
- 2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken
- 2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded
- 3) to commit, to commend
- 4) to deliver verbally
- 4a) commands, rites
- 4b) to deliver by narrating, to report
- 5) to permit allow
- 5a) when the fruit will allow that is the time when its ripeness permits
- 5b) gives itself up, presents itself
3862 ~παράδοσις~ paradosis \@par-ad’-os-is\@ from 3860 paradidomi the verb which is from the preposition to from 3844 para of and 1325 didomi to give; TDNT-2:172,166; {See TDNT 191} n f AV-tradition 12, ordinance 1; 13
- 1) giving up, giving over
- 1a) the act of giving up
- 1b) the surrender of cities
- 2) a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing, i.e. tradition by instruction, narrative, precept, etc.
- 2a) objectively, that which is delivered, the substance of a teaching
- 2b) of the body of precepts, esp. ritual, which in the opinion of the later Jews were orally delivered by Moses and orally transmitted in unbroken succession to subsequent generations, which precepts, both illustrating and expanding the written law, as they did were to be obeyed with equal reverence
- Thayer's Greek Lexicon "a giving over, giving up; i. e.
1. the act of giving up, the surrender: of cities, Polybius 9, 25, 5; Josephus, b. j. 1, 8, 6; χρημάτων, Aristotle, pol. 5, 7, 11, p. 1309{a}, 10.; 2. a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing..."
3868 ~παραιτέομαι~ paraiteomai \@par-ahee-teh’-om-ahee\@ from 3844 and the middle voice of 154; v AV-refuse 5, excuse 2, make excuse 1, avoid 1, reject 1, intreat 1; 11
- 1) to ask along side, beg to have near one
- 1a) to obtain by entreaty
- 1b) to beg from, to ask for, supplicate
- 2) to avert by entreaty or seek to avert, to deprecate
- 2a) to entreat that … not
- 2b) to refuse, decline
- 2c) to shun, avoid
- 2d) to avert displeasure by entreaty
- 2d1) to beg pardon, crave indulgence, to excuse
- 2d2) of one excusing himself for not accepting a weddinginvitation to a feast
3870 ~παρακαλέω~ parakaleo \@par-ak-al-eh’-o\@ from 3844 and 2564; v AV-beseech 43, comfort 23, exhort 21, desire 8, pray 6, intreat 3, misc 4, vr besought 1; 109
- 1) to call to one’s side, call for, summon
- 2) to address, speak to, (call to, call upon), which may be done in the way of exhortation, entreaty, comfort, instruction, etc.
- 2a) to admonish, exhort
- 2b) to beg, entreat, beseech
- 2b1) to strive to appease by entreaty
- 2c) to console, to encourage and strengthen by consolation, to comfort
- 2c1) to receive consolation, be comforted
- 2d) to encourage, strengthen
- 2e) exhorting and comforting and encouraging
- 2f) to instruct, teach
3874 ~παράκλησις~ paraklesis \@par-ak’-lay-sis\@ from 3870 beseech or comfort even exhort; TDNT-5:773,778; {See TDNT 592} n f AV-consolation 14, exhortation 8, comfort 6, intreaty 1; 29
- 1) a calling near, summons, (esp. for help)
- 2) importation, supplication, entreaty
- 3) exhortation, admonition, encouragement
- 4) consolation, comfort, solace; that which affords comfort or refreshment
- 4a) thus of the Messianic salvation (so the Rabbis call the Messiah the consoler, the comforter)
- 5) persuasive discourse, stirring address
- 5a) instructive, admonitory, conciliatory, powerful hortatory discourse
3875 ~παράκλητος~ parakletos \@par-ak’-lay-tos\@ a root word; n m AV-comforter 4, advocate 1; 5
- 1) summoned, called to one’s side, esp. called to one’s aid
- 1a) one who pleads another’s cause before a judge, a pleader, counsel for defense, legal assistant, an advocate
- 1b) one who pleads another’s cause with one, an intercessor
- 1b1) of Christ in his exaltation at God’s right hand, pleading with God the Father for the pardon of our sins
- 1c) in the widest sense, a helper, succourer, aider, assistant
- 1c1) of the Holy Spirit destined to take the place of Christ with the apostles (after his ascension to the Father), to lead them to a deeper knowledge of the gospel truth, and give them divine strength needed to enable them to undergo trials and persecutions on behalf of the divine kingdom
3879 ~παρακύπτω~ parakupto \@par-ak-oop’-to\@ from 3844 and 2955; v AV-stoop down 3, look 2; 5
- 1) to stoop to a thing in order to look at it
- 2) to look at with head bowed forward
- 3) to look into with the body bent
- 4) to stoop and look into
- 5) metaph. to look carefully into, inspect curiously
- 5a) of one who would become acquainted with something
3890 παραμύθιον paramuthion [par-am-oo’-thee-on] from 3889 paramuthia persuaded; n n; TDNT-5:816,784; [{See TDNT 595 }] AV-comfort 1; 1
- 1) persuasive address
3900 ~παράπτωμα~ paraptoma \@par-ap’-to-mah\@ from [[3895] meaning fall away]; n n AV-trespass 9, offence 7, sin 3, fall 2, fault 2; 23
- 1) to fall beside or near something
- 2) a lapse or deviation from truth and uprightness
- 2a) a sin, misdeed
3927 ~παρεπίδημος~ parepidemos \@par-ep-id’-ay-mos\@ from 3844 (which is used to make the word tradition and ordinance we see as 3862, also 3970 of 1 Peter 1:18) and the base of 1927; TDNT-2:64,149; {See TDNT 183} adj AV-pilgrim 2, stranger 1; 3
- 1) one who comes from a foreign country into a city or land to reside there by the side of the natives
- 2) a stranger
- 3) sojourning in a strange place, a foreigner
- 4) in the NT metaph. in reference to heaven as the native country, one who sojourns on earth
3929 πάρεσις paresis [par’-es-is] from the verb pariemi 3935; n f; TDNT-1:509,88; [{See TDNT 115 }] AV-remission 1; 1
- 1) passing over, letting pass, neglecting, disregarding
3933 παρθένος parthenos [par-then’-os] of unknown origin; n f; TDNT-5:826,786; [{See TDNT 597 }] AV-virgin 14; 14
- 1) a virgin
- 1a) a marriageable maiden
- 1b) a woman who has never had sexual intercourse with a man
- 1c) one’s marriageable daughter
- 2) a man who has abstained from all uncleanness and whoredom attendant on idolatry, and so has kept his chastity
- 2a) one who has never had intercourse with women
3935 παρίημι pariemi [par-ee’-ay-mi] from 3844 and ιημι hiemi (to send eimi, to go); v; TDNT-1:509,88; [{ See TDNT 115 }] AV-hang down 1; 1
- 1) to let pass
- 1a) to pass by, neglect
- 1b) to disregard, omit
- 2) to relax, loose, let go
- 3) relaxed, unstrung, weakened, exhausted
3956 ~πᾶς~ pas \@pas\@ including all the forms of declension; adj AV-all 748, all things 170, every 117, all men 41, whosoever 31, everyone 28, whole 12, all manner of 11, every man 11, no + 3756 9, every thing 7, any 7, whatsoever 6, whosoever + 3739 + 302 3, always + 1223 3, daily + 2250 2, any thing 2, no + 3361 2, not tr 7, misc 26; 1243
- 1) individually
- 1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things, everything
- 2) collectively
- 2a) some of all types
3958 πάσχω pascho [pas’-kho] including the forms πάθω (patho [path’-o)] and πένθω (pentho [pen’-tho]), used only in certain tenses for it apparently a root word; v; TDNT-5:904,798; [{See TDNT 606 }] AV-suffer 39, be vexed 1, passion + 3588 1, feel 1; 42
- 1) to be affected or have been affected, to feel, have a sensible experience, to undergo
- 1a) in a good sense, to be well off, in good case
- 1b) in a bad sense, to suffer sadly, be in a bad plight
- 1b1) of a sick person
3960 πατάσσω patasso [pat-as’-so] probably prolongation from 3817; v; TDNT-5:939,804; [{See TDNT 607 }] AV-smite 9, strike 1; 10
- 1) to strike gently: as a part or a member of the body
- 2) to stroke, smite: with the sword, to afflict, to visit with evils, etc. as with a deadly disease
- 3) to smite down, cut down, to kill, slay
3962 ~πατήρ~ pater \@pat-ayr’\@ apparently a root word but with clearly Latin origins; n m AV-Father 267, father 150, parent 1; 418 see also Patronus, Pater Patriae, Parens patriae, or Conscripted fathers of Rome.
- 1) generator or male ancestor
- 1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal nature, natural fathers, both parents
- 1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe, progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called, Jacob and David
- 1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation
- 1c) one advanced in years, a senior
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) the originator and transmitter of anything
- 2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by the same spirit as himself
- 2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who actuates and governs their minds
- 2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another in a paternal way
- 2c) a title of honour
- 2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge and training they have received
- 2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled, to take charge of the interests of others
- 2a) the originator and transmitter of anything
- 3) God is called the Father
- 3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their creator, upholder, ruler
- 3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and protector
- 3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men
- 3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father
- 3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, madeacquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also in his own divine nature
- 3d1) by Jesus Christ himself
- 3d2) by the apostles
- "The word Prater properly signifying a General or Captain from praire... those who were Commanders in chief being like wise Judges in civil Causes." The Great Historical, Geographical, Genealogical and Poetical Dictionary; Being a Curious Miscellany of Sacred and Prophane History ... Collected from the Best Historians, Chronologers and Lexicographers ... But More Especially Out of Lewis Morery, D.D. His Eighth Edition Corrected and Enlarged by Monsieur Le Clerc ... The First[-second] Volume, Volume 2
3968 πατρίς patris [pat-rece’] from 3962 Pater father; n f; AV-(one’s) own country 5, country 3; 8
- 1) one’s native country
- 1a) one’s fatherland, one’s own country, a fixed abode or home
- 1b) one’s own native place i.e. a city
- Distinguished from chōras
- patris of one's fathers
3970 ~πατροπαράδοτος~ patroparadotos \@pat-rop-ar-ad’-ot-os\@ from 3962 and a derivative of 3860 (in the sense of handing over or down; (3844 used to make the word 3862 tradition and ordinance) ); ; adj AV-received by tradition from (one’s) fathers 1; 1 1 Peter 1:18
- 1) handed down from one’s father’s or ancestors
3980 ~πειθαρχέω~ peitharcheo \@pi-tharkh-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 3982 and 757; TDNT-6:9,818; {See TDNT 611} v AV-obey 2, hearken unto 1, obey a magistrate 1; 4
- 1) to obey (a ruler or a superior)
3982 ~πείθω~ peitho \@pi’-tho\@ a primary verb;v AV-persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55
- 1) persuade
- 1a) to persuade, i.e. to induce one by words to believe
- 1b) to make friends of, to win one’s favour, gain one’s good will, or to seek to win one, strive to please one
- 1c) to tranquillise
- 1d) to persuade unto i.e. move or induce one to persuasion to do something
- 2) be persuaded
- 2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one’s self to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing
- 2a1) to believe
- 2a2) to be persuaded of a thing concerning a person
- 2b) to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with
- 2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one’s self to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing
- 3) to trust, have confidence, be confident
3984 πεῖρα peira [pi’-rah] from the base of 4008 beyond, on the other side(through the idea of piercing); n f; TDNT- 6:23,822; [{See TDNT 613 }] AV-assay + 2983 1, trial 1; 2
- 1) a trial, experience, attempt
- 2) to attempt a thing, to make trial of a thing or of a person
- 3) to have a trial of a thing
- 4) to experience, learn to know by experience
3985 πειράζω peirazo [pi-rad’-zo] from 3984; v; TDNT-6:23,822; [{See TDNT 613 }] AV-tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39
- 1) to try whether a thing can be done
- 1a) to attempt, endeavour
- 2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining his quality, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself
- 2a) in a good sense
- 2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgments
- 2c) to try or test one’s faith, virtue, character, by enticement to sin
- 2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt
- 1c1a) of the temptations of the devil
- 2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt
- 2d) after the OT usage
- 2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his character and the steadfastness of his faith
- 2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust, as though they wished to try whether he is not justly distrusted
- 2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God’s justice and patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof of his perfections.
3993 πένης penes [pen’-ace] from a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); adj; TDNT- 6:37,824; [{See TDNT 614 }] AV-poor 1; 1
- 1) poor
- For Synonyms see entry 5870
3996 πενθέω pentheo [pen-theh’-o] from 3997 sorrow; v; TDNT-6:40,825; [{See TDNT 615 }] AV-mourn 7, wail 2, bewail 1; 10
- 1) to mourn
- 2) to mourn for, lament one
- For Synonyms see entry 5932
4004 πεντήκοντα pentekonta [pen-tay’-kon-tah] multiplicative of 4002; adj; AV-fifty 7; 7
- 1) fifty
- In Mark 6:40 we see κατά πεντήκοντα with a word origin as
a cardinal number from pente and a modified form of deka which means ten. Literally 5x10
- See also 4849
4012 ~περί~ peri \@per-ee’\@ from the base of 4008 beyond, on the other side ; prep AV-of 148, for 61, concerning 40, about 31, as touching 5, touching 6, whereof + 3739 3, not tr 4, misc 33; 331
- 1) about, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near
4036 περίλυπος perilupos [per-il’-oo-pos] from 4012 and 3077; adj; TDNT-4:323,540; [{See TDNT 454 }] AV-exceeding sorrowful 2, very sorrowful 2, exceeding sorry 1; 5
- 1) very sad, exceedingly sorrowful
- 2) overcome with sorrow so much as to cause one’s death
4041 ~περιούσιος~ periousios \@per-ee-oo’-see-os\@ from the present participle feminine of a compound of 4012 and 1510; adj AV-peculiar 1; 1
- 1) that which is one’s own, belonging to one’s possessions
- 1a) a people selected by God from the other nations for his own possession
4043 ~περιπατέω~ peripateo \@per-ee-pat-eh’-o\@ from 4012 and 3961; v AV-walk 93, go 1, walk about 1, be occupied 1; 96
- 1) to walk
- 1a) to make one’s way, progress; to make due use of opportunities
- 1b) Hebrew for, to live
- 1b1) to regulate one’s life
- 1b2) to conduct one’s self
- 1b3) to pass one’s life
4046 ~περιποιέομαι~ peripoieomai \@per-ee-poy-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 4012 and 4160; ; v AV-purchase 2; 2
- 1) to make to remain over
- 2) to reserve, to leave or keep safe, lay by
- 3) to make to remain for one’s self
- 4) to preserve for one’s self
- 5) to get for one’s self, purchase
4047 ~περιποίησις~ peripoiesis \@per-ee-poy’-ay-sis\@ from 4046 (preserve for one’s self); ; n f AV-purchased possession 1, to obtain + 1519 1, obtaining 1, saving 1, peculiar + 1519 1; 5
- 1) a preserving, a preservation
- 2) possession, one’s own property
- 3) an obtaining
4059 περιτέμνω peritemno [per-ee-tem’-no] from 4012 and the base of 5114; v; TDNT-6:72,831; [{See TDNT 621 }] AV-circumcise 18; 18
- 1) to cut around
- 2) to circumcise
- 2a) cut off one’s prepuce (used of that well known rite by which not only the male children of the Israelites, on the eighth day after birth, but subsequently also "proselytes of righteousness" were consecrated to Jehovah and introduced into the number of his people)
- 2b) to get one’s self circumcised, present one’s self to be circumcised, receive circumcision
- 2c) since by the rite of circumcision a man was separated from the unclean world and dedicated to God, the word is transferred to denote the extinguishing of lusts and the removal of sins
4061 περιτομή peritome [per-it-om-ay’] from 4059; n f; TDNT-6:72,831; [{See TDNT 621 }] AV-circumcision 35, circumcised 1; 36
- 1) circumcised
- 1a) the act or rite of circumcision, "they of the circumcision" is a term used of the Jews
- 1a1) of Christians gathered from among the Jews
- 1a2) the state of circumcision
- 1b) metaph.
- 1b1) of Christians separated from the unclean multitude and truly consecrated to God
- 1b2) the extinction of passions and the removal of spiritual impurity
- 1a) the act or rite of circumcision, "they of the circumcision" is a term used of the Jews
4073 πέτρα petra [pet’-ra] from the same as 4074 Πέτρος Petros; n f; TDNT-6:95,834; [{See TDNT 624 }] AV-rock 16; 16
- 1) a rock, cliff or ledge
- 1a) a projecting rock, crag, rocky ground
- 1b) a rock, a large stone
- 1c) metaph. a man like a rock, by reason of his firmness and strength of soul
4074 Πέτρος Petros [pet’-ros] apparently a primary word; n pr m; TDNT-6:100,835; [{See TDNT 625 }] AV-Peter 161, stone 1; 162
- Peter = "a rock or a stone"
- 1) one of the twelve disciples of Jesus
4088 πικρία pikria [pik-ree’-ah] from 4089; n f; TDNT-6:122,839; [{See TDNT 629 }] AV-bitterness 4; 4
- 1) bitter gall
- 1a) extreme wickedness
- 1b) a bitter root, and so producing a bitter fruit
- 1c) metaph. bitterness, bitter hatred
4095 ~πίνω~ pino \@pee’-no\@ a prolonged form of ~πιω~ pio \@pee’-o;\@ which (together with another form ~ποω~ poo \@po’-o,\@ occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; v AV-drink 68, drink of 7; 75
- 1) to drink
- 2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal
4097 πιπράσκω piprasko [pip-ras’-ko] a reduplicated and prolonged form of πραω prao [prah’-o,] (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), contracted from περαω perao (to traverse, from the base of 4008); v; TDNT-6:160,846; [{See TDNT 632 }] AV-sell 9; 9
- 1) to sell
- 1a) of price, one into slavery
- 1b) of the master to whom one is sold as a slave
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) sold under sin, entirely under the control of the love of sinning
- 2b) of one bribed to give himself up wholly to another’s will
- See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos.
4098 πίπτω πέτω piptō petō pip'-to Thayer Definition:
- 1. to descend from a higher place to a lower
- a.to fall (either from or upon)
- 1. to be thrust down
- b. metaphorically to fall under judgment, came under condemnation
- a.to fall (either from or upon)
- 2.to descend from an erect to a prostrate positionto fall down
- a. to be prostrated, fall prostrate
- 1. of those overcome by terror or astonishment or grief or
- 2. under the attack of an evil spirit or of falling dead suddenly
- 3. the dismemberment of a corpse by decay
- 4. to prostrate one's self
- a. to be prostrated, fall prostrate
used of suppliants and persons rendering homage or worship to one
- 5. o fall out, fall from, i.e. shall perish or be lost
- 6. to fall down, fall into ruin: of buildings, walls etc.
- b. to be cast down from a state of prosperity
- 1. to fall from a state of uprightness
- 2. to perish, i.e come to an end, disappear, cease
- 3. of virtuesto lose authority, no longer have force
- 4. of sayings, precepts, etc.
- 5. to be removed from power by death
- 6. to fail of participating in, miss a share in
4100 πιστεύω pisteuo [pist-yoo’-o] from 4102; v; TDNT-6:174,849; [{See TDNT 634 }] AV-believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one’s) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one’s trust 1, believer 1; 248
- 1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place confidence in
- 1a) of the thing believed
- 1a1) to credit, have confidence
- 1b) in a moral or religious reference
- 1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and law of soul
- 1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in obtaining or in doing something: saving faith
- 1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual faith
- 1a) of the thing believed
- 2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity
- 2a) to be intrusted with a thing
4102 ~πίστις~ pistis \@pis’-tis\@ from 3982; TDNT-6:174,849; {See TDNT 634} n f AV-faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244
- 1) conviction of the truth of anything, belief; in the NT of a conviction or belief respecting man’s relationship to God and divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and holy fervour born of faith and joined with it
- 1a) relating to God
- 1a1) the conviction that God exists and is the creator and ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal salvation through Christ
- 1b) relating to Christ
- 1b1) a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom of God
- 1c) the religious beliefs of Christians
- 1d) belief with the predominate idea of trust (or confidence) whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same
- 1a) relating to God
- 2) fidelity, faithfulness
- 2a) the character of one who can be relied on
4103 ~πιστός~ pistos \@pis-tos’\@ from 3982; adj AV-faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67
- 1) trusty, faithful
- 1a) of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties
- 1b) one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust
- 1c) that can be relied on
- 2) easily persuaded
- 2a) believing, confiding, trusting
- 2b) in the NT one who trusts in God’s promises
- 2b1) one who is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead
- 2b2) one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah and author of salvation
See infidel
4105 ~πλανάω~ planao \@plan-ah’-o\@ from 4106; v AV-deceive 24, err 6, go astray 5, seduce 2, wander 1, be out of the way 1; 39
- 1) to cause to stray, to lead astray, lead aside from the right way
- 1a) to go astray, wander, roam about
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to lead away from the truth, to lead into error, to deceive
- 2b) to be led into error
- 2c) to be led aside from the path of virtue, to go astray, sin
- 2d) to sever or fall away from the truth
- 2d1) of heretics
- 2e) to be led away into error and sin
4106 ~πλάνη~ plane \@plan’-ay\@ from 4108 planos (as abstractly); n f AV-error 7, to deceive 1, deceit 1, delusion 1; 10
- 1) a wandering, a straying about
- 1a) one led astray from the right way, roams hither and thither
- 2) metaphor
- 2a) mental straying
- 2a1) error, wrong opinion relative to morals or religion
- 2b) error which shows itself in action, a wrong mode of acting
- 2c) error, that which leads into error, deceit or fraud
- 2a) mental straying
4108 ~πλάνος~ planos \@plan’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; adj AV-deceiver 4, seducing 1; 5
- 1) wandering, roving
- 2) misleading, leading into error
- 2a) a vagabond, "tramp," imposter
- 2b) corrupter, deceiver
4111 ~πλάσσω~ plasso \@plas’-so\@ a root word; TDNT-6:254,862; {See TDNT 636} v AV-form 2; 2
- 1) to form, mould (something from clay, wax, etc.)
- 1a) used of a potter
4119 ~πλείων~ pleion \@pli-own\@ neuter ~πλείον~ pleion \@pli’-on\@ or ~πλέον~ pleon \@pleh’-on\@ comparative of 4183; ; adj AV-more 23, many 12, greater 5, further + 1909 3, most 2, more part 2, not tr 1, misc 8; 56
- 1) greater in quantity
- 1a) the more part, very many
- 2) greater in quality, superior, more excellent
4122 πλεονεκτέω pleonekteo [pleh-on-cek-teh’-o] from 4123 covetous, greedy of gain; v; TDNT-6:266,864; [{See TDNT 638 }] AV-make a gain 2, defraud 2, get an advantage 1; 5
- 1) to have more, or a greater part or share
- 1a) to be superior, excel, surpass, have an advantage over
- 2) to gain or take advantage of another, to overreach
4123 ~πλεονέκτης~ pleonektes \@pleh-on-ek’-tace\@ from 4119 and 2192; TDNT-6:266,864; {See TDNT 638} n m AV-covetous 4; 4
- 1) one eager to have more, esp. what belongs to others
- 2) greedy of gain, covetous
4124 ~πλεονεξία~ pleonexia \@pleh-on-ex-ee’-ah\@ from 4123; n f AV-covetousness 8, greediness 1, covetous practices 1; 10 1) greedy desire to have more, covetousness, avarice
4137 ~πληρόω~ pleroo \@play-ro’-o\@ from 4134⁹; v AV-fulfil 51, fill 19, be full 7, complete 2, end 2, misc 9; 90
- 1) to make full, to fill up, i.e. to fill to the full
- 1a) to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally
- 1a1) I abound, I am liberally supplied
- 1a) to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally
- 2) to render full, i.e. to complete
- 2a) to fill to the top: so that nothing shall be wanting to full measure, fill to the brim
- 2b) to consummate: a number
- 2b1) to make complete in every particular, to render perfect
- 2b2) to carry through to the end, to accomplish, carry out, (some undertaking)
- 2c) to carry into effect, bring to realisation, realise
- 2c1) of matters of duty: to perform, execute
- 2c2) of sayings, promises, prophecies, to bring to pass, ratify, accomplish
- 2c3) to fulfil, i.e. to cause God’s will (as made known in the law) to be obeyed as it should be, and God’s promises (given through the prophets) to receive fulfilment
4139 ~πλησίον~ plesion \@play-see’-on\@ neuter of a derivative of pelas (near); adv AV-neighbour 16, near 1; 17
- 1) a neighbour
- 1a) a friend
- 1b) any other person, and where two are concerned, the other (thy fellow man, thy neighbour), according to the Jews, any member of the Hebrew nation and commonwealth
- 1c) according to Christ, any other man irrespective of nation or religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet
4141 ~πλήσσω~ plesso \@place’-so\@ apparently another form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out); ; v AV-smite 1; 1
- 1) to strike, smite
4149 πλοῦτος ploutos [ploo’-tos] from the base of 4130; n m; TDNT-6:318,873; [{See TDNT 642 }] AV-riches 22; 22
- 1) riches, wealth
- 1a) abundance of external possessions
- 1b) fulness, abundance, plenitude
- 1c) a good i.e. that with which one is enrichedlink title
4151 ~πνεῦμα~ pneuma \@pnyoo’-mah\@ from 4154; 643} n n AV-Spirit 111, (Holy) Ghost 89, Spirit (of God) 13, Spirit (of the Lord) 5, (My) Spirit 3, Spirit (of truth) 3, Spirit (of Christ) 2, human (spirit) 49, (evil) spirit 47, spirit (general) 26, spirit 8, (Jesus’ own) spirit 6, (Jesus’ own) ghost 2, misc 21; 385
- 1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son
- 1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his personality and character (the Holy Spirit)
- 1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work and power (the Spirit of Truth)
- 1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force
- 2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated
- 2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels, thinks, decides
- 2b) the soul
- 3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at leastall grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing, desiring, deciding, and acting
- 3a) a life giving spirit
- 3b) a human soul that has left the body
- 3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel
- 3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived as inhabiting the bodies of men
- 3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ
- 4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul of any one
- 4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc.
- 5) a movement of air (a gentle blast)
- 5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself
- 5b) breath of nostrils or mouth For Synonyms see entry 5923
4160 ποιέω poieō poy-eh'-o, a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct); TDNT entry: 13:38,9; Thayer Definition:
- 1. to make
- a. with the names of things made, to produce, construct, form, fashion, etc.
- b. to be the authors of, the cause
- c. to make ready, to prepare
- d. to produce, bear, shoot forth
- e. to acquire, to provide a thing for one's self
- f. to make a thing out of something
- g. to (make, i.e.) render one anything
- 1. to (make, i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to appoint or ordain one that
- 2. to (make, i.e.) declare one anything
- h. to put one forth, to lead him out
- 1i. to make one do something
cause one to
- i. to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)
- 2. to do
- a. to act rightly, do well
- 1. to carry out, to execute
- b. to do a thing unto one
- 1. to do to one
- c. with designation of time: to pass, spend
- d. to celebrate, keep
- 1. to make ready, and so at the same time to institute, the celebration of the passover
- e. to perform: to a promise
- a. to act rightly, do well
Origin: apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary
4165 ~ποιμαίνω~ poimaino \@poy-mah’-ee-no\@ from 4166; TDNT-6:485,901; {See TDNT 647} v AV-feed 6, rule 4, feed cattle 1; 11
- 1) to feed, to tend a flock, keep sheep
- 1a) to rule, govern
- 1a1) of rulers
- 1a2) to furnish pasture for food
- 1a3) to nourish
- 1a4) to cherish one’s body, to serve the body
- 1a5) to supply the requisites for the soul’s need
- 1a) to rule, govern
- It does not mean to rule but to tend to the temporal needs. For Synonyms see entry 5824
4166 ~ποιμήν~ poimen \@poy-mane’\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-shepherd 15, Shepherd 2, pastor 1; 18
- 1) a herdsman, esp. a shepherd
- 1a) in the parable, he to whose care and control others have committed themselves, and whose precepts they follow
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) the presiding officer, manager, director, of any assembly: so of Christ the Head of the church; the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably {#Ac 20:17,28 Eph 4:11 Tit 1:5,7 1Pe 5:1-4 etc.} 2a1) of the overseers of the Christian assemblies 2a2) of kings and princes
- The tasks of a Near Eastern shepherd were:
- -to watch for enemies trying to attack the sheep
- -to defend the sheep from attackers
- -to heal the wounded and sick sheep
- -to find and save lost or trapped sheep
- -to love them, sharing their lives and so earning their trust.
4171 ~πόλεμος~ polemos \@pol’-em-os\@ from pelomai (to bustle); n m AV-war 12, battle 5, fight 1; 18
- 1) a war
- 2) a fight, a battle
- 3) a dispute, strife, quarrel... For Synonyms see entry 5938
4172 ~πόλις~ polis \@pol’-is\@ probably from the same as polemos 4171 meaning war, or perhaps from polus 4183 meaning many, much, large; n f AV-city 164; 164
- 1) a city
- 1a) one’s native city, the city in which one lives
- 1b) the heavenly Jerusalem
- 1b1) the abode of the blessed in heaven
- 1b2) of the visible capital in the heavenly kingdom, to come down to earth after the renovation of the world by fire
- 1c) the inhabitants of a city
4173 ~πολιτάρχης~ politarches \@pol-it-ar’-khace\@ from 4172 and 757; ; n m AV-ruler of the city 2; 2
- 1) a ruler of a city or citizens
4174 ~πολιτεία~ politeia \@pol-ee-ti’-ah\@ from 4177 ("polity"); TDNT-6:516,906; {See TDNT 649} n f AV-freedom 1, commonwealth 1; 2
- 1) the administration of civil affairs
- 2) a state or commonwealth
- 3) citizenship, the rights of a citizen
4175 ~πολίτευμα~ politeuma \@pol-it’-yoo-mah\@ from 4176; n n AV-conversation 1; 1
- 1) the administration of civil affairs or of a commonwealth
- 2) the constitution of a commonwealth, form of government and the laws by which it is administered
- 3) a state, commonwealth 3a) the commonwealth of citizens
4176 ~πολιτεύομαι~ politeuomai \@pol-it-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of a derivative of 4177 polites "the inhabitant of any city or country" from the word polis; v AV-live 1, let (one’s) conversation be 1; 2
- 1) to be a citizen
- 2) to administer civil affairs, manage the state
- 3) to make or create a citizen 3a) to be a citizen 3b) to behave as a citizen 3b1) to avail one’s self of or recognise the laws 3b2) to conduct one’s self as pledged to some law of life"
4177 ~πολίτης~ polites \@pol-ee’-tace\@ from 4172; n m AV-citizen 3; 3
- 1) a citizen
- 1a) the inhabitant of any city or country
- 1b) the association of another in citizenship
- 1b1) a fellow citizen, fellow countryman
4183 ~πολύς~ polus \@pol-oos’\@ including the forms from the alternate pollos; TDNT-6:536,910; {See TDNT 650} adj AV-many 210, much 73, great 59, misc 23; 365 1) many, much, large
4185 πολυτελής poluteles [pol-oo-tel-ace’] from 4183 many, much, and 5056 end; adj; AV-very precious 1, costly 1, of great price 1; 3
- 1) precious
- 1a) requiring very great outlay, very costly
- 1b) excellent, of surpassing value
4189 πονηρία poneria pon-ay-ree’-ah from 4190; TDNT-6:562,912; {See TDNT 652} n f AV-wickedness 6, iniquity 1; 7
- 1) depravity, iniquity, wickedness
- 2) malice
- 3) evil purposes and desires
- For Synonyms see entry 5855
4190 ~πονηρός~ poneros \@pon-ay-ros’\@ from a derivative of 4192; adj AV-evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76
- 1) full of labours, annoyances, hardships
- 1a) pressed and harassed by labours
- 1b) bringing toils, annoyances, perils; of a time full of peril to Christian faith and steadfastness; causing pain and trouble
- 2) bad, of a bad nature or condition
- 2a) in a physical sense: diseased or blind
- 2b) in an ethical sense: evil wicked, bad
- For Synonyms see entry 5908
++++ The word is used in the nominative case in #Mt 6:13. This usually denotes a title in the Greek. Hence Christ is saying, deliver us from "The Evil," and is probably referring to Satan the adversary of The Way of God.
4192 πόνος ponos [pon’-os] from the base of 3993 penes poor; n m; AV-pain 3; 3
- 1) great trouble, intense desire
- 2) pain
4198 ~πορεύομαι~ poreuomai \@por-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from a derivative of the same as 3984; TDNT-6:566,915; {See TDNT 653} v AV-go 117, depart 11, walk 9, go (one’s) way 8, misc 9; 154
- 1) to lead over, carry over, transfer
- 1a) to pursue the journey on which one has entered, to continue on one’s journey
- 1b) to depart from life
- 1c) to follow one, that is: become his adherent
- 1c1) to lead or order one’s life
- For Synonyms see entry 5818
4202 ~πορνεία~ porneia \@por-ni’-ah\@ from 4203; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} n f AV-fornication 26; 26
- 1) illicit sexual intercourse
- 1a) adultery, fornication, homosexuality, lesbianism, intercourse with animals etc.
- 1b) sexual intercourse with close relatives; #Le 18:6-23
- 1c) sexual intercourse with a divorced man or woman; #Mr 10:11,12
- 2) metaph. the worship of idols
- 2a) of the defilement of idolatry, as incurred by eating the sacrifices offered to idols
- See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.
- Benson Commentary states : "The original word, πορνεια, implies criminal conversation of any kind whatever; and is used by the LXX., and by the writers of the New Testament, in the latitude which its correspondent word hath in the Hebrew language, namely, to denote all the different kinds of uncleanness committed, whether between men and women, or between men, or with beasts. Accordingly it is used in the plural number, chap. 1 Corinthians 7:2. Here the word signifies incest joined with adultery, the woman’s husband being still living, as appears from 2 Corinthians 7:12. In the Old Testament whoredom sometimes signifies idolatry, because the union of the Israelites with God as their king being represented by God himself as a marriage, their giving themselves up to idolatry was considered as adultery."
4203 ~πορνεύω~ porneuo \@porn-yoo’-o\@ from 4204; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} v AV-commit fornication 7, commit 1; 8
- 1) to prostitute one’s body to the lust of another
- 2) to give one’s self to unlawful sexual intercourse
- 2a) to commit fornication
- 3) metaph. to be given to idolatry, to worship idols
- 3a) to permit one’s self to be drawn away by another into idolatry
- See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.
4204 ~πόρνη~ porne \@por’-nay\@ from 4205; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} n f AV-harlot 8, whore 4; 12
- 1) a woman who sells her body for sexual uses
- 2) metaph. an idolatress
- See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.
4205 πόρνος pornos [por’-nos] from pernemi (to sell, akin to the base of 4097 the price of a slave who sells himself for an advantage.]); n m; TDNT- 6:579,918; [{See TDNT 654 }] AV-fornicator 5, whoremonger 5; 10
- 1) a man who prostitutes his body to another’s lust for hire
- 2) a male prostitute
- 3) a man who indulges in unlawful sexual intercourse, a fornicator
- See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.
4234 ~πρᾶξις~ praxis \@prax’-is\@ from 4238; TDNT-6:642,927; {See TDNT 657} n f AV-deed 4, work 1, office 1; 6
- 1) a doing, a mode of acting, a deal, a transaction
- 1a) the doings of the apostles
- 1b) in a bad sense, wicked deed, crime, wicked doings (our practices i.e. trickery)
- 2) a thing to be done, business
4235 ~πρᾷ ος~ praos \@prah’-os\@ see ~πραΰς~ a form of 4239, used in certain parts; ; adj AV-meek 1; 1
- 1) gentle, mild, meek
4236 ~πρᾳότης~ praotes \@prah-ot’-ace\@ see ~πραΰτης~ from 4235; TDNT- *, 798; {See TDNT 606} n f AV-meekness 9; 9
- 1) gentleness, mildness, meekness
- For Synonyms see entry 5898 & 5899
4237 ~πρασιά~ prasia \@pras-ee-ah’\@ perhaps from prason (a leek, and so an onion-patch); ; n f AV-in ranks 1, not tr. 1; 2
- 1) a plot of ground, a garden bed
- 2) Hebrew idiom i.e. they reclined in ranks or divisions, so that several ranks formed, as it were separate plots
4238 πράσσω prasso [pras’-so] a root word; v; TDNT-6:632,927; [{See TDNT 657 }] AV-do 28, commit 5, exact 1, require 1, deed 1, keep 1, use arts 1; 38
- 1) to exercise, practise, to be busy with, carry on
- 1a) to undertake, to do
- 2) to accomplish, perform
- 2a) to commit, perpetrate
- 3) to manage public affairs, transact public business
- 3a) to exact tribute, revenue, debts
- 4) to act
- For Synonyms see entry 5871 & 5911
4239 πραΰς praus [prah-ooce’] apparently a primary word, see 4235; adj; TDNT-6:645,929; [{ See TDNT 658 }] AV-meek 3; 3
- 1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness
- Meekness toward God is that disposition of spirit in which we accept His dealings with us as good, and therefore without disputing or resisting. In the OT, the meek are those wholly relying on God rather than their own strength to defend them against injustice. Thus, meekness toward evil people means knowing God is permitting the injuries they inflict, that He is using them to purify His elect, and that He will deliver His elect in His time. (#Isa 41:17, Luke 18:1-8) Gentleness or meekness is the opposite to self-assertiveness and self-interest. It stems from trust in God’s goodness and control over the situation. The gentle person is not occupied with self at all. This is a work of the Holy Spirit, not of the human will. (#Galatians 5:23)
4245 ~πρεσβύτερος~ presbuteros \@pres-boo’-ter-os\@ comparative of presbus (elderly); adj AV-elder 64, old man 1, eldest 1, elder woman 1; 67
- 1) elder, of age,
- 1a) the elder of two people
- 1b) advanced in life, an elder, a senior 1b1) forefathers
- 2) a term of rank or office
- 2a) among the Jews
- 2a1) members of the great council or Sanhedrin (because in early times the rulers of the people, judges, etc., were selected from elderly men)
- 2a2) of those who in separate cities managed public affairs and administered justice
- 2b) among the Christians, those who presided over the assemblies; (or churches) the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably {#Ac 20:17,28 Eph 4:11 Tit 1:5,7 1Pe 5:1-4 etc.}
- 2c) the twenty four members of the heavenly Sanhedrin or court seated on thrones around the throne of God
- 2a) among the Jews
4246 ~πρεσβύτης~ presbutes \@pres-boo’-tace\@ from the same as 4245; n m AV-old man 1, aged man 1, aged 1; 3
- 1) an old man, an aged man
- 2) ambassador
4253 ~πρό~ pro \@pro\@ a primary preposition; prep AV-before 44, above 2, above … ago 1, or ever 1; 48 1) before
4263 ~πρόβατον~ probaton \@prob’-at-on\@ also diminutive ~προβάτιον~ probation \@pro-ba’-tee-on\@ probably from a presumed. derivative of 4260; TDNT-6:689,936; {See TDNT 661} n n AV-sheep 40, sheepfold + 833 1; 41
- 1) any four footed, tame animal accustomed to graze, small cattle (opp. to large cattle, horses, etc.), most commonly a sheep or a goat
- 1a) a sheep, and so always in the NT
4270 ~προγράφω~ prographo \@prog-raf’-o\@ from 4253 and 1125; TDNT-1:770,128; {See TDNT 164} v AV-write 1, write aforetime 1, write afore 1, evidently set forth 1, before ordain 1; 5
- 1) to write before (of time)
- 1a) of old set forth or designated before hand (in the scriptures of the OT)
- 2) to depict or portray openly
- 2a) to write before the eyes of all who can read
- 2b) to depict, portray, paint, before the eyes
4276 ~προελπίζω~ proelpizo \@pro-el-pid’-zo\@ from 4253 and 1679; TDNT-2:534,229; {See TDNT 237} v AV-first trust 1; Ephesians 1:12
- 1) to hope before
4291 προΐστημι proistemi [pro-is’-tay-mee] from 4253 and 2476; v; TDNT-6:700,938; [{See TDNT 664 }] AV-rule 5, maintain 2, be over 1; 8
- 1) to set or place before
- 1a) to set over
- 1b) to be over, to superintend, preside over
- 1c) to be a protector or guardian
- 1c1) to give aid
- 1d) to care for, give attention to
- 1d1) profess honest occupations
4307 πρόνοια pronoia [pron’-oy-ah] from 4306 pronoeo provide; n f; TDNT-4:1011,636; [{See TDNT 525 }] AV-providence 1, provision 1; 2
- 1) forethought, providential care
- 2) to make provision for a thing
- see free bread, the dainties of rulers, daily bread and Nimrod
4314 ~πρός~ pros \@pros\@ a strengthened form of 4253; TDNT-6:720,942; {See TDNT 666} prep AV-unto 340, to 203, with 43, for 25, against 24, among 20, at 11, not tr 6, misc 53, vr to 1; 726
- 1) to the advantage of
- 2) at, near, by
- 3) to, towards, with, with regard to
4334 προσέρχομαι proserchomai [pros-er’-khom-ahee] from 4314 and 2064 (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 2:683,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come 30, come to 25, come unto 19, go to 3, go unto 2, draw near 2, misc 5; 86
- 1) to come to, approach
- 2) draw near to
- 3) to assent to
4336 ~προσεύχομαι~ proseuchomai \@pros-yoo’-khom-ahee\@ from 4314 pros "to the advantage of" or for an advantage and 2172 euchomai "To wish", request or apply for; v AV-pray 83, make prayer 3, pray for 1; 87
4339 προσήλυτος proselutos [pros-ay’-loo-tos] from the alternate of 4334 proserchomai to draw near; adj; TDNT-6:727,943; [{See TDNT 668 }] AV-proselyte 4; 4
- 1) a newcomer
- 1a) a stranger, alien
- 2) a proselyte
- 2a) one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism
- The Rabbis of the pharisees distinguished two classes of proselytes, proselytes of righteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep the whole of the Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements of Judaism, and proselytes of the gate, who dwelt among the Jews, and although uncircumcised observed certain specific laws, esp. the seven precepts of Noah, i.e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry, blasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering, rebellion against rulers and the use of "flesh with the blood thereof" which can be associated with covetous practices.
4342 ~προσκαρτερέω~ proskartereo \@pros-kar-ter-eh’-o\@ from the preposition pros and kartereo meaning steadfast; TDNT-3:618,417; {See TDNT 361} v AV-continue 4, continue instant 1, continue steadfastly 1, attend continually 1, give (one’s) self continually 1, wait on 1, wait on continually 1; 10
- 1) to adhere to one, be his adherent, to be devoted or constant to one
- 2) to be steadfastly attentive unto, to give unremitting care to a thing
- 3) to continue all the time in a place
- 4) to persevere and not to faint
- 5) to show one’s self courageous for
- 6) to be in constant readiness for one, wait on constantly
4343 ~προσκαρτέρησις~ proskarteresis \@pros-kar-ter’-ay-sis\@ from 4342; TDNT-3:619,417; {See TDNT 361} n f AV-perseverance 1; 1
- 1) perseverance
4352 ~προσκυνέω~ proskuneo \@pros-koo-neh’-o\@ from 4314 and a probable derivative of 2965 (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his master’s hand); TDNT-6:758,948; {See TDNT 670} v AV-worship 60; 60
- 1) to kiss the hand to (towards) one, in token of reverence
- 2) among the Orientals, esp. the Persians, to fall upon the knees and touch the ground with the forehead as an expression of profound reverence
- 3) in the NT by kneeling or prostration to do homage (to one) or make obeisance, whether in order to express respect or to make supplication
- 3a) used of homage shown to men and beings of superior rank
- 3a1) to the Jewish high priests
- 3a2) to God
- 3a3) to Christ
- 3a4) to heavenly beings
- 3a5) to demons
- 3a) used of homage shown to men and beings of superior rank
- In the Old Testament, the common word for worship is shachah. Study Aboda.
- In the New Testament, the word for worship is proskuneo.
- The word worshipper does not appear in the Old Testament except as a translation of abad which clearly means to serve.
4353 προσκυνητής proskunetes [pros-koo-nay-tace’] from 4352 proskuneo from 4314 pros to the advantage of, and a probable derivative of 2965 kuon (meaning to kiss, like a dog [licking] his master’s hand);kuon is both a dog and a metaphor for a man of impure mind) n m; TDNT-6:766,948; [{See TDNT 670 }] AV-worshipper 1; 1
- 1) a worshipper
4367 ~προστάσσω~ prostasso \@pros-tas’-so\@ from 4314 and 5021; v AV-command 6, bid 1; 7
- 1) to assign or ascribe to, join to
- 2) to enjoin, order, prescribe, command
- 2a) to appoint, to define
Appears 7 times:
- Matthew 1:24 Then Joseph being raised from sleep did as the angel of the Lord had bidden <4367> him, and took unto him his wife:
- Matthew 8:4 And Jesus saith unto him, See thou tell no man; but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.
- Matthew 21:6 And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded <4367> them, And brought the ass, and the colt,...
- Kingdom context Matthew 21:5 "... thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass."
- Mark 1:44 And saith unto him, See thou say nothing to any man: but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.
- Luke 5:14 And he charged him to tell no man: but go, and shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing, according as Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.
- Acts 10:33 Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded <4367> thee of God.
- Acts 10:48 And he commanded <4367> them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.
4371 ~προσφάγιον~ prosphagion \@pros-fag’-ee-on\@ from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4314 and 5315; ; n n AV-meat 1; 1
- 1) anything eaten with bread
- 1a) spoken of fish boiled or broiled
4374 προσφέρω prosphero [pros-fer’-o] from 4314 pros and 5342 phero to carry (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 9:65,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-offer 22, bring unto 10, bring to 4, bring 3, offer up 3, offer unto 1, offer to 1, misc 4; 48
- 1) to bring to, lead to
- 1a) one to a person who can heal him or is ready to show him some kindness, one to a person who is to judge him
- 1b) to bring a present or a thing, to reach or hand a thing to one
- 1c) to put to
- 2) to be borne towards one, to attack, assail
- 2a) to behave one’s self towards one, deal with one
4380 προσωποληπτέω prosopolepteo [pros-o-pol-ape-teh’-o] from 4381; v; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-have respect to persons 1; 1
- 1) to respect the person (i.e. the external condition of man)
- 2) to have respect of persons, discriminate
- See Inclusive of 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
- Hebrew: 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
- Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.
4381 προσωπολήπτης prosopoleptes [pros-o-pol-ape’-tace] from 4383 prosopon "The face" and 2983 lambano "to take"; n m; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-respecter of persons 1; 1
- 1) an acceptor of persons
- 2) one who discriminates
- See also 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
- Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
- Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>
4382 προσωποληψία prosopolepsia [pros-o-pol-ape-see’-ah] from 4381; n f; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-respect of persons 4; 4
- 1) respect of persons
- 2) partiality
- 2a) the fault of one who when called on to give judgment has respect of the outward circumstances of man and not to their intrinsic merits, and so prefers, as the more worthy, one who is rich, high born, or powerful, to another who does not have these qualities
- See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
- Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
- Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.
4383 πρόσωπον prosopon [pros’-o-pon] from 4314 and ops (the visage, from 3700); n n; TDNT-6:768,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-face 55, person 7, presence 7, countenance 3, not tr 1, misc 5; 78
- 1) the face
- 1a) the front of the human head
- 1b) countenance, look
- 1b1) the face so far forth as it is the organ of sight, and by it various movements and changes) the index of the inward thoughts and feelings
- 1c) the appearance one presents by his wealth or property, his rank or low condition
- 1c1) outward circumstances, external condition
- 1c2) used in expressions which denote to regard the person in one’s judgment and treatment of men
- 2) the outward appearance of inanimate things
- See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.
- Hebrew: 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.
- Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.
4394 ~προφητεία~ propheteia \@prof-ay-ti’-ah\@ from 4396 ("prophecy"); TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} n f AV-prophecy 16, prophesying 3; 19
- 1) prophecy
- 1a) a discourse emanating from divine inspiration and declaring the purposes of God, whether by reproving and admonishing the wicked, or comforting the afflicted, or revealing things hidden; esp. by foretelling future events
- 1b) Used in the NT of the utterance of OT prophets
- 1b1) of the prediction of events relating to Christ’s kingdom and its speedy triumph, together with the consolations and admonitions pertaining to it, the spirit of prophecy, the divine mind, to which the prophetic faculty is due
- 1b2) of the endowment and speech of the Christian teachers called prophets
- 1b3) the gifts and utterances of these prophets, esp. of the predictions of the works of which, set apart to teach the gospel, will accomplish for the kingdom of Christ
4395 ~προφητεύω~ propheteuo \@prof-ate-yoo’-o\@ from 4396 an interpreter ; TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} v AV-prophesy 28; 28
- 1) to prophesy, to be a prophet, speak forth by divine inspirations, to predict
- 1a) to prophesy
- 1b) with the idea of foretelling future events pertaining esp. to the kingdom of God
- 1c) to utter forth, declare, a thing which can only be known by divine revelation
- 1d) to break forth under sudden impulse in lofty discourse or praise of the divine counsels
- 1d1) under like prompting, to teach, refute, reprove, admonish, comfort others
- 1e) to act as a prophet, discharge the prophetic office
4396 ~προφήτης~ prophetes \@prof-ay’-tace\@ from a compound of 4253 and 5346; n m AV-prophet 149; 149
- 1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things
- 2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to human salvation
- 2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death, of Jesus the Messiah.
- 2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah
- 2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent of the Messiah
- 2d) the Messiah
- 2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God’s authority and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and urges salvation of men
- 2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians
- 2f1) they are associated with the apostles
- 2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian cause, foretelling certain future events. (#Acts 11:27)
- 2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and stimulate, their hearers
- 3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine inspiration)
- 3a) of Epimenides (#Tit 1:12)
4422 πτοέω ptoeo [pto-eh’-o] probably akin to the alternate of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to 4072 (through that of causing to fly away); v; AV-terrify 2; 2
- 1) to terrify
- 2) be terrified
- For Synonyms see entry 5841
4439 πύλη pule [poo’-lay] apparently a primary word; n f; TDNT-6:921,974; [{See TDNT 680 }] AV-gate 10; 10
- 1) a gate
- 1a) of the larger sort
- 1a1) in the wall of either a city
- 1a2) a palace
- 1a3) a town
- 1a4) the temple
- 1a5) a prison
- 1a) of the larger sort
- 2) the gates of hell (likened to a vast prison)
- 3) metaph. the access or entrance into any state
4442 πῦρ pur [poor] a root word; n n; TDNT-6:928,975; [{See TDNT 681 }] AV-fire 73, fiery 1; 74
- 1) fire
4461 ῥαββί rhabbi [hrab-bee’] of Hebrew origin 07227 רַבִּי meaning many or great with pronominal suffix; n m; TDNT- 6:961,982; [{See TDNT 685 }] AV-Master (Christ) 9, Rabbi (Christ) 5, rabbi 3; 17
- 1) my great one, my honourable sir
- 2) Rabbi, a title used by the Jews to address their teachers (and also honour them when not addressing them)
4467 ῥᾳδιούργημα rhadiourgema [hrad-ee-oorg’-ay-mah] from a comparative of rhaidios (easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041; n n; TDNT-6:972,983; [{See TDNT 687 }] AV-lewdness 1; 1
4468 ῥᾳδιουργία rhadiourgia [hrad-ee-oorg-ee’-a] from the same as 4467; n f; TDNT-6:972,983; [{See TDNT 687 }] AV-mischief 1; 1
- 1) ease in doing, faculty
- 2) levity or easiness in thinking or acting
- 2a) love of a lazy effeminate life
- 3) unscrupulous, cunning, mischief
4469 ῥακά rhaka [rhak-ah’] of Aramaic origin, cf. 07386 רֵיק empty; n; TDNT-6:973,983; [{ See TDNT 688 }] AV-Raca 1; 1 (See vanity)
- 1) empty, i.e. a senseless, empty headed man
- 2) a term of reproach used among the Jews in the time of Christ
4487 ῥῆμα rhema [hray’-mah] from 4483 Rheo speak; n n; TDNT-4:69,505; [{See TDNT 431 }] AV-word 56, saying 9, thing 3, no thing + 3756 1, not tr 1; 70
- 1) that which is or has been uttered by the living voice, thing spoken, word
- 1a) any sound produced by the voice and having definite meaning
- 1b) speech, discourse
- 1b1) what one has said
- 1c) a series of words joined together into a sentence (a declaration of one’s mind made in words)
- 1c1) an utterance
- 1c2) a saying of any sort as a message, a narrative
- 1c2a) concerning some occurrence
- 2) subject matter of speech, thing spoken of
- 2a) so far forth as it is a matter of narration
- 2b) so far as it is a matter of command
- 2c) a matter of dispute, case at law
- distinctly different than the word logos.
4496 ῥίπτω rhipto [hrip’-to] a primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of 4474, through the idea of sudden motion); v; TDNT-6:991,987; [{See TDNT 691 }] AV-cast down 2, cast 2, scatter abroad 1, cast out 1, throw 1; 7
- 1) to cast, throw
- 2) throw down
- 3) to cast forward or before
- 4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care)
- 5) to throw to the ground, prostrate
4505 ῥύμη rhume [hroo’-may] prolongation from 4506 rhuomai in its original sense "to draw to one’s self, to rescue, to deliver", akin to 4482 "to flow" (4511 a flowing issue);; n f; AV-street 3, lane 1; 4
- 1) a swing, rush, force, trail, of a body in motion
- 2) a tract of way in a town shut in by buildings on both sides
- 3) a street, a lane
4506 ῥύομαι rhuomai [rhoo’-om-ahee] middle voice of an obsolete verb, akin to 4482 rheo to flow (through the idea of a current, cf. 4511 a flowing issue); v; TDNT-6:998,988; [{See TDNT 693 }] AV-deliver 17, Deliverer 1; 18
- 1) to draw to one’s self, to rescue, to deliver
- 2) the deliverer
number - 4519
orig_word - σαβαώθ
word_orig - of Hebrew origin (06635) in feminine plural
translit - Sabaoth
tdnt - None
phonetic - sab-ah-owth'
part_of_speech - Noun
st_def - of Hebrew origin (6635 in feminine plural); armies; sabaoth (i.e. tsebaoth), a military epithet of God:--sabaoth.
IPD_def - "Lord of Sabaoth" Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war
English - sabaoth letter - s data - {"def":{"short":"armies; sabaoth (i.e., tsebaoth), a military epithet of God","long":["\"Lord of Sabaoth\"",["Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war"]]},"deriv":"of Hebrew origin (H6635 in feminine plural)","pronun":{"ipa":"sɑ.βɑˈoθ","ipa_mod":"sɑ.vɑˈowθ","sbl":"sabaōth","dic":"sa-va-OHTH","dic_mod":"sa-va-OHTH"},"see":["H6635"]}
usages - Sabaoth
4531 σ αλεύω saleuo [sal-yoo’-o] from 4535; v; TDNT-7:65,996; [{See TDNT 698 }] AV-shake 10, move 1, shake together 1, that are shaken 1, which cannot be shaken + 3361 1, stir up 1; 15
- 1) a motion produced by winds, storms, waves, etc
- 1a) to agitate or shake
- 1b) to cause to totter
- 1c) to shake thoroughly, of a measure filled by shaking its contents together
- 2) to shake down, overthrow
- 2a) to cast down from one’s (secure and happy) state
- 2b) to move, agitate the mind, to disturb one
4540 Σαμάρεια Samareia [sam-ar’-i-ah] of Hebrew origin 08111 שֹׁמְרוֹן; n pr loc; TDNT-7:88,999; [{See TDNT 700 }] AV-Samaria 11; 11
- Samaria = "guardianship"
- 1) a territory in Palestine, which had Samaria as its capital
4561 σάρξ sarx [sarx] probably from the base of 4563 saroosweep; n f; TDNT-7:98,1000; [{See TDNT 702 }] AV-flesh 147, carnal 2, carnally minded + 5427 1, fleshly 1; 151
- 1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts
- 2) the body
- 2a) the body of a man
- 2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or relationship
- 2b1) born of natural generation
- 2c) the sensuous nature of man, "the animal nature"
- 2c1) without any suggestion of depravity
- 2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin
- 2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering
- 3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh) whether man or beast
- 4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God
4566 ~Σατᾶν~ Satan \@sat-an’\@ of Hebrew origin 07854 ^ןטשׁ^, cf 4567; TDNT-7:151,1007; {See TDNT 703} n pr m AV-Satan 1; 1
- 1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to
- 1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ
- 1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin
- 1a2) circumventing men by his wiles
- 1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control
- 1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases
- 1a5) by God’s assistance he is overcome
- 1a6) on Christ’s return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment
- 1b) a Satan-like man
- 1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ
4567 ~Σατανᾶς~ Satanas \@sat-an-as’\@ of Aramaic origin corresponding to 4566 (with the definite affix); TDNT-7:151,1007; {See TDNT 703} n pr m AV-Satan 36; 36
- 1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to
- 1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ
- 1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin
- 1a2) circumventing men by his wiles
- 1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control
- 1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases
- 1a5) by God’s assistance he is overcome
- 1a6) on Christ’s return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment
- 1b) a Satan-like man
- 1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ
4576 ~σέβομαι~ sebomai \@seb’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently primary verb; v AV-worship 6, devout 3, religious 1; 10
- 1) to revere, to worship
4579 ~σείω~ seio \@si’-o\@ apparently a primary verb; TDNT-7:196,1014; {See TDNT 706} v AV-shake 3, move 1, quake 1; 5
- 1) to shake, agitate, cause to tremble
- 1a) of men, to be thrown into a tremor, to quake for fear
- 1b) metaph. to agitate the mind
4591 σημαίνω semaino [say-mah’-ee-no] from sema (a mark, of uncertain derivation); v; TDNT-7:262,1015; [{ See TDNT 707 }] AV-signify 6; 6
- 1) to give a sign, to signify, indicate
- 2) to make known
4592 σημεῖον semeion [say-mi’-on] from a presumed derivative of the base of 4591 semaino the verb to give a sign or to make known; n n; TDNT- 7:200,1015; [{See TDNT 707 }] AV-sign 50, miracle 23, wonder 3, token 1; 77
- 1) a sign, mark, token
- 1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from others and is known
- 1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence, transcending the common course of nature
- 1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen
- 1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are pleading is God’s
- 1411 δύναμις dunamis is also translated miracle 7 times but power 77 times.
4601 ~σιγάω~ sigao \@see-gah’-o\@ from 4602; ; v AV-hold (one’s) peace 4, keep silence 3, keep close 1, keep secret 1; 9
- 1) to keep silence, hold one’s peace
- 2) to be kept in silence, be concealed
- This is not the same silence we see in Matthew 22:34, Mark 1:25,
Mark 4:39, and 1 Peter 2:15. 5392 the Greek word φιμόω phimoo
- Nor is it the word ~ἡσυχία~ hesuchia 2271 meaning "the life of one who stays at home doing his own work, and does not officiously meddle with the affairs of others."
- We do see hesuchia in 1 Timothy 2:11-12 Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. But I suffer not a woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in silence."
4613 Σίμων Simon [see’-mone] of Hebrew origin 08095 שִׁמְעוֹן Simeon = "heard"; n pr m; AV-Simon (Peter) 49, Simon (Zelotes) 4, Simon (father of Judas) 4, Simon (Magus) 4, Simon (the tanner) 4, Simon (the Pharisee) 3, Simon (of Cyrene) 3, Simon (brother of Jesus) 2, Simon (the leper) 2; 75
- Peter = "a rock or stone"
- 1) Peter was one of the apostles
- 2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites
- 3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus.
- 4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard
- 5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10
- 6) Simon the Pharisee, #Lu 7:40-44
- 7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ
- 8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas
- 9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name
4620 σιτόμετρον sitometron sit-om’-et-ron from 4621 wheat or grain and 3358 measure; ; n n AV-portion of meat 1; 1
- 1) a measured ‘portion of’ grain or ‘food’
4624 ~σκανδαλίζω~ skandalizo \@skan-dal-id’-zo\@ ("scandalize") from 4625 skandalon figuratively, cause of sin, derivative of kampto a snare; TDNT-7:339,1036; {See TDNT 715} v AV-offend 28, make to offend 2; 30
- 1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend
- 1a) to entice to sin
- 1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom he ought to trust and obey
- 1b1) to cause to fall away
- 1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his authority
- 1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another
- 1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed
- 1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing
- 1c2) to make indignant
- 1c3) to be displeased, indignant
4625 ~σκάνδαλον~ skandalon \@skan’-dal-on\@ ("scandal") probably from a derivative of 2578; TDNT-7:339,1036; {See TDNT 715} n n AV-offence 9, stumbling block 3, occasion of stumbling 1, occasion to fall 1, thing that offends 1; 15
- 1) the movable stick or trigger of a trap, a trap stick
- 1a) a trap, snare
- 1b) any impediment placed in the way and causing one to stumble or fall, (a stumbling block, occasion of stumbling) i.e. a rock which is a cause of stumbling
- 1c) fig. applied to Jesus Christ, whose person and career were so contrary to the expectations of the Jews concerning the Messiah, that they rejected him and by their obstinacy made shipwreck of their salvation
- 2) any person or thing by which one is (entrapped) drawn into error or sin
4644 σκληροτράχηλος sklerotrachelos [sklay-rot-rakh’-ay-los] from 4642 skleros meaning hard or harsh even violent and 5137 trachelos neck; adj; TDNT-5:1029,816; [{See TDNT 610 }] AV-stiffnecked 1; 1
- 1) stiffnecked
- 2) stubborn, headstrong, obstinate
4653 σκοτία skotia [skot-ee’-ah] from 4655; n f; TDNT-7:423,1049; [{See TDNT 724 }] AV-darkness 14, dark 2; 16
- 1) darkness
- 2) the darkness due to want of light
- 3) metaph. used of ignorance of divine things, and its associated wickedness, and the resultant misery in hell
4655 ~σκότος~ skotos \@skot’-os\@ from the base of 4639 [skia a shadow]; n n AV-darkness 32; 32
- 1) darkness
- 1a) of night darkness
- 1b) of darkened eyesight or blindness
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) of ignorance respecting divine things and human duties, and the accompanying ungodliness and immorality, together with their consequent misery in hell
- 2b) persons in whom darkness becomes visible and holds sway
4657 ~σκύβαλον~ skubalon \@skoo’-bal-on\@ neuter of a presumed derivative of 1519 and 2965 and 906; TDNT-7:445,1052; {See TDNT 725} n n AV-dung 1; 1
- 1) any refuse, as the excrement of animals, offscourings, rubbish, dregs
- 1a) of things worthless and detestable
4671 σοί soi [soy] dative case of 4771 σύ su thou (the second person singular); pronoun; AV-thee 200, thou 14, thy 4, thine own 1, not tr 2; 221
- 1) to you
4678 ~σοφία~ sophia \@sof-ee’-ah\@ from 4680 wise; TDNT-7:465,1056; {See TDNT 731} n f AV-wisdom 51; 51
- 1) wisdom, broad and full of intelligence; used of the knowledge of very diverse matters
- 1a) the wisdom which belongs to men
- 1a1) spec. the varied knowledge of things human and divine, acquired by acuteness and experience, and summed up in maxims and proverbs
- 1a2) the science and learning
- 1a3) the act of interpreting dreams and always giving the sagest advice
- 1a4) the intelligence evinced in discovering the meaning of some mysterious number or vision
- 1a5) skill in the management of affairs
- 1a6) devout and proper prudence in intercourse with men not disciples of Christ, skill and discretion in imparting Christian truth
- 1a7) the knowledge and practice of the requisites for godly and upright living
- 1b) supreme intelligence, such as belongs to God
- 1b1) to Christ
- 1b2) the wisdom of God as evinced in forming and executing counsels in the formation and government of the world and the scriptures
- 1a) the wisdom which belongs to men
4679 σοφίζω sophizo [sof-id’-zo] from 4680 wise; v; TDNT-7:527,1056; [{See TDNT 731 }] AV-make wise 1, cunningly devised 1; 2
- 1) to make wise, teach
- 2) to become wise, to have understanding
- 2a) to invent, play the sophist (sophistry)
- 2b) to devise cleverly or cunningly
4680 ~σοφός~ sophos \@sof-os’\@ akin to saphes (clear); TDNT-7:465,1056; {See TDNT 731} adj AV-wise 22; 22
- 1) wise
- 1a) skilled, expert: of artificers
- 1b) wise, skilled in letters, cultivated, learned
- 1b1) of the Greek philosophers and orators
- 1b2) of Jewish theologians
- 1b3) of Christian teachers
- 1c) forming the best plans and using the best means for their execution. For Synonyms see entry 5872
4695 ~σπιλόω~ spiloo \@spee-lo’-o\@ from 4696; ; v AV-spot 2; 2 1) to defile, spot
- James 3:6 And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth <4695> the whole body, and setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell.
- Jude 1:23 And others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted <4695> by the flesh.
4696 ~σπίλος~ spilos \@spee’-los\@ of uncertain derivation; ; n m AV-defile 1, spot 1; 2
- 1) a spot
- 2) a fault, moral blemish
- 2a) of base and gluttonous men
- Ephesians 5:27 That he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot <4696>, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.
- 2 Peter 2:13 And shall receive the reward of unrighteousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in the day time. Spots <4696> they are and blemishes, sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you;
4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splagchnizomai [splangkh-nid’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 4698 splagchnon; v; TDNT-7:548,1067; [{See TDNT 734 }] AV-have compassion 7, be moved with compassion 5; 12
- 1) to be moved as to one’s bowels, hence to be moved with compassion, have compassion (for the bowels were thought to be the seat of love and pity)
4704 ~σπουδάζω~ spoudazo \@spoo-dad’-zo\@ from 4710; TDNT-7:559,1069; {See TDNT 735} v AV-endeavour 3, do diligence 2, be diligent 2, give diligence 1, be forward 1, labour 1, study 1; 11
- 1) to hasten, make haste
- 2) to exert one’s self, endeavour, give diligence
4705 σπουδαῖος spoudaios [spoo-dah’-yos] from 4710 earnestness, diligence; adj; TDNT-7:559,1069; [{See TDNT 735 }] AV-diligent 1; 1
- 1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest
- 2) very diligent
4707 σπουδαιότερος spoudaioteros [spoo-dah-yot’-er-os] comparative of 4705 active, diligent; adj; AV-more forward 1, more diligent 1; 2
- 1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest
- 2) very diligent
4710 ~σπουδή~ spoude \@spoo-day’\@ from 4692; TDNT-7:559,1069; {See TDNT 735} n f AV-diligence 5, haste 2, business 1 (Romans 12:11 ), care 1, forwardness 1, earnest care 1 (2 Corinthians 8:16), carefulness 1; 12
- 1) haste, with haste
- 2) earnestness, diligence
- 2a) earnestness in accomplishing, promoting, or striving after anything
- 2b) to give all diligence, interest one’s self most earnestly
4714 στασις stasis stas’-is; from the base of 2476 ιστημὶ histemi abide, continue; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy: — dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar. 9 times;
- Thayer Definition: Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
- 1. a standing, station, state
- 2. an insurrection strife,
- 3. insurrection
- Strong's Definition: a standing (properly the act), that is, (by analogy) position (existence); by implication a popular uprising ; figuratively controversy: - dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
4728 ~στενός~ stenos \@sten-os’\@ probably from the base of 2476; TDNT-7:604,1077; {See TDNT 741} adj AV-strait 3; 3 1) narrow, strait
4747 ~στοιχεῖον~ stoicheion \@stoy-khi’-on\@ from a presumed derivative of the base of 4748; TDNT-7:670,1087; {See TDNT 748} n n AV-element 4, rudiment 2, principle 1; 7
- 1) any first thing, from which the others belonging to some seriesor composite whole take their rise, an element, first principal e.g. the elements, rudiments, primary and fundamental principles of any art, science, or discipline {#He 5:12}
- 1a) the elements of religious training, or the cermonial precepts common alike to the worship of the Jews and of the Gentiles {#Ga 4:3,9}
- 1b) the ceremonial requirements esp. of the Jewish tradition, minutely set forth by theophists and false teachers, and fortified by specious arguments {#Col 2:8,20}
- 1c) the principles and practices of the old covanent world order {#2Pe 3:10,12}
4748 ~στοιχέω~ stoicheo \@stoy-kheh’-o\@ from a derivative of steicho (to range in regular line); TDNT-7:666,1087; {See TDNT 748} v AV-walk 4, walk orderly 1; 5
- 1) to proceed in a row as the march of a soldier, go in order
- 1a) metaph. to go on prosperously, to turn out well
- 2) to walk
- 2a) to direct one’s life, to live
- see 4747
4762 ~στρέφω~ strepho \@stref’-o\@ strengthened from the base of 5157; TDNT-7:714,1093; {See TDNT 752} v AV-turn 11, turn (one’s) self 2, turn (one) 1, turn again 1, turn back again 1, turn (one) about 1, be converted 1, vr turn 1; 19
- 1) to turn, turn around
- 2) to turn one’s self (i.e. to turn the back to one
- 2a) of one who no longer cares for another)
- 2b) metaph. to turn one’s self from one’s course of conduct, i.e. to change one’s mind
4771 σύ su [soo] the person pronoun of the second person singular; pronoun; AV-thou 178; 178
- 1) you
- see 4671 σοί soi to you.
4783 ~συγκατάθεσις~ sugkatathesis \@soong-kat-ath’-es-is\@ from 4784; ; v AV-agreement 1; 1
- 1) a putting together or joint deposit (of votes)
- 1a) hence approval, assent, agreement
- The Stoics held that the soul consists of eight parts. In addition to the eight parts of the soul, the human hêgemonikon, a faculty of the mind, itself was characterized by four basic powers: presentation [phantasia], impulse [hormê], assent [sugkatathesis], and reason [logos].
4784 ~συγκατατίθεμαι~ sugkatatithemai \@soong-kat-at-ith’-em-ahee\@ mid from 4862 and 2698; ; v AV-consented + 2258 1; 1
- 1) to deposit together with another
- 2) to deposit one’s vote in the urn with another
- 3) to consent to, vote for, agree with
4789 συγκληρονόμος sugkleronomos [soong-klay-ron-om’-os] from 4862; n m; TDNT-7:787,1102; [{See TDNT 763 }] and 2818; TDNT-3:767,442; [{See TDNT 393 }] AV-fellow heir 1, joint heir 1, heir together 1, heir with 1; 4
- 1) a fellow heir, a joint heir
- 2) one who obtains something assigned to himself with others, a joint participant
- Romans 8:17 And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs <4789> with Christ; if so be that we suffer with [him], that we may be also glorified together.
- Ephesians 3:6 That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs <4789>, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel:
- Hebrews 11:9 By faith he sojourned in the land of promise, as [in] a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him <4789> of the same promise:
- 1 Peter 3:7 Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with [them] according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together <4789> of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.
4791 ~συγκοινωνός~ sugkoinonos \@soong-koy-no-nos’\@ from 4862 and 2844; n m AV-partaker with + 1096 1, partaker with 1, partaker 1, companion 1; 4
- 1) participant with others in anything, joint partner
4803 συζήτησις suzētēsis sood-zay'-tay-sis from 4802 συζητέω suzēteō to seek or examine together: TDNT entry: 19:28,1: Noun Feminine.
- Thayer Definition:
- mutual questioning, disputation, discussion
- Strong's Definition: From G4802; mutual questioning, that is, discussion: - disputation (-ting), reasoning.
4824 συμβούλιον sumboulion [soom-boo’-lee-on] from a presumed derivative of 4825 sumboulos with + advice, or (by implication) purpose; n n; AV-counsel 5, council 2, consultation 1; 8
- 1) counsel, which is given, taken, entered upon
- 1a) consult, deliberate
- 2) a council
- 2a) an assembly of counsellors or persons in consultation (the governors and procurators of provinces had a board of assessors or advisers with whom they took council before rendering judgment)
- See also 4892 συνέδριον sunedrion.
4825 σύμβουλος sumboulos [soom’-boo-los] from 4862 sun with and 1012 boule counsel; n m; AV-counsellor 1; 1
- 1) an adviser, counsellor
4830 συμμέτοχος summetochos [soom-met’-okh-os] from 4862 and 3353; adj; TDNT-2:830,286; [{See TDNT 281 }] AV-partaker 2; 2
- 1) partaking together with one, a joint partaker
- 1a) of something
4844 ~συμπίνω~ sumpino \@soom-pee’-no\@ from 4862 and 4095; ; v AV-drink with 1; 1
- 1) to drink with
4847 ~συμπολίτης~ sumpolites \@soom-pol-ee’-tace\@ from 4862 and 4177; ; n m AV-fellowcitizens 1; 1
- 1) possessing the same citizenship with others, a fellow citizen
- 1a) of Gentiles as received into communion of the saints
- 1b) of the people consecrated to God
4849 ~συμπόσιον~ sumposion \@soom-pos’-ee-on\@ from a derivative of the alternate of 4844; ; n n AV-company 1, not tr. 1; Repeated twice in Mark 6:39
- 1) a drinking party, entertainment
- 1a) of the party itself, the guests
- 1b) rows of guests
- "The symposium (or symposion) was an important part of ancient Greek culture from the 7th century BCE and was a party held in a private home where Greek males gathered to drink, eat and sing together. Various topics were also discussed such as philosophy, politics, poetry and the issues of the day."
- " The equivalent of a Greek symposium in Roman society is the Latin convivium."
- A Roman convivium according to Marcus Tullius Cicero for the republican period and Seneca suggest that ten to twelve was the maximum number.
- Plato in his "Laws" endorses the benefits of the symposium as a means to test and promote virtue in citizens.
4861 ~σύμψυχος~ sumpsuchos \@soom’-psoo-khos\@ from 4862 and 5590; ; adj AV-of one accord 1; 1 1) of one mind, of one accord
- ++++
- This word is made up of two words "sun" (together with) and psuchos (soul, self, inner life, or the seat of the feelings, desires, affections). So the word refers to being united in spirit or harmonious (A&G). Paul desired the Philippians to be united in their affections-one in Christ in all desires! Used only here in the NT. (Wayne Steury)
4862 ~σύν~ sun \@soon\@ a primary preposition denoting union; prep AV-with 123, beside 1, accompany + 2064 1; 125
- 1) with
- 1a) implies a coherence, the two who are with each other are intimately connected and goes very much further then ~μετά~ {See GrkEng 3326} which means being in the same place with a person
4863 ~συνάγω~ sunago \@soon-ag’-o\@ from 4862 (with) and 71 (bring); ; v AV-gather 15, be gathered together 12, gather together 9, come together 6, be gathered 4, be assembled 3, take in 3, misc 10; 62
- 1) to gather together, to gather
- 1a) to draw together, collect
- 1a1) of fishes
- 1a2) of a net in which they are caught
- 1a) to draw together, collect
- 2) to bring together, assemble, collect
- 2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated)
- 2b) to gather together by convoking
- 2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet
- 3) to lead with one’s self
- 3a) into one’s home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain
4864 ~συναγωγή~ sunagoge \@soon-ag-o-gay’\@ from (the reduplicated form of) 4863; TDNT-7:798,1107; {See TDNT 764} n f AV-synagogue 55, congregation 1, assembly 1; 57
- 1) a bringing together, gathering (as of fruits), a contracting
- 2) in the NT, an assembling together of men, an assembly of men
- 3) a synagogue
- 3a) an assembly of Jews formally gathered together to offer prayers and listen to the reading and expositions of the scriptures; assemblies of that sort were held every sabbath and feast day, afterwards also on the second and fifth days of every week; name transferred to an assembly of Christians formally gathered together for religious purposes
- 3b) the buildings where those solemn Jewish assemblies are held. Synagogues seem to date their origin from the Babylonian exile. In the times of Jesus and the apostles every town, not only in Palestine, but also among the Gentiles if it contained a considerable number of Jewish inhabitants, had at least one synagogue, the larger towns several or even many. These were also used for trials and inflicting punishment.
- For Synonyms see entry 5897
4871 ~συναλίζω~ sunalizo \@soon-al-id’-zo\@ from 4862 and halizo (to throng); ; v AV-assemble together 1; 1
- 1) to gather together, assemble
- 2) to be assembled, meet with
4873 ~συνανάκειμαι~ sunanakeimai \@soon-an-ak’-i-mahee\@ from 4862 and 345; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-sit at meat with 4, sit with 2, sit together with 1, sit down with 1, sit at table with 1; 9
- 1) to recline together, feast together
- 1a) of guests
4892 συνέδριον sunedrion [soon-ed’-ree-on] from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4862 and the base of 1476; n n; TDNT-7:860,1115; [{See TDNT 768 }] AV-council 22; 22
- 1) any assembly (esp. of magistrates, judges, ambassadors), whether convened to deliberate or pass judgment
- 2) any session or assembly or people deliberating or adjudicating
- 2a) the Sanhedrin, the great council at Jerusalem, consisting of the seventy one members, viz. scribes, elders, prominent members of the high priestly families and the high priest, the president of the assembly. The most important causes were brought before this tribunal, inasmuch as the Roman rulers of Judaea had left to it the power of trying such cases, and also of pronouncing sentence of death, with the limitation that a capital sentence pronounced by the Sanhedrin was not valid unless it was confirmed by the Roman procurator.
- 2b) a smaller tribunal or council which every Jewish town had for the decision of less important cases.
4893 ~συνείδησις~ suneidesis \@soon-i’-day-sis\@ from a prolonged form of 4894 "to understand with others"; n f AV-conscience 32; 32
- 1) the consciousness of anything
- 2) the soul as distinguishing between what is morally good and bad, prompting to do the former and shun the latter, commending one, condemning the other
- 2a) the conscience
4904 συνεργός sunergos [soon-er-gos’] from a presumed compound of 4862 with and the base of 2041 work; adj; TDNT- 7:871,1116; [{See TDNT 769 }] AV-fellowlabourer 4, helper 3, fellowhelper 2, fellowworkers 1, workfellow 1, labourer together with 1, companion in labour 1; 13
- 1) a companion in work, fellow worker
4905 συνέρχομαι sunerchomai [soon-er’-khom-ahee] from 4862 sun preposition with and 2064 v erchomai to come; v; TDNT-2:684,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come together 18, go with 4, come with 2, resort 2, come 2, come with + 2258 1, company with 1, accompany 1, assemble with 1; 32
- 1) to come together
- 1a) to assemble
- 1b) of conjugal cohabitation
- 2) to go (depart) or come with one, to accompany one
4920 συνίημι suniemi [soon-ee’-ay-mee] from 4862 with and hiemi (to send); v; TDNT-7:888,1119; [{See TDNT 771 }] AV-understand 24, consider 1, be wise 1; 26
- 1) to set or bring together
- 1a) in a hostile sense, of combatants
- 2) to put (as it were) the perception with the thing perceived
- 2a) to set or join together in the mind
- 2a1) i.e. to understand: the man of understanding
- 2a2) idiom for: a good and upright man (having the knowledge of those things which pertain to salvation)
- 2a) to set or join together in the mind
- For Synonyms see entry 5825
4921 συνιστάω sunistao [soon-is-tah’-o] or (strengthened) συνιστάνω sunistano [soon-is-tan’-o] or συνίστημι sunistemi [soon-is’-tay-mee] from 4862 sun with and 2476 histemi to cause or make to stand,(including its collat. forms); v; TDNT- 7:896,1120; [{See TDNT 772 }] AV-commend 10, approve 2, consist 1, make 1, stand 1, stand with 1; 16
- 1) to place together, to set in the same place, to bring or band together
- 1a) to stand with (or near)
- 2) to set one with another
- 2a) by way of presenting or introducing him
- 2b) to comprehend
- 3) to put together by way of composition or combination, to teach by combining and comparing
- 3a) to show, prove, establish, exhibit
- 4) to put together, unite parts into one whole
- 4a) to be composed of, consist
4929 συντάσσω suntasso [soon-tas-so] from 4862 and 5021; v; AV-appoint 2; 2 (Matthew 26:19 and Matthew 27:10)
- 1) to put in order with or together, to arrange
- 2) to (put together), constitute
- 2a) to prescribe, appoint
4930 συντέλεια sunteleia [soon-tel’-i-ah] from 4931 sunteleo; n f; TDNT-8:64,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-end 6; 6
- 1) completion, consummation, end
4934 ~συντίθεμαι~ suntithemai \@soon-tith’-em-ahee\@ middle voice from 4862 and 5087; ; v AV-agree 2, covenant 1, assent 1; 4
- 1) to put together with, to place together, to join together
- 1a) to place in one’s mind
- 1a1) to resolve, determine
- 1a2) to make an arrangement, to engage
- 1b) to assent to, to agree to
- 1a) to place in one’s mind
4937 συντρίβω suntribo [soon-tree’-bo] from 4862 and the base of 5147; v; TDNT-7:919,1124; [{See TDNT 774 }] AV-bruise 3, break 2, broken to shivers 1, brokenhearted + 2588 1, break in pieces 1; 8
- 1) break, to break in pieces, shiver
- 2) to tread down
- 2a) to put Satan under foot and (as a conqueror) trample on him
- 2b) to break down, crush
- 2b1) to tear one’s body and shatter one’s strength
4953 σύσσημον sussemon [soos’-say-mon] from a compound of 4862 and the base of 4591; n n; TDNT- 7:269,1015; [{See TDNT 707 }] AV-token 1; 1
- 1) a common sign or concerted signal
- 2) a sign given according to agreement
4961 ~συστρατιώτης~ sustratiotes \@soos-trat-ee-o’-tace\@ from 4862 with and 4757 soldier; TDNT-7:701,1091; {See TDNT 751} n m AV-fellowsoldier 2; 2
- 1) a fellow soldier
- 2) an associate in labours and conflicts for the cause of Christ
- Philippians 2:25 Yet I supposed it necessary to send to you Epaphroditus, my brother, and companion in labour, and fellowsoldier <4961>, but your messenger, and he that ministered to my wants.
- Philemon 1:2 And to our beloved Apphia, and Archippus our fellowsoldier <4961>, and to the church in thy house:
4964 συσχηματίζω suschematizo [soos-khay-mat-id’-zo] from 4862(with) and a derivative of 4976(manner of life); v; AV-conform to 1, fashion (one’s) self according to 1; 2
- 1) to conform one’s self (i.e. one’s mind and character) to another’s pattern, (fashion one’s self according to)
- For Synonyms see entry 5873
4982 ~σώζω~ sozo \@sode’-zo\@ from a primary sos (contraction for obsolete saos, "safe"); TDNT-7:965,1132; {See TDNT 779} v AV-save 93, make whole 9, heal 3, be whole 2, misc 3; 110
- 1) to save, keep safe and sound, to rescue from danger or destruction
- 1a) one (from injury or peril)
- 1a1) to save a suffering one (from perishing), i.e. one suffering from disease, to make well, heal, restore to health
- 1b1) to preserve one who is in danger of destruction, to save or rescue
- 1b) to save in the technical biblical sense
- 1b1) negatively
- 1b1a) to deliver from the penalties of the Messianic judgment
- 1b1b) to save from the evils which obstruct the reception of the Messianic deliverance
- 1b1) negatively
- 1a) one (from injury or peril)
4983 ~σῶμα~ soma \@so’-mah\@ from 4982; TDNT-7:1024,1140; {See TDNT 780} n n AV-body 144, bodily 1, slave 1; 146
- 1) the body both of men or animals
- 1a) a dead body or corpse
- 1b) the living body
- 1b1) of animals
- 2) the bodies of planets and of stars (heavenly bodies)
- 3) is used of a (large or small) number of men closely united into one society, or family as it were; a social, ethical, mystical body
- 3a) so in the NT of the church
- 4) that which casts a shadow as distinguished from the shadow itself
4991 ~σωτηρία~ soteria \@so-tay-ree’-ah\@ feminine of a derivative of 4990 as (properly, abstract) noun; TDNT-7:965,1132; {See TDNT 779} n f AV-salvation 40, the (one) be saved 1, deliver + 1325 1, health 1, saving 1, that (one) be saved + 1519 1; 45
- 1) deliverance, preservation, safety, salvation
- 1a) deliverance from the molestation of enemies
- 1b) in an ethical sense, that which concludes to the souls safety or salvation
- 1b1) of Messianic salvation
- 2) salvation as the present possession of all true Christians
- 3) future salvation, the sum of benefits and blessings which the Christians, redeemed from all earthly ills, will enjoy after the visible return of Christ from heaven in the consummated and eternal kingdom of God.
- Fourfold salvation: saved from the penalty, power, presence and most importantly the pleasure of sin. (A.W. Pink)
4992 σωτήριον soterion [so-tay’-ree-on] neuter of the same as 4991 as (properly, concretely) noun; adj; TDNT- 7:1021,1132; [{See TDNT 779 }] AV-salvation 4, that brings salvation 1; 5
- 1) saving, bringing salvation
- 2) he who embodies this salvation, or through whom God is about to achieve it
- 3) the hope of (future) salvation
5009 ταμεῖον tameion [tam-i’-on] contraction of a presumed derivative of tamias (a dispenser or distributor; n n; AV-closet 2, secret chamber 1, storehouse 1; 4
- 1) a storage chamber, storeroom
- 2) a chamber esp. an inner chamber
- 3) a secret room
5010 τάξις taxis [tax’-is] from 5021; n f; AV-order 10; 10
- 1) an arranging, arrangement
- 2) order
- 2a) a fixed succession observing a fixed time
- 3) due or right order, orderly condition
- 4) the post, rank, or position which one holds in civic or other affairs
- 4a) since this position generally depends on one’s talents, experience, resources
- 4a1) character, fashion, quality, style
- 4a) since this position generally depends on one’s talents, experience, resources
5013 ~ταπεινόω~ tapeinoo \@tap-i-no’-o\@ from 5011; v AV-humble 6, abase 5, humble (one’s) self 2, bring low 1; 14
- 1) to make low, bring low
- 1a) to level, reduce to a plain
- 1b) metaph. to bring into a humble condition, reduce to meaner circumstances
- 1b1) to assign a lower rank or place to
- 1b2) to abase
- 1b3) to be ranked below others who are honoured or rewarded
- 1b4) to humble or abase myself by humble living
- 1c) to lower, depress
- 1c1) of one’s soul bring down one’s pride
- 1c2) to have a modest opinion of one’s self
- 1c3) to behave in an unassuming manner
- 1c4) devoid of all haughtiness
5015 ταράσσω tarasso [tar-as’-so] of uncertain affinity; v; AV-trouble 17; 17
- 1) to agitate, trouble (a thing, by the movement of its parts to and fro)
- 1a) to cause one inward commotion, take away his calmness of mind, disturb his equanimity
- 1b) to disquiet, make restless
- 1c) to stir up
- 1d) to trouble
- 1d1) to strike one’s spirit with fear and dread
- 1e) to render anxious or distressed
- 1f) to perplex the mind of one by suggesting scruples or doubts
5021 ~τάσσω~ tasso \@tas’-so\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); v AV-appoint 3, ordain 2, set 1, determine 1, addict 1; 8
- 1) to put in order, to station
5023 ταῦτα tauta [tow’-tah] or τα αυτα nominative or accusative case neuter plural of 3778 houtos this, these; pron; [{ See TDNT 784 }] AV-these things 158, these 26, thus 17, that 7, these words 7, this 6, afterwards + 3326 4, misc 22; 247
- 1) these
5026 ταύτῃ taute [tow’-tay] and ταύτην tauten [tow’-tane] and ταύτης tautes [tow’-tace] dative case, accusative case and genitive case respectively of the feminine singular of 3778; pron; AV-this 105, that 4, the same 4, misc 9; 122
5040 ~τεκνίον~ teknion \@tek-nee’-on\@ diminutive of 5043; n n AV-little children 9; 9
- 1) a little child
- 2) in the NT used as a term of kindly address by teachers to their disciples
5043 ~τέκνον~ teknon \@tek’-non\@ from the base of 5098; n n AV-child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99
- 1) offspring, children
- 1a) child
- 1a) a male child, a son
- 1b) metaph.
- 1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal relationship formed between men by the bonds of love, friendship, trust, just as between parents and children
- 1b2) in affectionate address, such as patrons, helpers,teachers and the like employ: my child
- 1b3) in the NT, pupils or disciples are called children of their teachers, because the latter by their instruction nourish the minds of their pupils and mould their characters
- 1b4) children of God: in the OT of "the people of Israel" as especially dear to God, in the NT, in Paul’s writings, all who are led by the Spirit of God and thus closely related to God
- 1b5) children of the devil: those who in thought and action are prompted by the devil, and so reflect his character
- 1c) metaph.
- 1c1) of anything who depends upon it, is possessed by a desire or affection for it, is addicted to it
- 1c2) one who is liable to any fate
- 1c2a) thus children of a city: it citizens and inhabitants
- 1c3) the votaries of wisdom, those souls who have, as it were, been nurtured and moulded by wisdom
- 1c4) cursed children, exposed to a curse and doomed to God’s wrath or penalty
- 1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal relationship formed between men by the bonds of love, friendship, trust, just as between parents and children
- For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943
5046 ~τέλειος~ teleios \@tel’-i-os\@ from 5056 definite point or goal; TDNT-8:67,1161; {See TDNT 785} adj AV-perfect 17, man 1, of full age 1; 19
- 1) brought to its end, finished
- 2) wanting nothing necessary to completeness
- 3) perfect
- 4) that which is perfect
- 4a) consummate human integrity and virtue
- 4b) of men
- 4b1) full grown, adult, of full age, mature
5047 ~τελειότης~ teleiotes \@tel-i-ot’-ace\@ from 5046; associated with 5048; TDNT-8:78,1161; {See TDNT 785} n f AV-perfectness 1, perfection 1; 2
- 1) perfection
- 1a) the state of the more intelligent
- 1b) moral and spiritual perfection
5048 ~τελειόω~ teleioo \@tel-i-o’-o\@ from 5046; TDNT-8:79,1161; {See TDNT 785} v AV-make perfect 12, perfect 4, finish 4, fulfil 2, be perfect 1, consecrate 1; 24
- 1) to make perfect, complete
- 1a) to carry through completely, to accomplish, finish, bring to an end
- 2) to complete (perfect)
- 2a) add what is yet wanting in order to render a thing full
- 2b) to be found perfect
- 3) to bring to the end (goal) proposed
- 4) to accomplish
- 4a) bring to a close or fulfilment by event
- 4a1) of the prophecies of the scriptures
- 4a) bring to a close or fulfilment by event
- oikos teleios is the perfect marriage in Rome. “perfect community” (koinonia teleios) ,
- teleio ,a can be a complete adoption and has been asociated with redeemed.
- Philo writes (Mos. 1.19). "And the princess, seeing him so advanced beyond his age, conceived for him an even greater fondness than before, and took [adopted] him for her son, having at an earlier time artificially enlarged the figure of her womb to make him pass as her real and not a supposititious child” (LCL, trans. F. H. Colson)."
Even Josephus writes,“Such was the child whom Thermuthis adopted as her son” (LCL, trans. Henry St. John Thackeray).
5055 τελέω teleo [tel-eh’-o] from 5056 telos meaning end; v; TDNT-8:57,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-finish 8, fulfil 7, accomplish 4, pay 2, perform 1, expire 1, misc 3; 26
- 1) to bring to a close, to finish, to end
- 1a) passed, finished
- 2) to perform, execute, complete, fulfil, (so that the thing done corresponds to what has been said, the order, command etc.)
- 2a) with special reference to the subject matter, to carry out the contents of a command
- 2b) with reference also to the form, to do just as commanded, and generally involving the notion of time, to perform the last act which completes a process, to accomplish, fulfil
- 3) to pay
- 3a) of tribute
- "It is finished or paid" #Joh 19:30
- Christ satisfied God’s justice by dying for all to pay for the sins of the elect. These sins can never be punished again since that would violate God’s justice. Sins can only be punished once, either by a substitute or by yourself.
5056 τέλος telos [tel’-os] from a primary tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); n n; TDNT- 8:49,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-end 35, custom 3, uttermost 1, finally 1, ending 1, by (one’s) continual + 1519 1; 42
- 1) end
- 1a) termination, the limit at which a thing ceases to be (always of the end of some act or state, but not of the end of a period of time)
- 1b) the end
- 1b1) the last in any succession or series
- 1b2) eternal
- 1c) that by which a thing is finished, its close, issue
- 1d) the end to which all things relate, the aim, purpose
- 2) toll, custom (i.e. indirect tax on goods)
- For Synonyms see entry 5941
5057 ~τελώνης~ telones \@tel-o’-nace\@ from 5056 and 5608; n m AV-publican 22; 22
- 1) a renter or farmer of taxes
- 1a) among the Romans, usually a man of equestrian rank
- 2) a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican or farmer general in the collection of taxes. The tax collectors were as a class, detested not only by the Jews, but by other nations also, both on account of their employment and of the harshness, greed, and deception, with which they did their job.
5058 ~τελώνιον~ telonion \@tel-o’-nee-on\@ from a presumed derivative of 5057 telones [publican, a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican]; ; n n AV-receipt of custom 3; 3
- 1) customs, toll
- 2) toll house, place of toll, tax office
- 3) the place in which the tax collector sat to collect the taxes
- Appears also in:
- Mark 2:14 And as he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom <5058>, and said unto him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him.
- Luke 5:27 And after these things he went forth, and saw a publican, named Levi, sitting at the receipt of custom <5058>: and he said unto him, Follow me.
5059 τέρας teras [ter’-as] of uncertain affinity; n n; TDNT-8:113,1170; [{See TDNT 788 }] AV-wonder 16; 16
- 1) a prodigy, portent
- 2) miracle: performed by any one
5078 ~τέχνη~ techne \@tekh’-nay\@ from the base of 5088; ; n f AV-art 1, occupation 1, craft 1; 3
- 1) of the plastic art
- 2) of a trade
5079 ~τεχνίτης~ technites \@tekh-nee’-tace\@ from 5078; n m AV-craftsman 3, builder 1; 4
- 1) an artificer, craftsman, builders
5083 τηρέω tereo [tay-reh’-o] from teros (a watch, perhaps akin to 2334); v; TDNT-8:140,1174; [{See TDNT 790 }] AV-keep 57, reserve 8, observe 4, watch 2, preserve 2, keeper 1, hold fast 1; 75
- 1) to attend to carefully, take care of
- 1a) to guard
- 1b) metaph. to keep, one in the state in which he is
- 1c) to observe
- 1d) to reserve: to undergo something
- For Synonyms see entry 5874
5087 ~τίθημι~ tithemi \@tith’-ay-mee\@ a prolonged form of a primary ~θεω~ theo \@theh’-o\@ (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); v AV-lay 28, put 18, lay down 12, make 10, appoint 6, kneel down + 1119 + 3588 5, misc 17; 96
- 1) to set, put, place
- 1a) to place or lay
- 1b) to put down, lay down
- 1b1) to bend down
- 1b2) to lay off or aside, to wear or carry no longer
- 1b3) to lay by, lay aside money
- 1c) to set on (serve) something to eat or drink
- 1d) to set forth, something to be explained by discourse
- 2) to make
- 2a) to make (or set) for one’s self or for one’s use
- 3) to set, fix establish
- 3a) to set forth
- 3b) to establish, ordain
5091 ~τιμάω~ timao \@tim-ah’-o\@ from 5093 timios meaning something precious and valuable; TDNT-8:169,1181; {See TDNT 792} v AV-honour 19, value 2; 21
- 1) to estimate, fix the value
- 1a) for the value of something belonging to one’s self
- 2) to honour, to have in honour, to revere, venerate
5092 ~τιμή~ time \@tee-may’\@ from 5099; TDNT-8:169,1181; {See TDNT 792} n f AV-honour 33, price 8, sum 1, precious 1; 43
- 1) a valuing by which the price is fixed
- 1a) of the price itself
- 1b) of the price paid or received for a person or thing bought or sold
- 2) honour which belongs or is shown to one
- 2a) of the honour which one has by reason of rank and state of office which he holds
- 2b) deference, reverence
5093 ~τίμιος~ timios \@tim’-ee-os\@ including the comparative ~τιμιώτερος~ timioteros \@tim-ee-o’-ter-os\@ and the superlative ~τιμιώτατος~ timiotatos \@tim-ee-o’-tat-os\@ from 5092 pric or value; ; adj AV-precious 8, most precious 2, more precious 1, dear 1, honourable 1, had in reputation 1; 14
- 1) as of great price, precious
- 2) held in honour, esteemed, especially dear
5099 ~τίνω~ tino \@tee’-no\@ strengthened for a primary ~τίω~ tio \@tee’-o\@ (which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses); ; v AV-be punished + 1349 1; 1
- 1) to pay, to recompense
- 2) to pay penalty, suffer punishment
5102 ~τίτλος~ titlos \@tit’-los\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-title 2; 2
- 1) a title which is the result of a judicial procedure.
- 2) an inscription, giving the accusation or crime for which a criminal suffered
- John 19:19 And Pilate wrote a title <5102>, and put it on the cross. And the writing was, JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS. This title <5102> then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.
5114 τομώτερος tomoteros [tom-o’-ter-os] comparative of a derivative of the primary temno (to cut, more comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a single stroke, whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking); adj; AV-sharper 1; 1
- 1) sharper
5117 τόπος topos [top’-os] apparently a primary word; n m; TDNT-8:187,1184; [{See TDNT 794 }] AV-place 80, room 5, quarter 2, licence 1, coast 1, where 1, plain + 3977 1, rock + 5138 1; 92
- 1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from surrounding space
- 1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district
- 1b) a place (passage) in a book
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly
- 2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting
- For Synonyms see entry 5875
5132 ~τράπεζα~ trapeza \@trap’-ed-zah\@ probably contracted from 5064 and 3979; TDNT-8:209,1187; {See TDNT 795} n f AV-table 13, bank 1, meat 1; 15
- 1) a table
- 1a) a table on which food is placed, an eating place
- 1a1) the table in the temple at Jerusalem on which the consecrated loaves were placed
- 1b) equiv. to the food placed upon the table
- 1b1) to set a table
- 1b2) put food before one
- 1c) a banquet, feast
- 1a) a table on which food is placed, an eating place
- 2) the table or stand of a money changer, where he sits, exchanging different kinds of money for a fee (agio), and paying back with interest loans or deposits
5147 τρίβος tribos [tree’-bos] from tribo (to "rub," akin to teiro, truo, and the base of 5131, 5134); n f; AV-path 3; 3
- 1) a worn way, a path
5158 τρόπος tropos [trop’-os] from the same as 5157; n m; AV-as + 3739 3, even as + 2596 + 3739 2, way 2, means 2, even as + 3739 1, in like manner as + 3639 1, manner 1, conversation 1; 13
- 1) a manner, way, fashion
- 1a) as, even as, like as
- 2) manner of life, character, deportment
5160 ~τροφή~ trophe \@trof-ay’\@ from 5142; ; n f AV-meat 11, food 2, some meat 2, not tr 1; 16
- 1) food, nourishment
5166 ~τρυγάω~ trugao \@troo-gah’-o\@ from a derivative of trugo (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry); ; v AV-gather 3; 3
- 1) to gather in ripe fruits
- 2) to gather the harvest or vintage
- 2a) of fruit gathered
5171 ~τρυφάω~ truphao \@troo-fah’-o\@ from 5172; ; v AV-live in pleasure 1; 1 James 5:5 Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth...
- 1) to live delicately, live luxuriously, be given to soft and luxurious life
- see James 5:5 "Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth".
- see also 2 Peter 2:13 "pleasure to riot" and "sporting themselves" and Luke 7:25 "live delicately, are in kings’ courts."
5172 ~τρυφή~ truphe \@troo-fay’\@ from thrupto (to break up or [figuratively] enfeeble, especially the mind and body by indulgence); ; n f AV-delicately 1, to riot 1; 2
- 1) softness, effeminate, luxurious living
- see 2 Peter 2:13 pleasure to "riot" and "sporting themselves" and Luke 7:25 "live delicately", are in kings’ courts.
5179 ~τύπος~ tupos \@too’-pos\@ from 5180; TDNT-8:246,1193; {See TDNT 800} n m AV-ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16
- 1) the mark of a stroke or blow, print
- 2) a figure formed by a blow or impression
- 2a) of a figure or image
- 2b) of the image of the gods
- 3) form
- 3a) the teaching which embodies the sum and substance of religion and represents it to the mind, manner of writing, the contents and form of a letter
- 4) an example
- 4a) in the technical sense, the pattern in conformity to which a thing must be made
- 4b) in an ethical sense, a dissuasive example, a pattern of warning
- 4b1) of ruinous events which serve as admonitions or warnings to others
- 4c) an example to be imitated
- 4c1) of men worthy of imitation
- 4d) in a doctrinal sense
- 4d1) of a type i.e. a person or thing prefiguring a future (Messianic) person or thing
- For Synonyms see entry 5919
5180 ~τύπτω~ tupto \@toop’-to\@ a primary verb (in a strengthened form); TDNT-8:260,1195; {See TDNT 801} v AV-smite 9, beat 3, strike 1, wound 1; 14
- 1) to strike, beat, smite
- 1a) with a staff, a whip, the fist, the hand
- 1b) of mourners, to smite their breast
- 2) to smite one on whom he inflicts punitive evil
- 3) to smite
- 3a) metaph. i.e. to wound, disquiet one’s conscience
5197 ~ὑβριστής~ hubristes \@hoo-bris-tace’\@ from 5195; TDNT-8:295,1200; {See TDNT 803} n m AV-despiteful 1, injurious 1; 2
- 1) an insolent man
- 2) one who, uplifted with pride, either heaps insulting language upon others or does them some shameful act of wrong
- For Synonyms see entry 5885
5198 ~ὑγιαίνω~ hugiaino \@hoog-ee-ah’-ee-no\@ from 5199; TDNT-8:308,1202; {See TDNT 804} v AV-sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12
- 1) to be sound, to be well, to be in good health
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) of Christians whose opinions are free from any mixture of error
- 2b) of one who keeps the graces and is strong
5199 ~ὑγιής~ hugies \@hoog-ee-ace’\@ from the base of 837; TDNT-8:308,1202; {See TDNT 804} adj AV-whole 13, sound 1; 14
- 1) sound
- 1a) of a man who is sound in body
- 2) to make one whole i.e. restore him to health
- 3) metaph. teaching which does not deviate from the truth
5204 ὕδωρ hudor [hoo’-dore] genitive case ὕδατος hudatos [hoo’-dat-os,] etc. from the base of 5205; n n; TDNT-8:314,1203; [{See TDNT 805 }] AV-water 79; 79
- 1) water
- 1a) of water in rivers, in fountains, in pools
- 1b) of the water of the deluge
- 1c) of water in any of the earth’s repositories
- 1d) of water as the primary element, out of and through which the world that was before the deluge, arose and was compacted
- 1e) of the waves of the sea
- 1f) fig. used of many peoples
5223 ~ὕπαρξις~ huparxis \@hoop’-arx-is\@ from 5225 and 5224 huparchonta; ; n f AV-goods 1, substance 1; 2
- 1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
5224 ~ὑπάρχοντα~ huparchonta \@hoop-ar’-khon-tah\@ neuter plural of present participle active of 5225 as noun; ; v participle AV-goods 7, that (one) has 4, things which (one) possesses 2, substance 1; 14
- 1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
- Matthew 19:21 Jesus said unto him, If thou wilt be perfect, go [and] sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come [and] follow me.
- Luke 14:33 So likewise, whosoever he be of you that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot be my disciple.
5225 ~ὑπάρχω~ huparcho \@hoop-ar’-kho\@ from 5259 and 756; ; v AV-be 42, have 2, live 1, after 1, not tr 2; 48 aee also 5224
- 1) to begin below, to make a beginning
- 1a) to begin
- 2) to come forth, hence to be there, be ready, be at hand
- 3) to be
5226 ὑπείκω hupeiko [hoop-i’-ko] from 5259 and eiko (to yield, be "weak"); v; AV-submit (one’s) self 1; 1
- 1) to resist no longer, but to give way, yield (of combatants)
- 2) metaph. to yield to authority and admonition, to submit
5242 ~ὑπερέχω~ huperecho \@hoop-er-ekh’-o\@ from 5228 and 2192; TDNT-8:523,1230; {See TDNT 814} v AV-higher 1, better 1, excellency 1, pass 1, supreme 1; 5
- 1) to have or hold over one
- 2) to stand out, rise above, overtop
- 2a) to be above, be superior in rank, authority, power
- 2a1) the prominent men, rulers
- 2b) to excel, to be superior, better than, to surpass
- 2a) to be above, be superior in rank, authority, power
5244 ~ὑπερήφανος~ huperephanos \@hoop-er-ay’-fan-os\@ from 5228 and 5316; TDNT-8:525,1231; {See TDNT 815} adj AV-proud 5; 5
- 1) showing one’s self above others, overtopping, conspicuous above others, pre-eminent
- 2) with an overweening estimate of one’s means or merits, despising others or even treating them with contempt, haughty
- For Synonyms see entry 5885
5247 ~ὑπεροχή~ huperoche \@hoop-er-okh-ay’\@ from 5242; TDNT-8:523,1230; {See TDNT 814} n f AV-excellency 1, authority 1; 2
- 1) elevation, pre-eminence, superiority
- 2) metaph. excellence
5253 ~ὑπερῷ ον~ huperoon \@hoop-er-o’-on\@ from a derivative of 5228; ; n n AV-upper chamber 3, upper room 1; 4
- 1) the highest part of the house, the upper rooms or story where the women resided
- 2) a room in the upper part of a house, sometimes built upon the flat roof of the house, whither Orientals were wont to retire in order to sup, meditate, pray
- Acts 1:13 "And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room <5253>, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James." verse 15 mentions 120 names and chapter two talk of Pentecost.
- Acts 9:37 And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died: whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber <5253>.
- Acts 9:39 Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber <5253>: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them.
- Acts 20:8 And there were many lights in the upper chamber <5253>, where they were gathered together.
5257 ~ὑπηρέτης~ huperetes \@hoop-ay-ret’-ace\@ from 5259 and a derivative of eresso (to row); n m AV-officer 11, minister 5, servant 4; 20
- 1) servant
- 1a) an underrower, subordinate rower
- 1b) any one who serves with hands: a servant
- 1b1) in the NT of the officers and attendants of magistrates as — of the officer who executes penalties
- 1b2) of the attendants of a king, servants, retinue, the soldiers of a king, of the attendant of a synagogue
- 1b3) of any one ministering or rendering service
- 1c) any one who aids another in any work
- 1c1) an assistant
- 1c2) of the preacher of the gospel
- For Synonyms see entry 5834 & 5928
5259 ~ὑπό~ hupo \@hoop-o’\@ a primary preposition; ; prep AV-of 116, by 42, under 48, with 14, in 1, not tr 6, misc 3; 230 1) by, under
5271 ~ὑποκρίνομαι~ hupokrinomai \@hoop-ok-rin’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 5259 and 2919; v AV-feign 1; 1
- 1) to take up another’s statements in reference to what one has decided for one’s self
- 1a) to reply, answer
- 2) to make answer (speak) on the stage
- 2a) to impersonate anyone, play a part
- 3) to simulate, feign, pretend
5272 ~ὑπόκρισις~ hupokrisis \@hoop-ok’-ree-sis\@ from 5271; n f AV-hypocrisy 5, dissimulation 1, condemnation 1; 7
- 1) an answering
- 2) an answer
- 3) the acting of a stage player
- 4) dissimulation, hypocrisy
5273 ~ὑποκριτής~ hupokrites \@hoop-ok-ree-tace’\@ from 5271 pretend falsely; n m AV-hypocrite 20; 20
- 1) one who answers, an interpreter
- 2) an actor, stage player
- 3) a dissembler, pretender, hypocrite
5278 ~ὑπομένω~ hupomeno \@hoop-om-en’-o\@ from 5259 and 3306; v AV-endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17
- 1) to remain
- 1a) to tarry behind
- 2) to remain i.e. abide, not recede or flee
- 2a) to preserve: under misfortunes and trials to hold fast to one’s faith in Christ
- 2b) to endure, bear bravely and calmly: ill treatments
5281 ~ὑπομονή~ hupomone \@hoop-om-on-ay’\@ from 5278; TDNT-4:581,581; {See TDNT 481} n f AV-patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32
- 1) steadfastness, constancy, endurance
- 1a) in the NT the characteristic of a man who is not swerved from his deliberate purpose and his loyalty to faith and piety by even the greatest trials and sufferings
- 1b) patiently, and steadfastly
- 2) a patient, steadfast waiting for
- 3) a patient enduring, sustaining, perseverance
- For Synonyms see entry 5861
5287 ὑπόστασις hupostasis [hoop-os’-tas-is] from a compound of 5259 and 2476; n f; TDNT-8:572,1237; [{ See TDNT 820 }] AV-confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5
- 1) a setting or placing under
- 1a) thing put under, substructure, foundation
- 2) that which has foundation, is firm
- 2a) that which has actual existence
- 2a1) a substance, real being
- 2b) the substantial quality, nature, of a person or thing
- 2c) the steadfastness of mind, firmness, courage, resolution
- 2c1) confidence, firm trust, assurance
- 2a) that which has actual existence
5293 ~ὑποτάσσω~ hupotasso \@hoop-ot-as’-so\@ from 5259 and 5021; Tasso/Hupotasso in the Greek is a form of the Hebrew root, “KafNunAyin" 03665.”TDNT-8:39,1156; {See TDNT 784} v AV-put under 6, be subject unto 6, be subject to 5, submit (one’s) self unto 5, submit (one’s) self to 3, be in subjection unto 2, put in subjection under 1, misc 12; 40
- 1) to arrange under, to subordinate
- 2) to subject, put in subjection
- 3) to subject one’s self, obey
- 4) to submit to one’s control
- 5) to yield to one’s admonition or advice
- 6) to obey, be subject
- A Greek military term meaning "to arrange [troop divisions] in a military fashion under the command of a leader". In non-military use, it was "a voluntary attitude of giving in, cooperating, assuming responsibility, and carrying a burden".
5297 ~ὑποφέρω~ hupophero \@hoop-of-er’-o\@ from 5259 and 5342; ; v AV-endure 2, bear 1; 3
- 1) to bear by being under, bear up (a thing placed on one’s shoulders)
- 2) to bear patiently, to endure
5310 ~ὕψιστος~ hupsistos \@hoop’-sis-tos\@ superlative from the base of 5311; TDNT-8:614,1241; {See TDNT 823} adv AV-highest 8, most high 5; 13
- 1) highest, most high
- 1a) of place: the highest regions
- 1b) of rank: the most high God
5311 ~ὕψος~ hupsos \@hoop’-sos\@ from a derivative of 5228; n n AV-on high 2, height 2, high 1, be exalted 1; 6
- 1) height
- 1a) of measurement
- 1b) of place, heaven
- 1c) metaph. rank, high station
5312 ~ὑψόω~ hupsoo \@hoop-so’-o\@ from 5311; v AV-exalt 14, lift up 6; 20
- 1) to lift up on high, to exalt
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) to raise to the very summit of opulence and prosperity
- 2b) to exalt, to raise to dignity, honour and happiness
5315 ~φάγω~ phago \@fag’-o\@ a primary verb (used as an alternate of 2068 in certain tenses); ; v AV-eat 94, meat 3; 97
- 1) to eat
- 2) to eat (consume) a thing
- 2a) to take food, eat a meal
- 2b) metaph. to devour, consume
5319 φανερόω phaneroo [fan-er-o’-o] from 5318 phaneros ; v; TDNT-9:3,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-make manifest 19, appear 12, manifest 9, show 3, be manifest 2, show (one’s) self 2, manifestly declare 1, manifest forth 1; 49
- 1) to make manifest or visible or known what has been hidden or unknown, to manifest, whether by words, or deeds, or in any other way
- 1a) make actual and visible, realised
- 1b) to make known by teaching
- 1c) to become manifest, be made known
- 1d) of a person
- 1d1) expose to view, make manifest, to show one’s self, appear
- 1e) to become known, to be plainly recognised, thoroughly understood
- 1e1) who and what one is
- For Synonyms see entry 5812
5321 φανέρωσις phanerosis [fan-er’-o-sis] from 5319 phaneroo make known; n f; TDNT-9:6,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-manifestation 2; 2
- 1) manifestation
5328 ~Φαραώ~ Pharao \@far-ah-o’\@ of foreign origin 06547 ערפ^, n m AV-Pharaoh 5; 5 Pharaoh =" his nakedness" 1) was a common title of the native kings of Egypt
5331 ~φαρμακεία~ pharmakeia \@far-mak-i’-ah\@ from 5332 from pharmakon (a drug; n f AV-sorcery 2, witchcraft 1; 3
- 1) the use or the administering of drugs
- 2) poisoning
- 3) sorcery, magical arts, often found in connection with idolatry and fostered by it
- 4) metaph. the deceptions and seductions of idolatry
5332 ~φαρμακεύς~ pharmakeus \@far-mak-yoos’\@ from pharmakon (a drug, i.e. spell-giving potion); ; n m AV-sorcerer 1; 1
- 1) one who prepares or uses magical remedies
- 2) sorcerer
5336 ~φάτνη~ phatne \@fat’-nay\@ from pateomai (to eat); n f AV-manger 3, stall 1; 4
- 1) a crib, a manger
5337 φαῦλος phaulos [fow’-los] apparently a primary word; adj; AV-evil 4; 4
- 1) easy, slight, ordinary, mean, worthless, of no account
- 2) ethically, bad, base, wicked
- For Synonyms see entry 5908
5342 ~φέρω~ phero \@fer’-o\@ a primary verb (for which other and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only, namely, ~οιω~ oio \@oy’-o;\@ and ~ενεγκω~ enegko \@en-eng’-ko;\@ v AV-bring 34, bear 8, bring forth 5, come 3, reach 2, endure 2, carry 1, misc 9; 64
- 1) to carry
- 1a) to carry some burden
- 1a1) to bear with one’s self
- 1b) to move by bearing; move or, to be conveyed or borne, with
- the suggestion of force or speed
- 1b1) of persons borne in a ship over the sea
- 1b2) of a gust of wind, to rush
- 1b3) of the mind, to be moved inwardly, prompted
- 1c) to bear up i.e. uphold (keep from falling)
- 1c1) of Christ, the preserver of the universe
- 1a) to carry some burden
- 2) to bear, i.e. endure, to endure the rigour of a thing, to bear patiently one’s conduct, or spare one (abstain from punishing or destroying)
- 3) to bring, bring to, bring forward
- 3a) to move to, apply
- 3b) to bring in by announcing, to announce
- 3c) to bear i.e. bring forth, produce; to bring forward in a speech
- 3d) to lead, conduct
5345 ~φήμη~ pheme \@fay’-may\@ from 5346; ; n f AV-fame 2; 2 1) fame, report
5346 ~φημί~ phemi \@fay-mee’\@ properly, the same as the base of 5457 and 5316; ; v AV-say 57, affirm 1; 58
- 1) to make known one’s thoughts, to declare
- 2) to say
5355 ~φθόνος~ phthonos \@fthon’-os\@ probably akin to the base of 5351; ; n m AV-envy 8, envying 1; 9
- 1) envy
- 2) for envy, i.e. prompted by envy
5356 φθορά phthora [fthor-ah’] from 5351 corrupt; n f; TDNT-9:93,1259; [{See TDNT 829 }] AV-corruption 7, to perish + 1519 1, destroy 1; 9
- 1) corruption, destruction, perishing
- 1a) that which is subject to corruption, what is perishable
- 1b) in the Christian sense, eternal misery in hell
- 2) in the NT, in an ethical sense, corruption i.e. moral decay
5360 φιλαδελφία philadelphia [fil-ad-el-fee’-ah] from 5361 philadelphos love as brethren; n f; TDNT-1:144,22; [{See TDNT 21 }] AV-brotherly love 3, brotherly kindness 2, love of the brethren 1; 6
- 1) love of brothers or sisters, brotherly love
- 2) in the NT the love which Christians cherish for each other as brethren
5368 ~φιλέω~ phileo \@fil-eh’-o\@ from 5384; TDNT-9:114,1262; {See TDNT 831} v AV-love 22, kiss 3; 25
- 1) to love
- 1a) to approve of
- 1b) to like
- 1c) sanction
- 1d) to treat affectionately or kindly, to welcome, befriend
- 2) to show signs of love
- 2a) to kiss
- 3) to be fond of doing
- 3a) be wont, use to do
- For Synonyms see entry 5914
5384 ~φίλος~ philos \@fee’-los\@ a primitive word; TDNT-9:146,1262; {See TDNT 831} adj AV-friend 29; 29
- 1) friend, to be friendly to one, wish him well
- 1a) a friend
- 1b) an associate
- 1c) he who associates familiarly with one, a companion
- 1d) one of the bridegroom’s friends who on his behalf asked the hand of the bride and rendered him various services in closing the marriage and celebrating the nuptials
5389 ~φιλοτιμέομαι~ philotimeomai \@fil-ot-im-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from a compound of 5384 and 5092; ; v AV-strive 1, labour 1, study 1; 3
- 1) to be fond of honour
- 1a) to be actuated by love of honour
- 1b) from a love of honour to strive to bring something to pass
- 2) to be ambitious
- 2a) to strive earnestly, make it one’s aim
5408 ~φόνος~ phonos \@fon’-os\@ from an obsolete primary pheno (to murder); ; n m AV-murder 8, slaughter 1, be slain + 599 1; 10
- 1) murder, slaughter
5411 ~φόρος~ phoros \@for’-os\@ from 5342; TDNT-9:78,1252; {See TDNT 827} n m AV-tribute 5; 5
- 1) tribute, esp. the annual tax levied upon houses, lands, and persons
- For Synonyms see entry 5941
5413 φορτίον phortion [for-tee’-on] diminutive of 5414 phortos loading; n n; TDNT-9:84,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-burden 5; 5
- 1) a burden, load
- 1a) of the freight or lading of a ship
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) of burdensome rites
- 2b) of the obligations Christ lays upon his followers, and styles a "burden" by way of the contrast to the precepts of the Pharisees, the observance of which was most oppressive
- 2c) faults of the conscience which oppress the soul
- For Synonyms see entry 5819
5414 φόρτος phortos [for’-tos] from 5342 phero to carry; n m; AV-lading 1; 1
- 1) a load, burden
- 1a) of a ship
5423 ~φρεναπάτης~ phrenapates \@fren-ap-at’-ace\@ from 5424 and 539; ; n m AV-deceiver 1; 1
- 1) a mind deceiver, a seducer
5424 ~φρήν~ phren \@frane\@ probably from an obsolete phrao (to rein in or curb, cf 5420); TDNT-9:220,1277; {See TDNT 834} n f AV-understanding 2; 2
- 1) the midriff or diaphragm, the parts of the heart
- 2) the mind
- 2a) the faculty of perceiving and judging
5438 ~φυλακή~ phulake \@foo-lak-ay’\@ from 5442; TDNT-9:241,1280; {See TDNT 835} n f AV-prison 36, watch 6, imprisonment 2, hold 1, cage 1, ward 1; 47
- 1) guard, watch
- 1a) a watching, keeping watch
- 1a1) to keep watch
- 1b) persons keeping watch, a guard, sentinels
- 1c) of the place where captives are kept, a prison
- 1d) of the time (of night) during which guard was kept, a watch i.e. a period of time during which part of the guard was on duty, and at the end of which others relieved them. As the earlier Greeks divided the night commonly into three parts, so, previous to the exile, the Israelites also had three watches in a night; subsequently, however, after they became subject to the Romans, they adopted the Roman custom of dividing the night into four watches
- 1a) a watching, keeping watch
5440 φυλακτήριον phulakterion [foo-lak-tay’-ree-on] neuter of a derivative of 5442; n n; AV-phylactery 1; 1
- 1) a fortified place provided with a garrison, a station for a guard or garrison
- 2) a preservative or safeguard, an amulet. The Jews used this word to describe small strips of parchment on which were written the following passages of the law of Moses, #Ex 13:1-10, 11-16; #De 6:4-9, 11:13-21, and which, enclosed in small cases, they were accustomed when engaged in prayer to wear fastened by a leather strap to the forehead and to the left arm over against the heart, in order that they might thus be solemnly reminded of the duty of keeping the commands of God in the head and in the heart, according to the directions given in #Ex 13:16, De 6:8, 11:18. These scrolls were thought to have the power, like amulets, to avert various evils and to drive away demons. The Pharisees were accustomed to widen, make broad, their phylacteries, that they might render them more conspicuous and show themselves to be more eager than the majority to be reminded of the law of God.
5442 ~φυλάσσω~ phulasso \@foo-las’-so\@ probably from 5443 through the idea of isolation; TDNT-9:236,1280; {See TDNT 835} v AV-keep 23, observe 2, beware 2, keep (one’s) self 1, save 1, be … ware 1; 30
- 1) to guard
- 1a) to watch, keep watch
- 1b) to guard or watch, have an eye upon: lest he escape
- 1c) to guard a person (or thing) that he may remain safe
- 1c1) lest he suffer violence, be despoiled, etc. to protect
- 1c2) to protect one from a person or thing
- 1c3) to keep from being snatched away, preserve safe and unimpaired
- 1c4) to guard from being lost or perishing
- 1c5) to guard one’s self from a thing
- 1d) to guard i.e. care for, take care not to violate
- 1d1) to observe
- 2) to observe for one’s self something to escape
- 2a) to avoid, shun flee from
- 2b) to guard for one’s self (i.e. for one’s safety’s sake) so as not to violate, i.e. to keep, observe (the precepts of the Mosaic law)
- For Synonyms see entry 5874
5457 φῶς phos [foce] from an obsolete phao (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays, cf 5316, 5346); n n; TDNT-9:310,1293; [{See TDNT 839 }] AV-light 68, fire 2; 70
- 1) light
- 1a) the light
- 1a1) emitted by a lamp
- 1a2) a heavenly light such as surrounds angels when they appear on earth
- 1b) anything emitting light
- 1b1) a star
- 1b2) fire because it is light and sheds light
- 1b3) a lamp or torch
- 1c) light, i.e brightness
- 1c1) of a lamp
- 1a) the light
- 2) metaph.
- 2a) God is light because light has the extremely delicate, subtle, pure, brilliant quality
- 2b) of truth and its knowledge, together with the spiritual purity associated with it
- 2c) that which is exposed to the view of all, openly, publicly
- 2d) reason, mind
- 2d1) the power of understanding esp. moral and spiritual truth
For Synonyms see entry 5817
5463 ~χαίρω~ chairo \@khah’-ee-ro\@ a primary verb; TDNT-9:359,1298; {See TDNT 840} v AV-rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74
- 1) to rejoice, be glad
- 2) to rejoice exceedingly
- 3) to be well, thrive
- 4) in salutations, hail!
- 5) at the beginning of letters: to give one greeting, salute
5477 Χαναάν Chanaan [khan-ah-an’] of Hebrew origin 03667 כְּנַעַן; n pr loc; AV-Chanaan 2; 2 Canaan = "lowland"
- 1) the land of Canaan
- 2) in a narrower sense: the part of Palestine lying west of the Jordan
- ) in a wider sense: all of Palestine
5479 ~χαρά~ chara \@khar-ah’\@ from 5463; TDNT-9:359,1298; {See TDNT 840} n f AV-joy 51, gladness 3, joyful 1, joyous 1, joyfulness 1, joyfully + 3326 1, greatly 1; 59
- 1) joy, gladness
- 1a) the joy received from you
- 1b) the cause or occasion of joy
- 1b1) of persons who are one’s joy
5483 ~χαρίζομαι~ charizomai \@khar-id’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 5485; v AV-forgive 11, give 6, freely give 2, deliver 2, grant 1, frankly forgive 1; 23
- 1) to do something pleasant or agreeable (to one), to do a favour to, gratify
- 1a) to show one’s self gracious, kind, benevolent
- 1b) to grant forgiveness, to pardon
- 1c) to give graciously, give freely, bestow
- 1c1) to forgive
- 1c2) graciously to restore one to another
- 1c3) to preserve for one a person in peril
5485 ~χάρις~ charis \@khar’-ece\@ from 5463; n f AV-grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156
- 1) grace
- 1a) that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm, loveliness: grace of speech
- 2) good will, loving-kindness, favour
- 2a) of the merciful kindness by which God, exerting his holy influence upon souls, turns them to Christ, keeps, strengthens, increases them in Christian faith, knowledge, affection, and kindles them to the exercise of the Christian virtues
- 3) what is due to grace
- 3a) the spiritual condition of one governed by the power of divine grace
- 3b) the token or proof of grace, benefit
- 3b1) a gift of grace
- 3b2) benefit, bounty
- 4) thanks, (for benefits, services, favours), recompense, reward
5486 ~χάρισμα~ charisma \@khar’-is-mah\@ from 5483; TDNT-9:402,1298; {See TDNT 840} n n AV-gift 15, free gift 2; 17
- 1) a favour with which one receives without any merit of his own
- 2) the gift of divine grace
- 3) the gift of faith, knowledge, holiness, virtue
- 4) the economy of divine grace, by which the pardon of sin and eternal salvation is appointed to sinners in consideration of the merits of Christ laid hold of by faith
- 5) grace or gifts denoting extraordinary powers, distinguishing certain Christians and enabling them to serve the church of Christ, the reception of which is due to the power of divine grace operating on their souls by the Holy Spirit
5500 χειροτονέω cheirotoneo [khi-rot-on-eh’-o] from a comparative of 5495 and teino (to stretch); v; TDNT- 9:437,1309; [{See TDNT 843 }] AV-ordain 3, choose 1; 4
- 1) to vote by stretching out the hand
- 2) to create or appoint by vote: one to have charge of some office or duty
- 3) to elect, create, appoint
5514 ~Χλόη~ Chloe \@khlo’-ay\@ from apparently a primary word, "green"; ; n pr f AV-Chloe 1; 1 Chloe =" a green herb"
- 1) a Christian woman of Corinth
5515 ~χλωρός~ chloros \@khlo-ros’\@ from the same as 5514; ; adj AV-green 3, pale 1; 4
- 1) green
- 2) yellowish pale
5544 ~χρηστότης~ chrestotes \@khray-stot’-ace\@ from 5543; TDNT-9:489,1320; {See TDNT 849} n f AV-goodness 4, kindness 4, good 1, gentleness 1; 10
- 1) moral goodness, integrity
- 2) benignity, kindness
5547 ~Χριστός~ Christos \@khris-tos’\@ from 5548; adj AV-Christ 569; 569 Christ =" anointed"
- 1) Christ was the Messiah, the Son of God
- 2) anointed
5565 ~χωρίς~ choris \@kho-rece’\@ from 5561; ; adv AV-without 35, beside 3, by itself 1; 39
- 1) separate, apart
- 1a) without any
- 1b) besides
5571 ~ψευδής~ pseudes \@psyoo-dace’\@ from 5574; TDNT-9:594,1339; {See TDNT 852} adj AV-liar 2, false 1; 3
- 1) lying, deceitful, false
5574 ~ψεύδομαι~ pseudomai \@psyoo’-dom-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT-9:594,1339; {See TDNT 852} v AV-lie 11, falsely 1; 12
- 1) to lie, to speak deliberate falsehoods
- 2) to decieve one by a lie, to lie to
5578 ~ψευδοπροφήτης~ pseudoprophetes \@psyoo-dop-rof-ay’-tace\@ from 5571 pseudo meaning false or lie and 4396 prophetes in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things; TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} n m AV-false prophet 11; 11
- 1) one who, acting the part of a divinely inspired prophet, utters falsehoods under the name of divine prophecies
- 2) a false prophet
5579 ψεῦδος pseudos [psyoo’-dos] from 5574; n n; TDNT-9:594,1339; [{See TDNT 852 }] AV-lie 7, lying 2; 9
- 1) a lie
- 2) conscious and intentional falsehood
- 3) in a broad sense, whatever is not what it seems to be
- 3a) of perverse, impious, deceitful precepts
5588 ~ψιθυριστής~ psithuristes \@psith-oo-ris-tace’\@ from the same as 5587; ; n m AV-whisperer 1; 1
- 1) a whisperer, secret slanderer, detractor
5590 ~ψυχή~ psuche \@psoo-khay’\@ from 5594; n f AV-soul 58, life 40, mind 3, heart 1, heartily + 1537 1, not tr 2; 105
- 1) breath
- 1a) the breath of life
- 1a1) the vital force which animates the body and shows itself in breathing
- 1a1a) of animals
- 1a1b) of men
- 1b) life
- 1c) that in which there is life
- 1c1) a living being, a living soul
- 1a) the breath of life
- 2) the soul
- 2a) the seat of the feelings, desires, affections, aversions (our heart, soul etc.)
- 2b) the (human) soul in so far as it is constituted that by the right use of the aids offered it by God it can attain its highest end and secure eternal blessedness, the soul regarded as a moral being designed for everlasting life
- 2c) the soul as an essence which differs from the body and is not dissolved by death (distinguished from other parts of the body)
5602 ὧδε hode [ho’-deh] from an adverb form of 3592 ὅδε hode; adv; AV-here 44, hither 13, in this place 1, this place 1, there 1; 60
- 1) here, to this place, etc.
5604 ὠδίν odin [o-deen’] akin to 3601 odune consuming grief; n f; TDNT-9:667,1353; [{See TDNT 855 }] AV-sorrow 2, pain 1, travail 1; 4
- 1) the pain of childbirth, travail pain, birth pangs
- 2) intolerable anguish, in reference to the dire calamities precede the advent of the Messiah
5617 Ὡσηέ Hosee [ho-say-eh’] of Hebrew origin 01954 הוֹשֵׁעַ; n pr m; AV-Osee 1; 1 Hosea = "salvation"
- 1) the well known Hebrew prophet, Hosea , son of Beeri and contemporary with Isaiah
5622 ὠφέλεια opheleia [o-fel’-i-ah] from a derivative of the base of 5624 profitable; n f; AV-profit 1, advantage 1; 2
- 1) usefulness, advantage, profit
- 5622 n. opheleia; 5623 opheleo v.; 5624 ophelimos adj. See also dainties of rulers, wages of unrighteousness, benefits, Corban
5623 ὠφελέω opheleo [o-fel-eh’-o] from the same as 5622; v; AV-profit 11, prevail 2, better 1, advantage 1; 15
- 1) to assist, to be useful or advantageous, to profit
- 5622 n. opheleia; 5623 opheleo v.; 5624 ophelimos adj. See also dainties of rulers, wages of unrighteousness, benefits, Corban. 3786 ophelos, ophello to accumulate benefit, advantage.
If you need help:
- Or want to help others:
Join The Living Network of The Companies of Ten
The Living Network |
Join Local group |
About |
Purpose |
Guidelines |
Network Removal
Contact Minister |
Fractal Network |
Audacity of Hope |
Network Links
Concordance links
Old Testament Concordance
New Testament Concordance
Old Testament footnote codes
New Testament footnote codes
Footnotes
- ↑ 1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5
- 1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury
- It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.